EcoPlanit

Interactive Learning Modules

Engage users with dynamic, multimedia-rich learning modules that foster an interactive environment. These modules provide real-world scenarios and problem-solving exercises, allowing learners to apply their knowledge in practical contexts, thereby solidifying their understanding of sustainability concepts.

Requirements

Dynamic Content Integration

"As a user looking to expand my understanding of sustainability, I want to access up-to-date and varied multimedia content within the learning modules so that I can learn from the latest research and best practices, making informed decisions for my business."

Description

The Interactive Learning Modules require dynamic content integration to provide users with up-to-date information, case studies, and best practices in sustainability. This functionality should allow the platform to pull in the latest news articles, research reports, and multimedia resources relevant to sustainability practices, ensuring that users engage with current and actionable content. The inclusion of diverse formats such as videos, infographics, and podcasts enhances user engagement and retention, allowing learners to explore in various ways, catering to different learning styles. This requirement aims to keep the learning modules fresh and relevant while supporting SMEs in their journey toward sustainable practices by providing them with cutting-edge knowledge and tools.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Interactive Learning Modules to browse the latest sustainability practices and receives real-time updates on content integration.

Given a user is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the Interactive Learning Modules, then they should see the latest news articles, research reports, and multimedia resources displayed prominently on the main screen.

A user wants to engage with multimedia-rich content within a specific learning module focused on renewable energy sources and needs access to various content formats.

Given a user selects the 'Renewable Energy' learning module, when the module loads, then it should display at least three content formats including a video, an infographic, and a podcast related to renewable energy.

The platform administrator seeks to update the dynamic content integration feature to include new data sources and ensure all information is current and relevant.

Given an administrator accesses the content integration settings, when they add a new data source, then the system should successfully pull in data from the new source and display it within the learning modules within 24 hours.

A user completes a learning module and seeks to test their knowledge with the latest practices and case studies referenced within the module.

Given a user finishes a learning module, when they choose to take the knowledge assessment, then the assessment should include questions based on the most recent case studies and best practices provided in the module.

A user is navigating through the platform and wants to filter content based on their preference for learning style, such as video versus written content.

Given a user is in the content library, when they select filters for 'Videos' and 'Infographics', then only content matching these criteria should be displayed, ensuring relevance to their learning style.

A user experiences difficulty understanding a complex sustainability concept covered in the learning modules and seeks additional resources for clarification.

Given a user is in the 'Complex Concepts' module, when they click on the 'Additional Resources' link, then they should be redirected to relevant articles, case studies, and FAQs that assist in understanding the concept further.

Gamification Elements

"As a user who enjoys interactive learning, I want to earn badges and see my progress on a leaderboard so that I feel motivated to complete the learning modules and improve my understanding of sustainability."

Description

To increase engagement and motivation, the Interactive Learning Modules will incorporate gamification elements such as quizzes, badges, and leaderboards. These features will provide users with instant feedback on their learning progress and achievements, fostering a sense of accomplishment and healthy competition among users. By incorporating gamification, the modules will enhance the learning experience, making sustainability concepts more approachable and enjoyable. This requirement involves designing game-like interactions that will encourage users to complete modules while reinforcing their understanding of key sustainability principles.

Acceptance Criteria

User completes a learning module that incorporates gamification elements, such as quizzes and badges.

Given a user completed a module, When they check their profile, Then the user should see a badge awarded for completion and their quiz score displayed.

User engages in a leaderboard feature after completing a gamified learning module.

Given multiple users have completed the module, When they access the leaderboard, Then the user should see their rank based on their scores compared to others who completed the same module.

User receives immediate feedback on their performance in quizzes embedded in the module.

Given a user finishes a quiz within a module, When the user submits their answers, Then the user should receive instant feedback indicating the correct answers and their score immediately after submission.

Users have access to revisit completed gamified modules and track their progress.

Given a user has completed a module, When they access their learning dashboard, Then they should see a list of completed modules with corresponding scores, badges earned, and an option to retake quizzes if available.

User shares their achieved badges on social media to increase community engagement.

Given a user earns a badge, When they click on the 'Share' button, Then the user should be prompted to share their badge on selected social media platforms with a customizable message.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the learning modules so that my insights contribute to improving the content and experience for future learners."

Description

The requirement for a user feedback mechanism is essential to ensure that the Interactive Learning Modules continuously improve based on learner experiences. This feature will include surveys, ratings, and feedback forms after each module, allowing users to provide insights on the content, relevance, and engagement level. The collected data will inform updates and enhancements to the modules, ensuring the platform remains relevant and user-focused. Implementing this requirement aims to create a responsive learning environment that is shaped by actual user experiences, ultimately enhancing the quality of the educational content.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback after completing an Interactive Learning Module.

Given a user finishes a learning module, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should see a feedback form with options for rating (1-5 stars), comments, and suggestions.

Feedback collected is stored and categorized appropriately for analysis.

Given a feedback form is submitted, when the data is processed, then the feedback should be stored in a database and categorized as positive, negative, or neutral based on ratings and comments.

Users receive confirmation upon submitting their feedback.

Given a user submits their feedback, when the submission is successful, then they should see a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been received and thanking them for their input.

Admin can view aggregated feedback analytics.

Given the feedback has been collected, when an admin accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should see charts and graphs displaying average ratings, common themes in comments, and overall user satisfaction levels.

Users are informed about how their feedback will be used for improvement.

Given a user submits feedback, when they view the confirmation message, then they should see information on how the feedback will contribute to enhancements in the learning modules.

Feedback is requested after every module completion.

Given a user completes a series of learning modules, when they finish the last module, then they should be prompted to provide feedback for all completed modules at once.

Mobile Responsiveness

"As a busy professional, I want to access the learning modules on my mobile device so that I can learn about sustainability while commuting or during my downtime."

Description

The Interactive Learning Modules must be mobile responsive to ensure accessibility for users on various devices, including smartphones and tablets. This requirement encompasses optimizing the module layouts, navigation, and content presentation for smaller screens, allowing users to engage with learning materials anytime and anywhere. Given that many users may prefer to learn on-the-go, enhancing the mobile experience is vital to increasing user engagement and satisfaction, as well as ensuring that the platform can reach a wider audience.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses Interactive Learning Modules on a smartphone while commuting and expects the content to adapt seamlessly to the screen size without losing readability or navigational functionality.

Given the user opens an Interactive Learning Module on a smartphone, When the module loads, Then the layout should adjust appropriately to fit the screen without horizontal scrolling and all navigation controls should remain accessible and functional.

User navigates through the Interactive Learning Modules on a tablet and requires a user-friendly interface that allows easy access to various sections of the content.

Given the user opens an Interactive Learning Module on a tablet, When the user taps on the menu options, Then all sections of the module should be presented in a clear, organized layout with touch-friendly buttons for navigation.

A user engages with the Interactive Learning Modules during an outdoor workshop using a smartphone with varying internet connectivity.

Given the user is in an area with poor internet access, When the user accesses an Interactive Learning Module, Then the module should provide offline loading capabilities for previously accessed content and indicate which sections are available offline.

User reads the text content of the Interactive Learning Modules on a mobile device and expects readability in terms of font size and line spacing.

Given the user views an Interactive Learning Module on a mobile device, When the content is displayed, Then the font size should be at least 16px and line spacing should be a minimum of 1.5 for optimal reading comfort.

A user interacts with multimedia elements within the Interactive Learning Modules on a smartphone, expecting proper display and functionality of videos and images.

Given the user is viewing a module containing multimedia elements, When the user plays a video or taps on an image, Then the video should play within an appropriately sized player without distortion, and images should display correctly without clipping or loss of quality.

A user completes an Interactive Learning Module on a mobile device and expects to receive immediate feedback on their progress and areas for improvement.

Given the user finishes a module, When they submit their answers for assessment, Then they should receive instant feedback on their performance with suggestions for further learning based on their results.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a user, I want to see my learning progress on a dashboard so that I can track my achievements and identify areas where I need to focus my efforts in understanding sustainability."

Description

A progress tracking dashboard will be implemented within the Interactive Learning Modules to allow users to visualize their learning journey. This feature will display completed modules, ongoing activities, time spent on each module, and overall progress toward training goals. The dashboard will help users manage their learning path, motivating them to continue their education in sustainability. By providing clear insights into their achievements and areas for improvement, this requirement aims to enhance user accountability and engagement in the learning process.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing multiple Interactive Learning Modules to review their accomplishments and identify areas for improvement.

Given that the user has completed at least three modules, When they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then they see a visual representation of their completed modules, ongoing activities, total time spent, and percentage of overall progress.

User utilizes the Progress Tracking Dashboard to track time spent on each module to manage their learning schedule effectively.

Given that the user has completed multiple modules, When they view the dashboard, Then they see a breakdown of time spent on each module clearly displayed next to each module title.

User logs into the platform after being away for a while and wants to quickly understand their progress and what modules are yet to be completed.

Given that the user has not logged in for over a month, When they access the dashboard, Then they receive a summary notification indicating their overall progress and any overdue modules.

User wants to evaluate their performance after completing an interactive learning module to understand their grasp of the material.

Given that the user has just completed a module, When they refresh the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then they should see an updated progress metric reflecting their latest completion and any assessment scores if applicable.

User interacts with the Progress Tracking Dashboard during a training session to set goals for their sustainability learning journey.

Given that the user is on the dashboard, When they input a target completion date for their training goals, Then the dashboard should display a countdown to the target date along with suggested module completion timelines.

Certification Pathways

Offer structured certification pathways that guide users through a sequence of courses leading to recognized credentials in sustainability practices. This feature not only boosts learners' qualifications but also enhances their credibility in pursuing eco-friendly initiatives within their organizations.

Requirements

Structured Course Framework

"As a sustainability professional, I want a structured learning pathway to certification so that I can systematically acquire the necessary skills and knowledge to lead eco-friendly initiatives in my organization effectively."

Description

Develop a structured framework for the certification pathways feature, providing a clear sequence of courses that users must complete to achieve recognized sustainability certifications. This framework should include milestones, course completion criteria, and assessment methods to validate the learner's understanding and application of sustainability practices. The structured nature is crucial to ensure that users can progressively advance through the levels of certification, ultimately fostering confidence and credibility as they implement eco-friendly initiatives within their organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User is able to navigate through the structured course framework to select courses for certification pathways.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they access the Certification Pathways feature, then they should see a clear and structured list of courses with milestones and completion criteria.

All courses within the certification pathways can be accessed in a logical sequence, facilitating user progression.

Given a user selects a course in the certification pathway, when they complete it, then they should be able to access the next course as defined in the structured course framework.

Users have clear visibility of their progress towards certification milestones within the structured framework.

Given a user is engaged in a certification pathway, when they view their progress, then they should see a percentage completion of courses, completed assessments, and remaining milestones required for certification.

Assessment methods are clearly defined and provide a way to validate learner understanding.

Given a user completes a course, when they take the assessment, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance along with a defined pass/fail threshold.

Users can easily identify and understand the criteria for course completion and certification success.

Given a user is reviewing a course description, when they look at the course criteria, then they should have a clear understanding of the requirements to complete the course and receive certification.

Support materials and resources linked to structured courses are easily accessible to enhance learning.

Given a user is enrolled in a course, when they access the course, then they should be presented with relevant support materials, including links to external resources and community forums.

Progress Tracking System

"As a user enrolled in the certification pathways, I want to track my progress easily so that I can stay on top of my learning goals and maintain motivation to complete the courses and achieve certification."

Description

Implement a robust progress tracking system within the certification pathways feature that allows users to monitor their course completion status and overall progress toward certification. This system should visually represent the user's journey through the courses, including completed modules, ongoing assignments, and upcoming requirements. By providing a clear overview, users can stay motivated and organized as they work toward their certifications, ensuring an engaging and user-friendly experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User's Journey in Certification Pathways Progress Tracking System

Given a user has logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the Certification Pathways section, then they should see a visual representation of their progress with completed modules highlighted, ongoing assignments clearly marked, and upcoming requirements listed.

Course Completion Status Verification

Given a user completes a module within a certification pathway, when they refresh the progress tracking dashboard, then the completed module should be updated in real-time to reflect the changes and the progress percentage should increase accordingly.

User Engagement with Progress Tracking Features

Given a user is actively engaged in completing courses within the Certification Pathways, when they view their progress, then they should be able to see motivational messages or milestones reached in relation to their course completion status.

Data Persistence in Progress Tracking System

Given a user has completed certain modules and logged out of the application, when they log back in, then the progress tracking system should retain their previously completed modules and reflect the accurate overall progress toward certification.

Notification for Upcoming Requirements

Given a user is nearing the completion of their certification pathway, when they check their progress tracking dashboard, then they should receive notifications for upcoming requirements that need to be completed to attain certification before the deadline.

Accessibility of Progress Tracking Tool on Mobile Device

Given a user accesses EcoPlanit on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Certification Pathways progress tracking section, then the interface should be fully responsive and the visual representation of their progress should be easy to read and interact with.

Customizable User Preferences for Progress Tracking

Given a user is using the progress tracking system, when they select options to customize their dashboard view, then the system should allow them to toggle visibility on specific modules or milestones and save those preferences for future sessions.

Assessment and Certification Engine

"As a course participant, I want to take assessments that measure my knowledge accurately so that I can earn a credible certification to showcase my expertise in sustainability practices."

Description

Create an assessment engine designed to evaluate users' knowledge and skills upon course completion, leading to certification credentialing. This component should include various assessment formats, such as quizzes, practical assignments, and project submissions, which accurately measure learning outcomes. Once users pass their assessments, they should receive digital credentials, which they can easily share on professional networks or integrate into their resumes, enhancing their marketability and recognition as sustainability leaders.

Acceptance Criteria

User completes a course and accesses the assessment engine to evaluate their knowledge and skills based on the course material.

Given a user has completed a course, when they access the assessment engine, then the system should present a variety of assessment formats, including quizzes, practical assignments, and project submissions that align with course content.

User takes an assessment and submits it for evaluation to receive certification.

Given a user has selected and completed an assessment, when they submit their work, then the assessment engine should validate the submission and auto-generate a score based on predetermined passing criteria.

User successfully passes the assessment and requests their digital credential.

Given a user has passed the assessment, when they request their digital credential, then the system should generate a digital certificate that can be shared on professional networks and downloaded.

A user receives feedback on their assessment submission to aid their learning.

Given a user has submitted an assessment, when they check their submission status, then they should receive detailed feedback highlighting strengths and areas for improvement.

User utilizes the digital credential in professional networking platforms.

Given a user has received their digital credential, when they share it on professional networking platforms, then the credential should display correctly and link back to the certification details.

Admin reviews assessment results and progress data from users to improve course content.

Given an admin is logged into the system, when they access user assessment results then they should be able to view detailed analytics on user performance to inform content adjustments.

A user has the option to retake an assessment if they do not pass it.

Given a user has failed an assessment, when they view their assessment results, then the system should provide an option to retake the assessment after a cooldown period.

Community Interaction Forum

"As a learner in the certification pathway, I want to engage with fellow users in a community forum so that I can share insights, ask questions, and learn collaboratively with others pursuing sustainability certifications."

Description

Incorporate a community interaction forum within the certification pathways feature to facilitate knowledge sharing, networking, and collaborative learning among users. This forum will enable learners to share experiences, exchange resources, and support one another throughout their certification journey. Encouraging interaction amongst participants fosters a sense of community and provides additional learning opportunities that can enhance the overall educational experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Community Forum User Onboarding

Given a new user registers for the Certification Pathways feature, when they access the community interaction forum for the first time, then they should see a welcome message and guidelines for participating in the forum.

Discussion Thread Creation

Given a user is logged into the community interaction forum, when they click on 'Create New Thread', then they should be able to create a discussion thread with a title and body text, which is then visible to all forum members.

Resource Sharing in the Forum

Given a user is participating in a discussion thread, when they attach a resource (file or link) to their post, then the resource should be successfully uploaded and accessible to other users in that thread.

User Interaction and Engagement Metrics

Given the community interaction forum is live, when users participate (post, comment, or react) over a week, then the system should track and report user engagement metrics, including total posts, comments, and active users.

Notification System for New Replies

Given a user is following a discussion thread, when someone posts a new reply to that thread, then the user should receive a notification both via email and on their dashboard.

Search Functionality for Forum Content

Given a user is on the community interaction forum, when they enter a keyword into the search bar, then relevant threads and posts containing that keyword should be displayed in the search results.

User Profile Customization

Given a user is accessing their profile settings in the community forum, when they update their profile information and save the changes, then those changes should reflect immediately on their forum profile.

Feedback and Improvement Mechanism

"As a user of the certification pathways, I want to provide feedback on my learning experience so that I can help improve the courses and make them more effective for future learners."

Description

Establish a feedback and improvement mechanism to collect user feedback regarding the certification pathways feature, focusing on course content, delivery methods, and overall user experience. By integrating user suggestions and feedback, the platform can continuously evolve to meet users' needs more effectively and improve the educational value of the certification pathways. This will enhance user satisfaction and retention as they feel their input is valued and considered.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a course within the certification pathways feature after completing it, detailing their experience and suggestions for improvement.

Given a user has completed a course, when they submit feedback, then the feedback should be recorded successfully in the system and an acknowledgment message displayed.

Administrator reviews collected user feedback on course content within the certification pathways feature., focusing on suggestions for improvement and common themes.

Given the administrator accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, when they view the feedback reports, then the reports should accurately reflect all user feedback categorized by subject and priority level.

User receives a follow-up communication from the platform after they provide feedback on the certification pathways feature.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when the feedback is logged in the system, then the user should receive a confirmation email thanking them for their input within 24 hours.

Users rate the effectiveness of the certification pathways based on their learning experience and outcomes after completing the courses.

Given a user completes a course, when they are prompted to rate the course, then their rating should be recorded accurately in the system and reflected in the course’s average rating score.

Users suggest new content or topics for courses in the certification pathways feature via a feedback form.

Given a user is on the feedback submission page, when they enter their suggestion and submit it, then the suggestion should be saved to a database for future consideration and the user notified of its receipt.

Platform administrators analyze user feedback trends over multiple courses to identify areas for course improvement in the certification pathways feature.

Given the administrator accesses the feedback summary report, when they filter the results by course, then they should see a clear summary of positive and negative feedback trends over time for each course.

End-users are informed about implemented improvements based on collective feedback provided by users of the certification pathways feature.

Given that feedback has been analyzed and improvements made, when users log in to their dashboard, then they should see a notification or update regarding how their feedback influenced changes.

Community Forum Integration

Facilitate peer-to-peer learning and support through an integrated community forum where users can discuss course content, share insights, and collaborate on sustainability challenges. This feature strengthens user engagement, encouraging knowledge sharing and networking among like-minded professionals.

Requirements

User Registration and Authentication

"As a new user, I want to create an account and securely log in so that I can participate in community discussions and access tailored resources for sustainability."

Description

The user registration and authentication requirement will allow users to create and manage their accounts on EcoPlanit. This includes functionalities for signing up, logging in, password recovery, and account verification through email. By implementing secure authentication methods, users can have a safe environment to access the community forum and share their insights. This requirement ensures that user data is protected, fostering trust and engagement in the community. The ability to manage user profiles seamlessly will enhance the user experience, promoting active participation in the community discussions and knowledge sharing.

Acceptance Criteria

User Registration Process

Given a user navigates to the registration page, when they fill in all required fields with valid information and submit the form, then a new user account should be created, and the user should receive a confirmation email to verify their account.

User Login Functionality

Given a registered user enters their correct username and password, when they click the login button, then they should be successfully logged into their account and redirected to the community forum dashboard.

Password Recovery Process

Given a registered user clicks on the 'Forgot Password' link, when they enter their registered email address and submit, then they should receive an email with instructions to reset their password within 15 minutes.

Account Verification via Email

Given a user has registered and received a confirmation email, when they click on the verification link in the email, then their account should be marked as verified in the system and they should be able to log in successfully.

Profile Management Functionality

Given a logged-in user navigates to their profile settings, when they update their information and save changes, then the updated information should be successfully saved and reflected in their profile immediately.

Session Timeout Security

Given a user is logged into their account, when they remain inactive for 30 minutes, then they should be automatically logged out for security purposes, and prompted to log in again upon next action.

Discussion Threads Creation and Management

"As a user, I want to create a new discussion thread so that I can ask questions and share insights with other members of the community."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling users to create, manage, and participate in discussion threads on the community forum. Users can post questions, share insights, and respond to existing threads, fostering peer-to-peer learning. The system should allow for categorization of threads, tagging, and search functionalities to enhance navigation and accessibility. By making it easier for users to engage in discussions relevant to their needs, this feature will promote collaboration and innovation among community members, significantly enhancing user engagement and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new discussion thread on the community forum

Given that a user is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the community forum and select 'Create New Thread', then they should be able to enter a title, description, and relevant tags, and upon submission, the thread should be visible in the forum with the correct title and description displayed.

User responds to an existing discussion thread

Given that a user is viewing an existing discussion thread, when they click on 'Reply', enter their response, and submit it, then their response should appear immediately below the original post with the appropriate user information and timestamp.

User categorizes a discussion thread upon creation

Given that a user is creating a new discussion thread, when they select a category from a dropdown list provided during thread creation, then the thread should be categorized accordingly and displayed under the chosen category in the forum.

User searches for a specific discussion thread using tags

Given that a user is on the community forum, when they enter a tag into the search bar and submit, then the results should display only those threads that have been tagged with the entered tag.

User views a list of discussion threads under a specific category

Given that a user is on the community forum, when they select a category from the category list, then they should see a list of all discussion threads that belong to that category, displayed with their respective titles and brief descriptions.

Resource Sharing Capabilities

"As a user, I want to share valuable resources with the community so that we can learn from each other and improve our sustainability initiatives."

Description

The resource sharing requirement enables users to upload and share various types of resources (e.g., articles, best practices, case studies) within the community forum. This feature should include support for different file formats, sharing links, and tagging resources for easy discovery. By facilitating this knowledge exchange, users can strengthen their understanding of sustainability practices and collaborate on challenges. The enhancement of community-driven content will enrich the platform and provide users with practical tools to improve their sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Resource Uploading and Sharing by Users

Given a logged-in user in the community forum, when they select the 'Upload Resource' option, then they should be able to upload a file in one of the supported formats (PDF, DOCX, or URL).

Tagging Resources for Discovery

Given a user has uploaded a resource, when they are prompted to add tags, then they should be able to enter multiple tags that are searchable within the community forum.

Viewing Shared Resources

Given a user is browsing the community forum, when they view the 'Shared Resources' section, then they should see a list of all resources that have been uploaded by other users with the correct details (title, uploader, upload date).

Resource Download Functionality

Given a user in the community forum, when they click on a downloadable resource link, then the resource should download successfully to their device without errors.

User Notifications on Resource Sharing

Given a user uploads or shares a resource, when they submit the resource, then they should receive a confirmation notification indicating successful upload.

Resource Feedback and Commenting

Given a user views a shared resource, when they click on the comment section, then they should be able to leave feedback or ask questions related to the resource shared.

In-Forum Notifications and Updates

"As a community member, I want to receive notifications about my posts and interactions so that I can stay engaged and respond promptly to others."

Description

This requirement encompasses the development of in-forum notifications to alert users of replies to their posts, mentions, and other relevant community interactions. Notifications should be customizable, allowing users to choose what types of updates they want to receive. By keeping users informed and engaged with ongoing discussions, this feature encourages active participation and helps to create a vibrant community. Enhancing user engagement through timely communication will contribute to a stronger network of support among users.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when someone replies to their forum post.

Given a user has created a post in the community forum, when another user replies to that post, then the original user receives a notification alerting them of the reply.

User is notified about mentions in community forum discussions.

Given a user has been mentioned in a reply or post, when that mention occurs, then the user should receive a direct notification regarding the mention.

User can customize notification preferences within their profile settings.

Given a user is on their profile settings page, when they select notification preferences, then they should be able to enable or disable notifications for replies, mentions, and other updates as per their choice.

User receives a summary of daily notifications at the end of the day.

Given a user has notifications for replies and mentions accumulated during the day, when they log in the next day, then they should receive a summarized notification of all updates from the previous day.

User can view and manage all notifications in a centralized notification center.

Given a user is in the community forum, when they access their notification center, then they should be able to see a list of all notifications with options to mark as read or delete.

User is alerted to polls or new community initiatives via in-forum notifications.

Given a user is active in the community forum, when a new poll or initiative is posted, then they should receive an in-forum alert to engage with that content.

User receives notifications based on their engagement level.

Given a user frequently engages in discussions in the forum, when their engagement triggers a relevant discussion update, then they should receive priority notifications related to content they are likely to be interested in.

Search and Filter Functionality

"As a user, I want to search for specific topics in the community forum so that I can quickly find relevant discussions and resources."

Description

The search and filter functionality will allow users to easily find relevant discussion threads and resources within the community forum. This will include searching by keywords, filtering by categories, and sorting by recent activity or popularity. Implementing robust search capabilities enhances the user experience and increases the effectiveness of knowledge sharing, enabling users to quickly locate the information they need to make informed decisions about sustainable practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a specific sustainability topic in the community forum using the search bar.

Given the user is on the community forum page, when they enter a keyword related to sustainability in the search bar and press enter, then the forum should display a list of relevant discussion threads and resources that include that keyword.

User filters discussion threads by categories to find focused information.

Given the user is on the community forum page, when they select a specific category from the filter options, then the forum should show only the discussion threads and resources that belong to the selected category.

User sorts the discussion threads by recent activity to see the most active conversations.

Given the user is viewing the community forum, when they choose to sort the threads by 'most recent', then the interface should update to show the discussion threads sorted by the latest post date, with the newest threads displayed first.

User searches for a popular topic and verifies the relevance of the displayed discussions.

Given the user enters a popular keyword in the search bar, when the results are returned, then the threads displayed should have at least a minimum number of replies (e.g., 5) to denote their popularity, and the titles should reflect the keyword used in the search.

User combines multiple filters to find a specific discussion or resource.

Given the user has selected a category and a keyword in the search functionality, when they submit this combination, then the community forum should display only the threads that match both the selected filters, demonstrating the ability to refine searches effectively.

User returns to the default view of the community forum after applying filters.

Given the user has applied one or more filters to the community forum, when they click on a 'Reset Filters' button, then the forum should revert back to its original, unfiltered state, displaying all available discussion threads and resources.

User accesses the help section to learn how to use the search and filter functionalities effectively.

Given the user is on the community forum page, when they click on the 'Help' section related to search and filter functionalities, then they should be directed to a help document that clearly outlines how to use these features, complete with examples and FAQs.

Community Guidelines and Moderation Tools

"As a user, I want to know the community guidelines so that I can engage in discussions respectfully and appropriately."

Description

This requirement involves defining community guidelines for respectful and constructive engagement among users. Additionally, tools for moderation will be implemented to ensure the adherence to these guidelines, including reporting mechanisms for inappropriate content and moderation capabilities for administrators. Establishing a positive community culture will encourage users to share openly and learn from one another, while safeguarding a safe and respectful environment for all participants.

Acceptance Criteria

Guidelines Posting and Visibility

Given that the community forum is integrated into EcoPlanit, when a user accesses the forum, then they should be able to view clearly outlined community guidelines on the homepage of the forum without any navigation required.

User Report Mechanism

Given that a user encounters inappropriate content in the forum, when they click on the 'Report' button, then a reporting form should be displayed, allowing the user to select reasons for the report and submit it successfully.

Moderator Access and Functionality

Given that a moderator is logged into the community forum, when they access the moderation tools, then they should be able to view reported posts, have the ability to take actions (remove posts, warn users), and the changes should be logged for audit purposes.

User Engagement and Feedback

Given that a user has interacted with the forum for a defined period, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit feedback on the community guidelines and moderation tools, which is then stored in a feedback database.

Community Guidelines Acknowledgment

Given that a user registers for the community forum, when they complete the registration process, then they must acknowledge that they have read and understood the community guidelines by checking a box before they can proceed to the forum.

Notifications for Inappropriate Content

Given that a piece of content has been reported, when an administrator reviews the report, then they should receive notifications of actions taken on that content to ensure accountability in moderation.

Community Culture Assessment

Given that the community forum has been active for a defined period, when the platform administrator conducts a survey, then there should be a measurable increase in reported positive interactions among users, reflecting the success of the community guidelines implementation.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

Provide users with a personalized dashboard to monitor their course progression, completion rates, and achievements. This feature empowers learners to stay motivated by visualizing their journey, setting goals, and celebrating milestones along their path to becoming sustainability leaders.

Requirements

Personalized Goal Setting

"As a user of EcoPlanit, I want to set personalized sustainability goals so that I can monitor my progress and stay motivated in my journey toward greater eco-friendliness."

Description

This requirement involves creating an interactive feature that allows users to set personalized sustainability goals within their dashboard. Users should be able to input specific targets, such as reducing energy consumption or improving recycling rates, and receive tailored suggestions on how to achieve them. This integration fosters user engagement and accountability, enabling users to track their progress effectively and adjust their strategies over time, thereby enhancing their commitment to sustainable practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Personalized Goal Setting

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see an option to set personalized sustainability goals including input fields for target metrics and deadlines.

Goal Confirmation and Suggestions

Given the user inputs their sustainability goals, when they click on 'Save', then they should receive a confirmation message and tailored suggestions based on their inputs to achieve these goals.

Progress Tracking of Goals

Given the user has set personalized sustainability goals, when they return to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their progress toward these goals, including completion percentages and remaining tasks.

Adjustment of Goals

Given the user wants to adjust their entered sustainability goals, when they access the goal setting feature, then they should be able to edit their existing goals and save the changes successfully.

Notifications for Milestones Achieved

Given the user reaches a milestone related to their sustainability goals, when the milestone is reached, then they should receive a notification celebrating this achievement and encouraging further engagement.

User Engagement Analytics

Given users are interacting with the goal-setting feature, when an analytics report is generated, then it should show metrics such as the number of goals set, percentage of goals achieved, and user satisfaction ratings to evaluate engagement levels.

Progress Visualizations

"As a user, I want to see visual progress indicators on my dashboard so that I can easily understand my advancements and feel encouraged as I reach my sustainability objectives."

Description

The requirement focuses on designing and implementing visual representation tools within the dashboard to display users' progress over time. Users should have access to charts, graphs, and visual milestones that indicate their completion rates, the status of their goals, and achievements. This feature will enhance user satisfaction by making their progress easily understandable and visually engaging, promoting a sense of accomplishment and encouraging continued activity in sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard on EcoPlanit and views their overall progress in a visual format.

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a graph displaying their overall completion percentage and individual course statistics for the past six months.

User sets a new goal related to sustainability on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they set a new sustainability goal, then the dashboard should update to reflect the new goal along with a visual milestone indicating the target date.

User wants to review specific past achievements within the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a user is navigating their Dashboard, when they click on the 'Achievements' section, then they should see a detailed list of past achievements with corresponding dates and visual graphs indicating progress.

User compares their progress with other community members within the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a user is viewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the 'Community Comparison' option, then they should see a visual chart that compares their completion rates with those of other users in the community.

User receives a notification for achieving a milestone on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a user has completed a set of tasks that leads to a milestone, when the milestone is reached, then the user should receive a notification that includes a celebratory message and visual representation of the achievement on their dashboard.

User interacts with a progress chart on the Dashboard to understand trends over time.

Given a user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they hover over elements of the progress chart, then they should see tooltips displaying specific completion data for each month in the past year.

Achievement Badges and Rewards

"As a user, I want to earn badges for my achievements in sustainability so that I can feel recognized for my efforts and stay motivated to continue progressing."

Description

This requirement includes the implementation of a gamification system where users earn badges and rewards upon reaching specific milestones in their sustainability efforts. The badges should be displayed on the dashboard to motivate users by recognizing their accomplishments. This feature will contribute to building a community of engaged users while fostering an environment of friendly competition and recognition for their efforts, driving motivation to achieve sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns a reward badge upon completing the first sustainability milestone after submitting their first report.

Given a user has completed their first sustainability report, when they navigate to their Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a new badge 'First Step Achiever' displayed prominently on their dashboard.

User receives notification of their earned badges and rewards via email after achieving a milestone.

Given a user has earned a badge, when the badge is awarded, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the badge earned and its significance.

User wishes to view all their earned badges on their Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a user has earned multiple badges, when they log into their dashboard, then all previously earned badges should be displayed in a dedicated ‘Achievements’ section.

User encounters a technical issue while trying to claim a reward for achieving a milestone.

Given a user is attempting to claim a reward for their earned badge, when they click on the 'Claim Reward' button, then the system should process their request and provide confirmation of successful reward claim, or display an error message if the process fails.

User wants to understand the criteria for earning each badge available within the platform.

Given a user wants to know more about badge achievements, when they click on the 'Badges' section on their dashboard, then a detailed description of each badge including its criteria and significance should be displayed.

A user is motivated by seeing their friends' achievements on the community hub.

Given that users have friends on the platform, when a user checks the community hub, then they should see a list of friends who have earned badges, along with a comparison of their progress towards sustainability goals.

Comparison with Peers

"As a user, I want to compare my sustainability progress with my peers so that I can learn from their successes and identify areas for my own improvement."

Description

This requirement introduces a feature that allows users to compare their progress with that of their peers in the EcoPlanit community. By offering insights into how their sustainability practices measure against others in similar industries or demographics, users can identify areas for improvement and draw inspiration from successful strategies employed by others. This promotes a sense of community and encourages collaborative learning, enhancing overall user engagement with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User is logged into their EcoPlanit account and navigates to the Progress Tracking Dashboard to view how their sustainability practices stack up against their peers.

Given the user is logged in, when they access the Comparison with Peers feature, then they should see a clear visual comparison of their progress relative to at least three similar businesses.

A user completes their profile by selecting their industry and demographic information to enable personalized peer comparison.

Given the user has filled out their profile details, when they access the Comparison with Peers feature, then the system should accurately filter and display peers from the same industry and demographic category.

Users want to understand which specific areas of their sustainability practices need improvement based on peer comparisons.

Given the user is viewing the Comparison with Peers feature, when they click on a specific metric, then they should see suggestions for improvement based on the strategies employed by their top-performing peers.

A user wishes to track their growth over time relative to their peers in the EcoPlanit community.

Given the user has accessed the Comparison with Peers feature, when they select a time frame, then they should see a historical comparison graph that displays their progress alongside their peers for that selected period.

A new user is curious about how their performance in sustainable practices compares to others in the EcoPlanit community prior to completing any actions.

Given the new user has just created an account, when they access the Comparison with Peers feature, then they should see a baseline comparison showing average peer performance without specific details on individual metrics.

Users are looking for a way to connect with peers who are achieving similar sustainability milestones.

Given the user is viewing the Comparison with Peers feature, when they identify peers with similar achievements, then there should be an option to initiate private messaging or forum engagement with those peers.

A user is not meeting their sustainability goals and wishes to see motivating examples from peers to inspire change.

Given the user is viewing the Comparison with Peers feature, when they are below the average performance metric, then the system should highlight success stories or best practices from high-performing peers to inspire improvement.

Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to receive personalized feedback on my sustainability progress so that I can understand how to improve and stay on track toward my goals."

Description

The requirement entails the development of a feedback system within the dashboard where users can receive insights and recommendations based on their current progress and sustainability metrics. This feedback should be personalized and actionable, helping users understand where they are excelling and where they need to focus their efforts. This feature will improve user experience by providing constructive guidance and fostering continuous improvement in their sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Progress Tracking Dashboard and accesses the feedback section after completing a module.

Given the user has completed a module, when they access the feedback section, then the dashboard displays personalized feedback including strengths and areas for improvement based on the completed module's metrics.

User interacts with the feedback mechanism to view recommendations for their sustainability practices.

Given the user is on the feedback page, when they click on 'See Recommendations', then the system should display actionable recommendations customized to the user's progress and sustainability metrics.

User receives notifications when new feedback is available after completing tasks.

Given a user completes a task within their dashboard, when the task is marked as complete, then the user will receive a notification indicating that new feedback is available for their review.

User reviews feedback and sets new learning goals based on the insights provided.

Given the user has accessed their feedback, when they set a new goal based on the feedback, then the system updates their dashboard to reflect the new goals and milestones.

User completes a series of tasks and wishes to evaluate their overall progress via the dashboard.

Given the user has completed multiple tasks, when they view their overall progress, then the dashboard should aggregate the feedback from each task and provide a comprehensive view of their sustainability growth.

User accesses the dashboard during a live training session to receive real-time feedback and insights.

Given the user is participating in a live training session, when they access the dashboard, then the feedback mechanism should provide live updates and insights on their current standing throughout the session.

User checks the dashboard for any unresolved feedback recommendations from previous tasks.

Given the user is reviewing their dashboard, when they navigate to the feedback section, then the system should highlight any unresolved recommendations that require their attention.

Integration with External Tools

"As a user, I want to integrate EcoPlanit with my existing sustainability tools so that I can have a unified view of my progress without the need for manual data entry."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling integration capabilities with popular external tools and platforms that users may already be utilizing, such as energy management systems or waste tracking software. This seamless integration will allow users to import and synchronize their data, enhancing the dashboard experience and providing a comprehensive view of their sustainability efforts across all platforms. It will simplify users' workflow and ensure that they can track their impacts effectively without additional manual data entry.

Acceptance Criteria

Users should have the ability to integrate their energy management systems with the Progress Tracking Dashboard for seamless data import.

Given that a user has an account with an energy management system, when they authenticate and connect their account to the EcoPlanit platform, then their energy consumption data should be automatically imported into the Progress Tracking Dashboard and displayed correctly.

Users should receive notifications when new data is synchronized from external tools

Given that a user has linked an external tool to their EcoPlanit account, when new data is available from that external tool, then the user should receive an in-app notification indicating the successful synchronization and update of their dashboard.

Users can view a consolidated report of their sustainability metrics aggregated from multiple external tools on their dashboard.

Given that the user has linked multiple external tools, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a single consolidated report showing their sustainability metrics from all linked tools.

Users should be able to easily disconnect any linked external tool from their EcoPlanit account.

Given that a user has previously linked an external tool, when they choose to disconnect it from their account, then the integration should be removed successfully without retaining any data from that tool in the dashboard.

Data syncing should occur in real-time to ensure the dashboard reflects the most current metrics.

Given that a user has linked an external tool, when new data is generated in that tool, then it should be reflected in the EcoPlanit dashboard within 5 minutes of generation.

Users should have proper documentation and guidance on how to connect external tools to their dashboard.

Given that a user visits the integration section of the platform, when they look for guidance on connecting external tools, then they should see clear and detailed documentation, including steps and possible troubleshooting tips.

Tailored Learning Paths

Allow users to customize their learning experience by choosing specific sustainability topics that align with their organization's goals. This feature ensures that users receive the most relevant training, equipping them with the necessary skills to address the unique challenges faced by their SMEs.

Requirements

Custom Topic Selection

"As an SME owner, I want to select specific sustainability topics that align with my organization's goals so that my team can focus their learning on the most relevant issues that impact our operations."

Description

The Custom Topic Selection requirement allows users to choose specific sustainability topics relevant to their organization. This functionality will enable users to tailor their learning experience, ensuring they acquire knowledge that directly aligns with their business goals. By implementing this requirement, EcoPlanit can enhance user engagement and satisfaction, providing a more effective learning journey that empowers businesses to tackle their unique sustainability challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects specific sustainability topics from a provided list to create a personalized learning path.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the Custom Topic Selection page and choose at least three topics, then their selection should be saved successfully and reflected in their personalized learning plan.

User's tailored learning path shows only the selected topics for training sessions.

Given the user has selected specific topics, when they access their learning dashboard, then only the selected topics should appear under 'My Learning Path' and all irrelevant topics should be hidden.

User receives notifications for new content related to their selected topics.

Given the user has chosen specific topics, when new content is added for those topics, then the user should receive an email notification about the new content that aligns with their interests.

User can easily modify their selected topics whenever desired.

Given the user is on the Custom Topic Selection page, when they choose to modify their selected topics, then they should be able to add, remove, or change their selections without any errors, and changes should be saved immediately.

User can access learning resources that are only related to their selected topics.

Given the user has a personalized learning path, when they navigate to the learning resources section, then only resources related to their selected topics should be available and accessible.

User's engagement with tailored content is tracked for improved recommendations.

Given the user interacts with training resources, when they complete a training session on a selected topic, then the system should track this engagement and utilize it to recommend additional relevant topics or resources in the future.

Users can provide feedback on the relevance of the tailored topics they selected.

Given the user has completed at least one training session on a selected topic, when they submit feedback, then the feedback should be recorded successfully and used to improve future topic selections and recommendations.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a learner, I want to see my progress in sustainability training so that I can stay motivated and understand which areas I still need to focus on improving."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement enables users to monitor their learning progress through visual representations such as charts and graphs. This functionality will help users easily identify their advancements in various sustainability topics and see areas where further development is needed. By integrating this dashboard into EcoPlanit, users will feel more accountable for their learning journey and be motivated to engage more actively with the training materials.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing a sustainability topic to review their learning progress and achievements.

Given the user has completed a sustainability topic, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their progress, including a chart showing completed topics and areas that need improvement.

User compares their progress against the predefined learning goals set at the beginning of their training.

Given the user has set learning goals in the system, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a comparison of their current progress against these goals in a clear visual format.

User checks the dashboard for a real-time update on their learning progress after engaging with training materials.

Given the user has completed additional training materials, when they refresh the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the visual representation should reflect the most current progress without needing to log out.

User wants to identify which sustainability topics require more focus based on their learning activities.

Given the user has tracked their learning activities for several topics, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should clearly see which topics are marked as 'in progress' or 'below expectations' with actionable insights provided.

User logs in for the first time and navigates to the Progress Tracking Dashboard to understand its functionalities.

Given the user is new to the platform, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard for the first time, then they should see an introductory tutorial that guides them through the key features and functionalities of the dashboard.

Interactive Learning Modules

"As a training participant, I want interactive modules that allow me to engage with the content so that I can better retain information and apply it in my organization."

Description

The Interactive Learning Modules requirement introduces engaging and interactive content that helps users actively participate in their learning process. This functionality will include quizzes, case studies, and scenario-based exercises that reinforce knowledge retention and practical application. By implementing interactive modules, EcoPlanit can create a more dynamic learning environment that keeps users interested and enhances their understanding of sustainability concepts.

Acceptance Criteria

User Engagement with Interactive Learning Modules

Given the user accesses an Interactive Learning Module, when they complete a quiz, then their score should be recorded and feedback provided immediately after completion.

Completion Tracking for Interactive Learning Modules

Given the user has started an Interactive Learning Module, when they finish the module, then their progress should be reflected in their user profile with a completion percentage.

Diverse Learning Formats within Interactive Learning Modules

Given a user selects an Interactive Learning Module, when they navigate through the content, then they should experience at least three different formats (e.g., videos, quizzes, and case studies) within the module.

Assessment of Knowledge Retention through Quizzes

Given a user has completed an Interactive Learning Module, when they take a follow-up quiz after one week, then the average score should be at least 80%, indicating good knowledge retention.

User Feedback Mechanism for Interactive Learning Modules

Given a user completes an Interactive Learning Module, when they submit feedback, then the feedback form should capture at least three aspects: content relevance, engagement level, and clarity of information.

Scenario-Based Exercises for Practical Application

Given the Interactive Learning Module includes scenario-based exercises, when a user engages with these exercises, then they should be able to simulate real-world decision-making and report their outcomes in a structured format.

Integration of Community Discussions about Interactive Learning Modules

Given a user completes an Interactive Learning Module, when they participate in the community hub discussions, then they should be able to share insights and questions related to the module's content and receive responses from at least two other users.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

"As a user, I want the ability to give feedback on the learning materials so that I can contribute to improving the training experience for future users."

Description

The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement facilitates users providing feedback on training materials and their learning experience. It enables continuous improvement of the content and ensures that learning paths are effective and user-centric. By incorporating user feedback into the product, EcoPlanit can make data-driven adjustments that enhance the overall quality of the learning experience, ensuring it stays relevant and effective for SMEs.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback through the Feedback Loop Mechanism after completing a training module on sustainability topics.

Given the user has completed a training module, When the user navigates to the Feedback Loop section and submits feedback, Then the feedback should be successfully recorded and a confirmation message displayed.

Admin reviews the feedback provided by users and generates a report to assess the overall effectiveness of training materials.

Given the admin accesses the feedback report feature, When the admin reviews the feedback data, Then the report should display user feedback with metrics on satisfaction and suggestions for improvement.

User receives a notification after submitting their feedback, indicating how the feedback will be utilized.

Given the user submits feedback, When the submission is successful, Then the user should receive a notification explaining how their feedback will contribute to future training improvements.

User ranks training materials based on relevance and effectiveness through the Feedback Loop Mechanism.

Given the user accesses the feedback form, When the user selects a ranking from 1 to 5 for the training materials, Then the ranking should be recorded and reflected in the overall feedback database.

Feedback data is analyzed to identify common themes and areas for content enhancement.

Given multiple feedback submissions have been received, When the data analysis tool is run, Then it should highlight trends in user feedback, focusing on recurring themes and suggested improvements.

Platform introduces changes to training materials based on user feedback and updates the learning paths accordingly.

Given that user feedback has been reviewed, When changes are implemented to training materials, Then the updated materials should be reflected in the learning paths available to users.

Resource Recommendations

"As a user, I want personalized resource recommendations related to my selected sustainability topics so that I can deepen my knowledge and apply learnings to my organization more effectively."

Description

The Resource Recommendations requirement offers personalized suggestions for additional resources based on the user's selected topics and learning progress. This functionality will enhance the training experience by providing users with relevant articles, tools, and case studies that can further their understanding of sustainability. The integration of this feature will ensure users receive continuous support as they navigate their learning paths, fostering deeper insights and actionable practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects sustainability topics in their profile settings.

Given the user has logged into EcoPlanit, when they select specific sustainability topics from a predefined list, then the system should confirm the selected topics and proceed to recommend relevant resources based on those selections.

User completes a series of training modules related to their chosen topics.

Given the user has completed all training modules for their selected topics, when they check their progress, then the system should provide a tailored list of additional resources that enhance their learning based on what they have completed.

User seeks resources during their learning path.

Given the user is actively engaged in a learning path, when they click on 'Get Recommendations,' then the system should display relevant articles, tools, and case studies that align with their selected topics and learning progress.

User receives resource suggestions after modifying their topic selections.

Given the user updates their selected sustainability topics, when they save these changes, then the system should automatically refresh and display a new set of resource recommendations tailored to the updated selections.

User accesses the community hub to share recommended resources with peers.

Given the user has identified useful resources from their recommendations, when they select the option to share with peers, then the system should allow the user to easily share the selected resources within the community hub.

User interacts with the recommended resources.

Given the user has been presented with a list of recommended resources, when the user clicks on a resource link, then the system should open the resource in a new tab and track user engagement with that resource.

Expert-Led Workshops

Host regular live workshops and Q&A sessions led by industry experts and thought leaders in sustainability. This feature provides users with direct access to knowledge, allowing them to ask questions and gain insights from experienced professionals, thereby enhancing their learning experience.

Requirements

Workshop Scheduling System

"As a small business owner, I want to easily schedule and attend expert-led workshops so that I can gain valuable insights into sustainability practices relevant to my business."

Description

The Workshop Scheduling System enables users to view upcoming expert-led workshops, register for sessions, and receive reminders prior to the events. This functionality enhances user engagement by simplifying the process of participating in educational opportunities. It integrates seamlessly with the existing calendar features of EcoPlanit to allow users to keep track of their commitments and plan ahead effectively. The outcome of this requirement is an organized and user-friendly interface that promotes attendance and interaction with experts in the field of sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Workshop Scheduling System to view available workshops for the upcoming month.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the 'Workshops' section, then they should see a list of all upcoming workshops with their dates and times displayed clearly.

User registers for a workshop through the Workshop Scheduling System.

Given the user is on the workshop details page, when they click the 'Register' button and fill out the necessary details, then a confirmation message should appear, and they should receive a confirmation email within one minute.

User wants to receive reminders for an upcoming registered workshop.

Given a user has registered for a workshop, when the date of the workshop is two days away, then a reminder notification should be sent to the user via their chosen communication method (email or in-app notification).

User reviews the calendar integration for scheduled workshops.

Given the user has registered for multiple workshops, when they view their calendar within EcoPlanit, then all workshops should appear in the calendar on the correct dates and times with appropriate details.

User views workshop content after attending.

Given the user has attended a workshop, when they access the 'My Workshops' section, then they should find a summary of the workshop, including presentation materials and a feedback form within 48 hours of the workshop end time.

User searches for specific workshops related to sustainability topics of interest.

Given the user is on the workshops page, when they enter a keyword related to their interest into the search bar, then the system should filter and display only those workshops relevant to the keyword entered.

Live Q&A Functionality

"As a workshop participant, I want to ask live questions during sessions so that I can better understand complex sustainability topics directly from experts."

Description

The Live Q&A Functionality allows participants in expert-led workshops to ask real-time questions and receive immediate responses from the workshop leader. This feature enhances user experience by creating an interactive learning environment where users can clarify doubts and engage directly with industry experts. Integration with chat and streaming services ensures a seamless interaction, while a moderation tool will allow for organized and relevant questioning. The expected outcome is an enhanced learning experience that increases user satisfaction and knowledge retention.

Acceptance Criteria

Live Q&A Session Participation

Given a user is registered for a workshop, when the workshop starts, then the user can access the live Q&A functionality without any technical difficulties.

Real-Time Question Submission

Given a user is participating in the live workshop, when they submit a question through the Q&A feature, then the question should be displayed to the moderator within 10 seconds.

Response Time from Workshop Leader

Given a question is submitted during the live Q&A, when the workshop leader sees the question, then the leader should respond within 30 seconds for at least 80% of questions.

Moderation Tool Functionality

Given the moderation tool is enabled, when a question is flagged by the moderator, then the question should be hidden from participants and the user should receive a notification of the moderation action.

User Satisfaction Survey Post-Workshop

After the workshop concludes, when users complete a satisfaction survey, then at least 75% of participants should express satisfaction with the Q&A interaction in the survey results.

Chat and Streaming Integration

Given the live workshop is ongoing, when a user engages in the Q&A, then both chat and video streaming should function seamlessly without lag for at least 95% of participants.

Record of Questions for Later Review

Given the live Q&A session has ended, when participants access the workshop recap, then they should be able to view a complete list of questions asked and their responses within the recap document.

Post-Workshop Feedback System

"As a participant, I want to give feedback on workshops so that I can contribute to future improvements and ensure sessions are beneficial for all attendees."

Description

The Post-Workshop Feedback System enables users to provide their feedback on the workshops they attended. This requirement is crucial for continuous improvement, allowing EcoPlanit to assess the effectiveness of workshops and identify areas for enhancement. The feedback collected will be analyzed to make data-driven decisions about future workshops, ensuring they remain relevant and valuable to users. Integration with reporting tools will facilitate the evaluation of user feedback and trends over time. The outcome is a well-informed workshop offering that continually meets user needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User submitting feedback after attending a workshop

Given a user has attended a workshop, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit feedback in a structured format including a rating and comments.

Admin reviewing feedback submissions

Given feedback has been submitted, when the admin accesses the feedback report section, then they should see a summary of all feedback with ratings and comments categorized by workshop.

User receiving confirmation of feedback submission

Given a user has submitted feedback, when the feedback submission is successful, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating the feedback was recorded successfully.

Trends analysis of feedback over multiple workshops

Given multiple workshops have been completed, when the admin views the trends report, then they should be presented with a graphical representation of average ratings and key themes from comments over time.

User editing previously submitted feedback

Given a user has submitted feedback, when they navigate back to the feedback section, then they should have the option to edit their previously submitted feedback prior to its final submission.

User accessing feedback guidelines before submitting

Given a user is on the feedback submission page, when they look for guidelines, then they should see a clear and concise set of instructions on how to provide effective feedback.

Notification to users about the feedback analysis results

Given feedback has been analyzed and trends identified, when the results are compiled, then users should receive a notification summarizing key findings and any changes implemented based on feedback.

Gamification Elements

Incorporate gamification techniques such as badges, points, and leaderboards to motivate users and make learning fun. This feature encourages friendly competition among users, fostering a sense of community while driving engagement and retention in the EcoPlanit Academy.

Requirements

Points System

"As a user of EcoPlanit, I want to earn points for completing sustainability-related tasks so that I feel motivated to continue engaging with the platform and improving my business practices."

Description

Implement a points-based reward system that allows users to earn points for completing tasks, engaging with the platform, and participating in community events. This system will enhance user motivation by providing tangible rewards for their efforts, encouraging consistent engagement with EcoPlanit. Users can view their points in a dashboard, which integrates seamlessly with their user profiles, allowing for personalized tracking of achievements and progress toward sustainability goals. This functionality is crucial for fostering a sense of accomplishment and competition, thus leading to higher retention rates and user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns points for completing various tasks within the EcoPlanit platform, such as setting sustainability goals, completing diagnostic assessments, and engaging in community discussions.

Given a user completes a task in the EcoPlanit platform, When the task is registered, Then the user should automatically receive the corresponding points added to their dashboard.

Users can view their total points on their personalized dashboard, which updates in real-time as they engage with the platform.

Given a user logs into their EcoPlanit account, When they navigate to their dashboard, Then they should see their total points updated immediately reflecting any recent activities.

Users can compare their total points with other users on a leaderboard to encourage friendly competition.

Given multiple users have earned points, When a user accesses the leaderboard, Then they should see their ranking relative to others based on total points earned.

Users can earn bonus points for participating in community events or challenges, providing an incentive for engagement.

Given a community event occurs, When a user participates and completes the event requirements, Then they should receive a defined number of bonus points added to their account.

Users should receive badges for reaching specific milestones in their point accumulation to enhance motivation.

Given a user reaches a points milestone, When the milestone is achieved, Then the user should automatically receive the corresponding badge displayed on their profile.

Users should be able to track their progress toward sustainability goals through their points system.

Given a user has set sustainability goals, When they earn points related to those goals, Then the dashboard should display the progress towards those goals based on points earned.

Administrators can adjust point allocations for tasks and events to maintain engagement and meet business objectives.

Given an administrator accesses the points settings, When they adjust the point values for tasks and events, Then those adjustments should reflect in the user experience without disruption.

Badges and Achievements

"As a user, I want to receive badges for achieving sustainability milestones so that I can showcase my accomplishments and encourage others in the community to pursue their goals."

Description

Develop a system for awarding badges and achievements based on user milestones and contributions within the EcoPlanit platform. These badges can represent various accomplishments, such as completing educational modules, sharing best practices, or reaching sustainability goals. This feature will recognize users' efforts and encourage them to strive for further achievements. The badges will be displayed on user profiles, enhancing community recognition and fostering a competitive spirit among users. This functionality will play a significant role in enhancing user engagement and promoting active participation within the EcoPlanit community.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a badge upon completing a sustainability educational module in EcoPlanit Academy.

Given the user has completed all requirements of the sustainability educational module, when they access their profile page, then they should see the newly awarded badge displayed prominently.

User shares their sustainability achievements with the community, earning a badge in the process.

Given the user shares their sustainability strategy on the community hub, when their post gains three positive reactions, then they should receive the 'Community Contributor' badge.

User reaches a sustainability goal set within EcoPlanit, triggering the award of a specific achievement badge.

Given the user has achieved a specified sustainability metric, when they check their achievements tab, then they should see the 'Sustainability Champion' badge reflected in their profile.

Users engage in a friendly competition based on badge collection within EcoPlanit Academy.

Given multiple users are participating in the badge collection challenge, when the competition ends, then the leaderboard should display the top three users with the most badges earned.

Admin reviews and approves newly defined badges for user achievements in EcoPlanit.

Given a proposal for a new badge has been submitted, when the admin reviews the badge proposal, then they should either approve or reject the badge with feedback within two business days.

Users can track their badge progress and see how many badges are still available to earn.

Given the user accesses their profile, when they navigate to the badges section, then they should see both earned badges and those still available to earn listed clearly.

Users get notified when they earn a new badge.

Given the user earns a badge, when they log into the EcoPlanit platform, then they should receive a notification alerting them of the new badge acquisition.

Leaderboard Display

"As a user, I want to see how I rank against others on a leaderboard so that I can feel motivated to engage more with the EcoPlanit platform and improve my standing."

Description

Create a leaderboard feature that ranks users based on their points earned through various activities on the EcoPlanit platform. The leaderboard will be updated in real-time, allowing users to see their position relative to others, thereby promoting a friendly competitive environment. This feature will include various categories such as 'Top Achievers of the Month' or 'Most Engaged Users', providing recognition and motivation for continuous interaction. The leaderboard is essential for instilling a sense of community and encouraging users to participate more actively in sustainable practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the leaderboard after completing a sustainability task and wants to check their rank among peers for the week.

Given a user has logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the leaderboard section, then they should see their rank, points, and the leaderboard should update in real-time to reflect their current standing.

An administrator wants to ensure that the leaderboard displays the correct top performers for the month based on user activities.

Given an administrator accesses the leaderboard settings, when they request to refresh leaderboard data, then the system should accurately calculate and display the top achievers for the current month based on points accumulated.

A new user has just registered on the platform and wants to learn how the leaderboard works and how they can earn points.

Given a new user navigates to the leaderboard section, when they click on the 'How it works' link, then they should be directed to a detailed explanation of the points system, activities that earn points, and leaderboard categories.

A user wants to challenge a colleague for fun based on their leaderboard ranking.

Given a user sees their ranking on the leaderboard, when they click the 'Challenge a Friend' button, then they should be prompted to select a friend to challenge based on points, and both users should receive a notification of the challenge.

Users engage with each other through the leaderboard's community aspects and compare achievements.

Given users are viewing the leaderboard, when they click on another user's profile from the leaderboard, then they should see that user's achievements, badges, and points history along with an option to send them a message or challenge.

Community Challenges

"As a user, I want to participate in community challenges on EcoPlanit so that I can collaborate with others and achieve sustainability goals together, fostering a sense of connection and community."

Description

Introduce community challenges that encourage users to collaborate on specific sustainability goals. These challenges can be time-bound and require users to work together to achieve a common target, with rewards such as points, badges, or recognition for participants. By promoting teamwork and collaboration, this feature will facilitate knowledge-sharing and build stronger connections within the EcoPlanit community. The implementation of community challenges is critical for enhancing user interaction and driving collective action towards sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User participation in a new community challenge focusing on reducing plastic usage within a month.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they access the community challenges section, then they should see a list of active challenges and details about each, including the plastic reduction challenge.

Completion of the plastic reduction community challenge where users track their collective progress.

Given the community challenge is active, when users report their progress, then the total amount of plastic reduced should be displayed and updated in real-time on the challenge leaderboard.

Reward issuance after successful completion of the plastic reduction challenge.

Given the challenge has ended, when the collective goal has been met, then all participants should receive notification of their earned rewards, including points and badges, within 24 hours of the challenge's conclusion.

User engagement in discussions related to the community challenge within the EcoPlanit Academy.

Given a challenge is live, when users click on the challenge link, then they should be able to access a discussion board to share insights, experiences, and tips related to the challenge.

Analysis of user feedback on community challenges post-completion.

Given the community challenge is complete, when users submit feedback through the provided survey, then the feedback response rate should be at least 30% within one week of the challenge's end.

Public recognition of top contributors in the community challenge.

Given the challenge has concluded, when the results are published, then the top three contributors should be highlighted in the community feed with a badge of recognition for their achievements.

Personalized Progress Tracking

"As a user, I want a personalized dashboard to track my progress and achievements in EcoPlanit so that I can stay motivated and know how to improve my sustainability efforts."

Description

Develop a personalized progress tracking dashboard that visually represents each user's journey within the EcoPlanit platform. This dashboard will display users' earned points, badges, achievements, and participation in community activities. It will also include insights on their sustainability practices and areas for improvement, helping users to stay focused on their goals. This feature is essential for enhancing user experience, providing motivation, and supporting users in their journey towards sustainable business practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the personalized progress tracking dashboard after logging into their EcoPlanit account.

Given a user is logged into their EcoPlanit account, when they navigate to the progress tracking dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their total earned points, badges, and achievements prominently displayed.

User completes a sustainability practice task and records their participation through the dashboard.

Given a user has completed a sustainability practice task, when they submit their participation through the dashboard, then their points should increase accordingly, and a badge should be awarded if applicable.

User seeks insights on areas for improvement in their sustainability practices.

Given a user is reviewing their progress tracking dashboard, when they click on the insights section, then they should see specific recommendations on areas for improvement and actionable steps to enhance their sustainability practices.

User wants to compare their progress with peers in the EcoPlanit community.

Given a user is on the progress tracking dashboard, when they access the leaderboard feature, then they should be able to see their ranking compared to other users based on points earned.

User receives notifications regarding their progress and achievements.

Given a user has reached a new milestone within their sustainability journey, when that milestone is achieved, then the user should receive a notification via the app and email summarizing their achievement and any new badges earned.

User interacts with the community hub through the dashboard.

Given a user is looking to engage with other users, when they navigate to the community hub from the progress dashboard, then they should be able to see discussions, events, and contributions from other users that relate to their interests.

User wants to track their engagement over a specific period.

Given a user is on their progress dashboard, when they select a date range filter, then they should see a detailed breakdown of their engagement activities displayed visually for that specified time frame.

Automated Impact Analysis

Leverage AI technology to perform an in-depth analysis of your organization's sustainability impact. This feature identifies key areas for improvement by evaluating current practices against best industry standards, providing users with clear insights into their carbon footprints and resource usage.

Requirements

Real-Time Data Integration

"As a sustainability manager, I want real-time data integration so that I can monitor my organization's environmental impact continuously and make timely adjustments to our practices."

Description

The Real-Time Data Integration requirement ensures seamless integration with existing data sources, allowing EcoPlanit to gather real-time data on resource usage and sustainability metrics. This requirement is crucial for providing users with up-to-date insights into their environmental impact. By continuously syncing with various data points such as energy consumption, waste generation, and carbon emissions, users receive timely feedback on their sustainability practices. This dynamic flow of information enables accurate impact analysis and helps organizations make informed decisions to improve their sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time data synchronization for sustainability metrics

Given the integration of various data sources, when real-time data for resource usage is updated, then EcoPlanit should reflect the new metrics immediately on the user dashboard without delay.

Data accuracy and validation in impact analysis

Given the collected real-time data, when an analysis is performed, then the sustainability impact report should reflect at least 95% accuracy when compared to manual calculations of the same data set.

User notifications for data anomalies

Given a set of sustainability metrics, when the system detects anomalies in real-time data (e.g., a sudden spike in energy consumption), then the user should receive an immediate notification outlining the issue.

Integration troubleshooting documentation access

Given a failure in real-time data integration, when a user attempts to diagnose the issue, then the system should provide easily accessible troubleshooting documentation to assist the user.

User interface for real-time metrics visualization

Given real-time data is available, when the user accesses the dashboard, then the real-time sustainability metrics should be displayed in a user-friendly and visually appealing format.

Historical data comparison functionality

Given that real-time data is being collected, when a user requests a comparison between current and historical data, then the system should present clear comparative analytics indicating trends over time.

Customizable Reporting Dashboard

"As a business owner, I want a customizable reporting dashboard so that I can focus on the most relevant sustainability metrics for my organization and make better strategic decisions."

Description

The Customizable Reporting Dashboard requirement allows users to create personalized dashboards that showcase key sustainability metrics and findings from the Automated Impact Analysis feature. Users can choose which data points to emphasize, siting preferences such as visual representations, charts, and graphs to facilitate understanding of their sustainability performance. This customization not only enhances user engagement but also ensures that each organization can focus on the metrics that matter most to them, making it easier for stakeholders to grasp the impact of their sustainability efforts at a glance.

Acceptance Criteria

User personalizes their dashboard to highlight energy consumption metrics after conducting an Automated Impact Analysis.

Given the user is on the customizable dashboard interface, when they select 'energy consumption' and apply visual representation options, then the dashboard should display energy consumption metrics in the chosen format (chart/graph).

User successfully saves a customized dashboard configuration for future access and review.

Given the user has made changes to their dashboard, when they click 'Save Dashboard Settings', then the changes should be stored and retrievable upon future logins without any data loss.

User switches between different pre-set dashboard themes to enhance their reporting experience.

Given the user has multiple pre-set dashboard themes available, when they select a different theme from the settings menu, then the dashboard should refresh and apply the selected theme immediately.

User shares a customized dashboard link with stakeholders to highlight key sustainability metrics in a meeting.

Given the user has created a dashboard, when they generate a shareable link and distribute it, then stakeholders should be able to access the dashboard with the correct metrics visible as per user settings.

User integrates sustainability reporting metrics from the Automated Impact Analysis into their customizable dashboard.

Given the user accesses their personalized dashboard, when they request to include metrics generated from the Automated Impact Analysis, then those metrics should populate and be visually represented as selected by the user.

User removes a metric from their customized dashboard and confirms the change.

Given the user is viewing their dashboard, when they remove a selected metric and confirm the removal, then the metric should no longer be visible on the dashboard.

User accesses their dashboard on a mobile device and checks for responsive design functionality.

Given the user opens the dashboard on a mobile device, when they view their customized dashboard, then the layout should adjust to fit the screen size while maintaining all functionalities.

Regulatory Compliance Alerts

"As a compliance officer, I want regulatory compliance alerts so that I can stay informed about my organization's obligations and ensure we meet all sustainability-related regulations."

Description

The Regulatory Compliance Alerts requirement establishes a notification system that keeps users informed about upcoming regulatory deadlines, changes in sustainability compliance requirements, and necessary documentation. By proactively alerting users about compliance obligations, EcoPlanit empowers organizations to stay ahead of regulations, mitigate risks of non-compliance, and avoid potential penalties. This feature ensures that users can focus their resources effectively, maintaining an ongoing state of compliance while implementing sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert 30 days before a regulatory deadline related to sustainability documentation submission.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, When a regulatory deadline is 30 days away, Then the user should receive an email and an in-app notification about the upcoming deadline.

User is notified of changes in local environmental regulations as they occur.

Given the user has opted in for regulatory updates, When a change in local environmental regulations is published, Then the user should receive an immediate notification detailing the changes.

A user can view all upcoming compliance deadlines on a dedicated dashboard section.

Given the user accesses the compliance dashboard, When the dashboard is loaded, Then it should display a list of all upcoming compliance deadlines with corresponding dates and statuses.

User can set reminders for specific compliance check-ins or document submissions.

Given the user is on the reminders setup page, When they set a reminder for a specific compliance date, Then the reminder should be saved and the user should receive a notification on the specified date.

User can easily access required compliance documentation through a categorized library.

Given the user is accessing the documentation library, When the user clicks on the 'Compliance' category, Then they should see a list of all necessary compliance documents organized by type.

User receives a summary of compliance status after regulatory alerts are acknowledged.

Given the user acknowledges receiving a regulatory alert, When the user checks the compliance status report, Then the report should reflect any pending actions required based on the current alerts.

AI-Driven Recommendations Engine

"As a sustainability officer, I want an AI-driven recommendations engine so that I can receive personalized suggestions for improving our sustainability practices based on our current performance metrics."

Description

The AI-Driven Recommendations Engine requirement leverages artificial intelligence to analyze a user's sustainability practices and provide tailored recommendations for improvement. By examining data gathered through the Automated Impact Analysis, the engine identifies specific actions organizations can implement to reduce their environmental impact effectively. This feature enhances the user's ability to enact change by offering clear and actionable steps, tailored to their unique context, promoting a faster and more impactful transition towards sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User analyzes their current sustainability practices through the Automated Impact Analysis feature to identify areas for improvement and gains insights on carbon footprint and resource usage.

Given a user has completed the Automated Impact Analysis, when they access the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine, then they should receive at least three tailored recommendations specific to their identified areas for improvement.

User integrates the recommendations provided by the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine into their sustainability practices and seeks to measure the impact over time.

Given a user has implemented at least two recommendations from the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine, when they perform a follow-up Automated Impact Analysis, then the analysis report should show a measurable reduction in carbon footprint and resource usage compared to the previous analysis.

The recommendations engine is tested for accuracy and relevancy by a select group of users who have diverse sustainability practices.

Given a group of users with varying sustainability practices has tested the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine, when their feedback is collected, then at least 80% of users should find the recommendations practical and relevant to their current practices.

User requests an explanation of how the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine generates its tailored recommendations.

Given a user requests details on the recommendation generation process, when they access the explanation feature, then they should receive a clear summary of the factors considered by the engine, including data inputs and industry standards.

Users share their experiences and results after implementing the recommendations from the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine in the community hub.

Given users have implemented recommendations and engaged with the community hub, when they post their experiences, then at least five users should respond with additional insights or share their success stories, contributing to a vibrant discussion.

User explores the long-term effectiveness of recommendations provided by the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine while reviewing quarterly reports.

Given a user has documented sustainability metrics over a quarter, when they evaluate the data against the provided recommendations, then there should be a clear trend indicating improvement in sustainability metrics as a result of applying the recommendations.

Community Engagement Hub

"As an EcoPlanit user, I want a community engagement hub so that I can connect with other businesses, share sustainability strategies, and learn from their experiences."

Description

The Community Engagement Hub requirement fosters interaction among EcoPlanit users by providing a platform for sharing best practices, success stories, and collaborative projects. This hub will include forums, Q&A sections, and resource-sharing capabilities, encouraging a vibrant user community focused on sustainability. By connecting users and allowing them to learn from each other's experiences, the hub cultivates a supportive environment where SMEs can innovate and find solutions to common sustainability challenges, ultimately driving collective action towards sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction in Community Engagement Hub

Given a user logs into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the Community Engagement Hub, then they should see forums, Q&A sections, and resource-sharing capabilities prominently displayed and easily accessible.

Posting and Sharing Best Practices

Given a user is in the Community Engagement Hub, when they create a new post about a best practice, then the post should be successfully submitted and visible to all other users in the hub.

Interacting with Community Responses

Given a user has posted a question in the Q&A section of the Community Engagement Hub, when other users respond to the question, then the original poster should receive notifications of responses and be able to reply to them.

Searching for Resources and Topics

Given a user enters a keyword in the search bar of the Community Engagement Hub, when they hit the search button, then they should see relevant posts, resources, and forum discussions related to that keyword.

User Registration and Profile Creation

Given a new user visits the EcoPlanit platform, when they register and create their profile, then they should be able to personalize their profile with interests and sustainability goals, and this information should be saved for future logins.

Facilitating Collaborative Projects

Given a user wants to initiate a collaborative project in the Community Engagement Hub, when they share a project idea, then users should be able to express interest in collaborating and leave comments or suggestions.

Group Creation for Focused Discussions

Given a group of users wants to discuss specific sustainability topics, when they create a group in the Community Engagement Hub, then they should have access to a dedicated space for discussions, file sharing, and scheduled meetups.

Custom Compliance Checklists

Generate tailored compliance checklists based on local regulations and industry standards with this feature. Users can easily track their progress towards meeting legal requirements, ensuring their operations are always in line with sustainability regulations.

Requirements

Dynamic Compliance Tracking

"As a business owner, I want to see real-time updates on my compliance status so that I can ensure my operations are aligned with sustainability regulations without falling behind."

Description

This requirement involves creating a real-time tracking system that allows users to monitor their progress towards regulatory compliance. This includes visual indicators, notifications for upcoming deadlines, and integration with compliance standards and regulations specific to the user’s location and industry. The dynamic tracking feature enhances user accountability and makes it easier for businesses to stay compliant by providing a clear visual representation of their compliance status and areas needing attention. By having access to real-time data and insights, users can make timely adjustments to their practices, ensuring they meet legal requirements efficiently and effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into EcoPlanit and navigates to the Dynamic Compliance Tracking section to view their current compliance status.

Given the user is logged in, when they access the Dynamic Compliance Tracking section, then they should see a visual representation of their compliance status with color-coded indicators for 'Compliant', 'At Risk', and 'Non-Compliant'.

User receives a notification about an upcoming compliance deadline based on their specific regulations.

Given the user has set up their compliance criteria, when a deadline approaches within the next 7 days, then they should receive a notification through the EcoPlanit platform and via email informing them of the upcoming deadline.

User checks their progress on a checklist that is tailored to their local regulations and industry standards.

Given the user has generated a custom compliance checklist, when they view the checklist, then the system should display their current progress percentage and highlight any incomplete items.

User updates their compliance status after completing a required task.

Given the user has completed a task from their compliance checklist, when they update the status in the system, then the system should automatically recalculate the overall compliance progress and adjust the visual indicators accordingly.

User accesses a report on their compliance history over the past six months to evaluate trends and areas needing improvement.

Given the user navigates to the compliance history section, when they request a six-month report, then the report should display compliance trends and highlight areas that have seen improvement or decline.

User seeks assistance from the EcoPlanit community hub regarding compliance issues they are experiencing.

Given the user enters the community hub, when they post a question related to compliance issues, then they should receive engagement from other community members or EcoPlanit moderators within 24 hours.

Customizable Checklist Templates

"As a compliance manager, I want to create and customize compliance checklists so that they are tailored to my specific industry and operational needs, improving my team's efficiency in meeting requirements."

Description

This requirement focuses on the implementation of customizable compliance checklist templates that users can adapt based on their specific business needs, industry standards, and local regulations. Users will have the option to create, edit, and save templates that reflect their operational practices, making it easier to manage and meet compliance requirements relevant to their situation. This flexibility helps users address their unique challenges, simplifies the checklist process, and ultimately enhances engagement and accountability in sustainability practices. The templates will also include guidelines and best practices to assist users in compliance efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new customizable checklist template for their specific industry requirements and local regulations.

Given that the user is logged in and has navigated to the checklist management section, when the user selects 'Create New Template', then they should be able to input template name, select applicable regulations, and add customizable checklist items.

User edits an existing checklist template to better match their operational needs.

Given that the user has an existing checklist template, when they choose to edit the template, they should be able to modify checklist items and save changes, ensuring that the updated template reflects their current operations.

User saves a customizable checklist template and accesses it at a later time.

Given the user has created and saved a checklist template, when they navigate back to the checklist management section, then they should see the saved template listed and accessible for further editing or use.

User applies a checklist template to track compliance progress.

Given that the user has selected a saved checklist template, when they use the checklist, they should be able to mark items as complete and view their overall progress towards compliance requirements.

User receives guidance and best practices within the checklist template for compliance verification.

Given the user is viewing a checklist template, when they access the guidelines section, then they should see relevant best practices and support materials that aid their compliance efforts.

User shares a customizable checklist template with team members.

Given that the user has a checklist template they wish to share, when they select the 'Share' option, then they should be able to invite team members via email and provide access to the template.

User deletes an existing checklist template no longer needed for compliance tracking.

Given the user has selected a checklist template they want to delete, when they confirm the deletion process, then the template should be removed from their account and should not appear in the checklist management section.

Regulatory Database Integration

"As an environmental officer, I want access to an updated regulatory database so that I can stay informed about changes to compliance standards that impact my business operations."

Description

This requirement entails the development of an up-to-date regulatory database that links to relevant local regulations and industry standards. This database will be integrated into the compliance checklists, automatically updating users on changes in laws and standards that apply to their operations. By leveraging API integrations and partnerships with regulatory bodies, the database will ensure users have access to the latest information without needing to conduct separate research. This capability ultimately keeps users informed and compliant, reducing risk and enhancing confidence in their sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing the Regulatory Database for Compliance Documentation

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the compliance checklist feature, then they should be able to access the regulatory database that lists relevant local regulations and industry standards.

Automatic Updates for Regulatory Changes

Given the regulatory database is integrated with external APIs, when a local regulation or industry standard changes, then the compliance checklists should automatically reflect these changes within 24 hours.

User Tracking Progress on Compliance Checklists

Given a user has generated a compliance checklist, when they mark items as completed, then the system should visually display overall progress and remaining items, ensuring clarity on compliance status.

User Notification of Significant Regulatory Changes

Given a regulatory update is made in the database, when the update is classified as significant, then affected users should receive a notification via email or in-app alert within 1 hour of the update.

Search Functionality within the Regulatory Database

Given a user is using the regulatory database, when they input keywords related to specific regulations or standards, then they should receive relevant search results that are accurate and comprehensive.

User Feedback on Regulatory Database Accuracy

Given a user has accessed the regulatory database, when they find an issue or error, then there should be a mechanism to report the issue, and the system should acknowledge receipt of the report within 24 hours.

Comprehensive User Guide for Using the Compliance Checklists

Given the compliance checklist feature, when a new user accesses the feature for the first time, then they should have access to a comprehensive user guide that outlines how to use the tool effectively.

Progress Reporting Dashboard

"As a sustainability coordinator, I want a visual reporting dashboard that shows my compliance progress so that I can easily communicate our achievements and areas needing improvement to stakeholders."

Description

This requirement involves creating an intuitive reporting dashboard that aggregates data from users' compliance checklists and tracks their progress over time. The dashboard will provide visual insights, such as charts and graphs, to illustrate compliance status, areas requiring attention, and trends in sustainability practices. Equipped with this information, users can present reports to stakeholders, enhancing transparency and accountability. The dashboard will also offer export options for reports and presentations, making it easier for businesses to communicate their sustainability efforts during audits or stakeholder meetings.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Progress Reporting Dashboard after logging into EcoPlanit to check compliance status and trends over the past month.

Given the user has logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the Progress Reporting Dashboard, then the dashboard displays visual insights including charts and graphs representing compliance status.

User interacts with the Progress Reporting Dashboard to filter data based on specific compliance checklists for a targeted report.

Given the user is on the Progress Reporting Dashboard, when they apply a filter for a specific compliance checklist, then the dashboard only displays data relevant to that checklist and updates the visual representations accordingly.

User exports a report from the Progress Reporting Dashboard to share with stakeholders for an upcoming meeting.

Given the user has selected the export option on the Progress Reporting Dashboard, when they choose a format (e.g., PDF or Excel) and click 'Export', then the report is generated and available for download without errors.

User accesses the Progress Reporting Dashboard to identify areas of non-compliance that require immediate attention.

Given the user is reviewing the Progress Reporting Dashboard, when they look for areas requiring attention, then the system highlights non-compliance areas clearly within the dashboard insights.

User presents the data from the Progress Reporting Dashboard during a stakeholder meeting to demonstrate progress on sustainability practices.

Given the user is in a stakeholder meeting, when they present information from the Progress Reporting Dashboard, then the stakeholders are able to understand compliance status and sustainability trends clearly from the visuals provided.

User checks the historical compliance data on the Progress Reporting Dashboard to analyze trends over the last quarter.

Given the user accesses the Progress Reporting Dashboard, when they select the date range for the last quarter, then the historical compliance data visualizations update to reflect the selected date range appropriately.

User logs into EcoPlanit after receiving an alert about compliance updates to review the implications on the Progress Reporting Dashboard.

Given the user receives an alert regarding compliance updates, when they log into EcoPlanit, then the Progress Reporting Dashboard reflects the most recent compliance updates and their impact on overall progress.

Collaboration Features for Team Management

"As a team leader, I want collaboration features on compliance checklists so that my team can work together seamlessly and ensure all tasks are managed efficiently and effectively in meeting sustainability standards."

Description

This requirement aims to facilitate collaboration among team members who are responsible for compliance tasks. By integrating features such as task assignments, comments, and notifications, users can collaborate more effectively on compliance checklists. This includes sharing checklists, tracking team progress, and communicating issues or updates related to compliance efforts. Enhancing team collaboration helps ensure that all aspects of compliance are managed efficiently and that responsibility is clearly defined, reducing the likelihood of oversight in sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members access and review compliance checklists to ensure all necessary tasks are assigned appropriately.

Given the collaboration feature is enabled, When a user accesses the compliance checklist, Then they should see a clear assignment of tasks to each team member with deadlines clearly displayed.

Team members can communicate about compliance tasks using comments on checklists.

Given a compliance checklist is shared among team members, When a user adds a comment to a checklist item, Then the comment should be visible to all assigned team members in real-time notifications.

Users track the progress of compliance tasks and receive notifications on updates.

Given a compliance checklist with ongoing tasks, When a task is completed by any team member, Then all other members should receive a notification and the checklist should update the completion status automatically.

Users can share compliance checklists with external stakeholders for feedback.

Given a compliance checklist is created, When a user opts to share the checklist externally, Then an email with a secure link to the checklist should be sent to the specified stakeholders allowing them to view or comment without editing access.

Team leads can monitor overall team progress on compliance checklists.

Given multiple compliance checklists in use, When a team lead accesses the reporting dashboard, Then they should see a summary view of each team member's progress on assigned tasks with completion percentages.

Users can edit compliance checklists collaboratively while maintaining version control.

Given a compliance checklist that is being edited by multiple users, When changes are made, Then the system should retain version history and allow users to revert to prior versions if necessary.

Team members receive reminders for upcoming deadlines on compliance tasks.

Given compliance tasks with defined deadlines, When the deadline approaches, Then each assigned team member should receive automated reminder notifications.

Improvement Action Suggestions

Receive personalized recommendations for actionable steps to enhance sustainability practices. This feature highlights specific initiatives that can be implemented, ensuring that users have a clear, structured pathway to make measurable improvements in their environmental impact.

Requirements

Personalized Action Plan Generation

"As a business owner, I want to receive a personalized action plan so that I can understand specific steps I can take to enhance my sustainability practices effectively."

Description

The system must provide users with a personalized action plan tailored to their specific sustainability needs and goals. This feature will analyze the user's environmental impact data and generate actionable steps that align with their business practices. The implementation should integrate seamlessly with the platform's diagnostics tool, ensuring that the suggestions are both relevant and achievable. The expected outcome is to guide users through implementation, facilitating measured improvement in sustainability outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a personalized action plan after inputting their environmental data into the EcoPlanit platform.

Given a user has provided their environmental impact data, when they request a personalized action plan, then the system should generate a plan that includes at least 3 actionable steps tailored to their specific sustainability needs.

User receives a notification upon completion of their personalized action plan generation.

Given that the personalized action plan has been generated, when the user logs into their account, then they should receive a notification informing them that their action plan is ready for review.

User accesses their personalized action plan and reviews the suggestions provided.

Given that the personalized action plan is generated, when the user opens the plan, then all suggested actions should be clearly presented with descriptions and measurable outcomes for each action.

User implements one of the suggested actions from their personalized action plan to improve sustainability.

Given a user has chosen to implement a suggested action from their personalized action plan, when they mark this action as 'in progress', then the system should update the user’s progress tracker to reflect this change.

User requests changes to their personalized action plan based on new sustainability goals.

Given that a user wants to adjust their personalized action plan, when they submit their new goals, then the system should regenerate the action plan reflecting the updated priorities and objectives.

User can access historical data to track improvements made from their personalized action plan.

Given that a user has implemented actions from their personalized action plan, when they view their historical data section, then they should see measurable improvements in their environmental impact linked to actions taken from the plan.

The platform integrates user feedback on the action plan for continuous improvement.

Given a user has completed actions from their personalized action plan, when they provide feedback on the usefulness of the suggestions, then the system should use this feedback to refine future action plan recommendations.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As an SME manager, I want to see my sustainability progress tracked in a dashboard so that I can measure the effectiveness of my initiatives and make informed decisions."

Description

The platform should include a progress tracking dashboard that allows users to visualize and monitor their sustainability initiatives over time. This dashboard must display key metrics related to environmental impact, improvements made, and compliance with regulatory standards. The integration of data visualization tools will enhance user understanding and engagement, empowering them to see the direct impact of their actions. The aim is to motivate continuous improvement through observable results.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard after implementing sustainability initiatives.

Given that the user has logged into the platform, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they see a clear visualization of key metrics related to their sustainability initiatives, including reductions in energy usage, waste reduction, and regulatory compliance status.

User adds a new sustainability initiative to their dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they add a new sustainability initiative, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect the new metrics associated with that initiative, showing the projected environmental impact.

User monitors progress on their sustainability metrics over a defined period.

Given a specific time frame (e.g., monthly), when the user selects this period on the dashboard, then they should see comparative data that illustrates their improvements over time, highlighting trends in their sustainability efforts.

User interacts with data visualization tools within the dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they engage with data visualization tools (e.g., charts or graphs), then they should be able to filter metrics by time, type of initiative, or regulatory category, providing a customizable view of their progress.

User wants to receive alerts for their compliance status.

Given that the user has set their compliance thresholds, when the compliance status changes (e.g., falls below/regulatory standards), then the user should receive a notification via email or in-app alert on the dashboard.

User seeks to export their progress data.

Given that the user is viewing their Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the option to export their data, then they should be able to download a comprehensive report in multiple formats (e.g., PDF, CSV) that summarizes their sustainability metrics.

User compares their progress with industry benchmarks.

Given that the user has accessed industry benchmark data, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a comparative analysis that highlights where they stand in relation to similar organizations within their sector.

Initiative Recommendation Engine

"As a sustainability coordinator, I want the platform to suggest specific initiatives I can implement so that I can have actionable steps that are tailored to my current practices."

Description

A recommendation engine must be developed to suggest specific sustainability initiatives based on user profiles and their environmental data. By utilizing machine learning algorithms, the system will provide tailored recommendations that evolve as the user implements suggestions and updates their data. The expected outcome is to ensure users receive relevant and impactful advice, contributing to long-term engagement and improvement in sustainability performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User Profile Completion and Data Input

Given a user has created a profile but has not completed it, when they log in to the EcoPlanit platform, then the system should prompt them to complete their profile by filling in missing environmental data. Upon completion, the system should validate the data input and allow the user to access the recommendation engine.

Personalized Recommendations Generation

Given a user has completed their profile and inputted environmental data, when they request recommendations from the Initiative Recommendation Engine, then the system should process the user's data through machine learning algorithms and return a list of at least five tailored sustainability initiatives that aligns with their specific profile.

Dynamic Updates Based on User Feedback

Given that a user has implemented at least one recommendation and provided feedback on its effectiveness, when they update their progress in the EcoPlanit platform, then the Initiative Recommendation Engine should adjust future recommendations to ensure they remain relevant based on the new user feedback and data.

Integration with Reporting Tools

Given that a user has received recommendations from the Initiative Recommendation Engine, when they select an initiative to implement, then the system should provide an option to integrate this initiative with the integrated reporting tools for tracking progress toward sustainability goals.

User Engagement and Retention Metrics

Given that users have access to personalized recommendations, when they evaluate their engagement with the platform over a six-month period, then the platform should demonstrate an increase in user activity levels and retention rates, showing that at least 70% of users are consistently interacting with their personalized recommendations.

Community Hub Participation

Given a user has implemented one or more recommendations from the Initiative Recommendation Engine, when they share their outcomes in the EcoPlanit community hub, then the system should enable them to post their experiences and receive feedback from at least three other users or community members.

Machine Learning Algorithm Accuracy

Given a set of ongoing user profiles and their sustainability data, when the machine learning algorithm processes this data, then it should achieve an accuracy rate of at least 80% in predicting the most impactful initiatives for users based on historical data and outcomes from previous recommendations.

Community Engagement Features

"As a member of the sustainability community, I want to share my successes and engage with others so that we can learn from one another and inspire improvements in our practices."

Description

To foster a culture of shared learning, the platform should include community engagement features that allow users to share their experiences, initiatives, and successes. This could include forums, sharing of best practices, and collaborative projects. By integrating social features, users can learn from each other, find support, and innovate collectively. The goal is to create a vibrant community that drives greater engagement and innovation around sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can post their sustainability initiatives in the community forum.

Given a registered user accesses the community forum, When they submit a post detailing their sustainability initiative, Then the post should be visible to all users in the forum for feedback.

Users can search for best practices shared by other community members.

Given a user is on the community engagement page, When they enter a search term in the best practices search bar, Then relevant posts should display that match the search term within 2 seconds.

Users can comment on and engage with posts made by other users.

Given a user views a community post, When they submit a comment on the post, Then the comment should appear under the post, visible to all users without needing to refresh the page.

Users can collaborate on sustainability projects within the community.

Given a user initiates a collaborative project in the community engagement section, When other users are invited, Then they should receive notifications and be able to accept or decline the invitation in their activity feed.

Users can rate and review shared initiatives and best practices.

Given a user views a best practice post, When they submit a rating and a review, Then the average rating for that post should update immediately, reflecting the new review.

Users can track engagement metrics within the community features.

Given an admin accesses the analytics dashboard, When they view engagement metrics, Then they should see metrics on post views, comments, and user participation rates updated in real-time.

Users can receive notifications for new posts and comments in their subscribed topics.

Given a user subscribes to a topic in the community forum, When a new post or comment is made in that topic, Then the user should receive a notification within 5 minutes via their preferred notification settings.

Compliance Reporting Integration

"As a compliance officer, I want to generate reports easily so that I can ensure our initiatives align with regulatory requirements without hassle."

Description

The system must integrate compliance reporting tools that align with local and international sustainability regulations. Users should be able to generate reports that reflect their compliance status and any required documentation. This will ensure that users are not only improving their practices but also meeting necessary legal obligations. The expected outcome is to provide peace of mind and assure users of their compliance with sustainability standards.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the compliance reporting tool after inputting their sustainability data and wants to generate a report that outlines their compliance with local regulations.

Given the user has entered their data, when they select the 'Generate Compliance Report' option, then a report is generated that accurately reflects their compliance status based on local regulations and is available in PDF format.

User reviews the generated compliance report and needs to ensure it meets international regulatory standards.

Given the user has generated a compliance report, when they compare the report with the checklist of international standards, then the report must meet all listed criteria without exception.

User attempts to download their compliance report for submission to regulatory bodies and requests verification of the download process.

Given the user has generated a compliance report, when they click the 'Download Report' button, then the report should download correctly without errors and be accessible in the intended file format.

User wants to understand the documentation associated with compliance reporting and how it relates to their generated report.

Given the user clicks on the 'Documentation Overview' within the compliance reporting tool, when the information is displayed, then it should provide concise descriptions of all required documents relevant to their compliance report.

User needs to submit their compliance report through the platform's integrated reporting tools with options for local and international submissions.

Given the user selects the 'Submit Report' option, when they choose the type of submission, then the system should allow them to submit to both local and international bodies, confirming successful submission.

User wants to track the history of compliance reports generated and submitted through the platform.

Given the user navigates to the 'Report History' section, when they access this section, then they should see a chronological list of all reports generated, with submission dates and statuses indicated clearly.

User requires assistance while generating their compliance report and utilizes the help feature.

Given the user clicks on the 'Help' button during the report generation process, when they access help documentation, then it should include step-by-step guidance relevant to the compliance reporting feature.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the action suggestions so that I can help improve the recommendations and user experience for future users."

Description

To enhance the platform's effectiveness, a user feedback mechanism must be established. This will allow users to provide insights about the action suggestions they receive and the overall usability of the platform. The feedback collected can be used for continuous improvement of the platform’s features. By analyzing this data, the development team can refine the recommendation algorithms and overall user experience, ensuring the platform meets user expectations.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on actionable sustainability suggestions received after implementing improvements.

Given a user has completed an action suggestion, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they can provide a rating and comments on the suggestion.

User accesses the feedback feature for the first time to evaluate usability of the platform and suggestions.

Given a user is using the platform for the first time, when they click on the feedback button, then they should see a guided prompt explaining how to provide feedback.

User views past feedback submissions to track changes and improvements in suggestions.

Given a user has previously submitted feedback, when they open the feedback history section, then all past feedback entries should be displayed chronologically.

Admin reviews user feedback to analyze areas for improvement on action suggestions.

Given an admin accesses the feedback dashboard, when they filter feedback by action suggestion, then they should see aggregated ratings and comments for the selected suggestions.

User can submit feedback on the overall usability of the platform, separate from specific suggestions.

Given a user is on the feedback page, when they choose to rate the overall platform usability, then the feedback form should allow them to specify both a rating and additional comments.

User receives a confirmation message after successfully submitting feedback on action suggestions.

Given a user has filled out the feedback form, when they click the submit button, then a confirmation message should be displayed indicating their feedback has been recorded successfully.

User accesses the feedback mechanism through both mobile and desktop versions of the platform.

Given a user is logged into the platform on either mobile or desktop, when they navigate to the feedback section, then the interface should be consistent and functional across both devices.

Benchmarking Tool

Compare your sustainability metrics against similar organizations in your industry. This benchmarking tool helps users understand their performance relative to peers, enabling them to identify areas where they can excel and sustain a competitive edge.

Requirements

User Authentication

"As a user, I want to securely log in to my EcoPlanit account so that I can access my sustainability metrics without worrying about data breaches."

Description

The User Authentication requirement ensures that users can securely register and log in to the EcoPlanit platform using various methods such as email, social media, or single sign-on (SSO). This feature maintains the integrity of user data and protects sensitive information while providing a seamless and secure onboarding experience. The implementation of strong encryption practices and multi-factor authentication adds an additional layer of security, fostering trust among users. The expected outcome is increased user engagement and data protection, ensuring only authorized users can access their sustainability metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User Registration via Email.

Given a new user visiting the EcoPlanit platform, when they enter their email and password and click 'Register', then an account is created, and a confirmation email is sent to the user's email address for verification.

Social Media Login Functionality.

Given a user on the EcoPlanit platform, when they choose to log in using a social media account (such as Facebook or Google), then they are successfully authenticated and redirected to their user dashboard without requiring additional password entry.

Single Sign-On (SSO) Integration.

Given an organization using SSO, when a user attempts to log in through the EcoPlanit platform with their SSO credentials, then their identity is verified, and they gain immediate access to their account based on their organization's settings.

Password Reset Functionality.

Given a registered user who has forgotten their password, when they click on 'Forgot Password' and enter their email address, then a password reset email is sent, allowing them to set a new password securely.

Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) Setup.

Given a logged-in user, when they opt to enable multi-factor authentication in their account settings, then they receive a verification code via SMS or email, and their MFA setup is only completed after entering the code correctly.

Data Encryption Confirmation.

Given a user accessing their account information, when they attempt to view their sustainability metrics, then all sensitive data is protected with strong encryption protocols during transmission and storage, ensuring data security.

User Engagement Post-Registration.

Given a user has successfully registered, when they log into the EcoPlanit platform for the first time, then they are presented with a guided tour of the platform features to enhance user engagement and understanding of the tools available.

Data Visualization Dashboard

"As a user, I want to visualize my sustainability data on a dashboard so that I can easily track my progress and understand trends."

Description

The Data Visualization Dashboard requirement provides users with an intuitive interface to view and analyze their sustainability metrics through interactive graphs and charts. This functionality allows users to easily interpret complex data and track their progress against sustainability goals. The dashboard integrates seamlessly with existing metrics, displaying real-time data and customizable views to cater to different user needs. The implementation will enhance user engagement by making data insights accessible and actionable, ultimately driving informed decision-making around sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard to review their sustainability metrics for the first time after setup.

Given the user is an authenticated user and has set up their profile, when they navigate to the Data Visualization Dashboard, then the dashboard should load within 3 seconds and display at least three key sustainability metrics in graphical format.

User customizes their data view on the Data Visualization Dashboard to focus on specific sustainability goals.

Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they select a specific sustainability goal from a dropdown menu, then the dashboard should update to display only the metrics related to that goal within 2 seconds.

User interacts with a chart on the Data Visualization Dashboard to gain more insights into their sustainability performance.

Given the user is viewing a chart on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they click on a data point within the chart, then a tooltip should appear showing detailed information related to that specific metric, including numerical values and percentage changes.

User wants to compare their sustainability metrics against industry benchmarks using the Data Visualization Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they activate the benchmarking feature, then the dashboard should display a side-by-side comparison of their metrics versus the industry average metrics, clearly highlighting areas of improvement within 3 seconds.

User exports their sustainability data from the Data Visualization Dashboard for external reporting.

Given the user is logged into the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they click on the export button and select CSV format, then the system should generate and download a CSV file containing all displayed metrics without errors within 5 seconds.

User requires assistance while using the Data Visualization Dashboard and accesses the help feature.

Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they click on the help icon, then a help modal should appear with a list of FAQs and a contact support button, ensuring 100% accessibility of help resources.

User receives a notification when new features or updates are implemented in the Data Visualization Dashboard.

Given the user is actively using the Data Visualization Dashboard, when new updates are released, then a notification should appear within the dashboard informing the user of the updates, ensuring timely communication of changes.

Competitor Comparison Module

"As a user, I want to compare my sustainability metrics with competitors in my industry so that I can identify areas for improvement and gain a competitive edge."

Description

The Competitor Comparison Module allows users to compare their sustainability metrics against industry competitors. This feature enables users to identify their performance relative to peers, uncovering strengths and opportunities for improvement. By integrating this module into the benchmarking tool, users can gain valuable insights into industry trends and best practices, positioning their companies for a competitive edge. The implementation is key for driving motivation among users to enhance their sustainability efforts, aligning with the EcoPlanit mission of fostering eco-friendly practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User compares their sustainability metrics with industry competitors for the first time.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they access the Competitor Comparison Module, then they should see a visual representation of their sustainability metrics compared to at least five similar organizations in their industry.

User explores insights on strengths and areas for improvement based on the comparison results.

Given the user has completed the comparison, when they click on an insight icon, then they should receive specific feedback on at least three metrics where they excel and three metrics needing improvement.

User wants to generate a report based on their competitor comparisons.

Given the user selects the option to generate a report, when they specify the metrics and time frame, then the system should produce a downloadable report summarizing the comparison findings within five minutes.

User accesses the module after updating their sustainability practices to see the progress.

Given the user has updated their sustainability metrics, when they revisit the Competitor Comparison Module, then the metrics displayed should reflect the most recent entries and show a comparison against the latest data from competitors.

User needs assistance in interpreting the comparison results.

Given that the user is reviewing the results, when they request help through the integrated support feature, then they should receive guidance specific to the metrics compared, ensuring user understanding within two minutes.

User wants to share their benchmarking results with team members.

Given the user has generated a benchmarking comparison, when they select the share option, then the system should allow sharing via email or a direct link to at least three team members, with appropriate access permissions set.

Community Forum

"As a user, I want to participate in a community forum so that I can share experiences and learn from others about sustainability practices."

Description

The Community Forum requirement establishes a space where users can interact, share experiences, and discuss sustainability best practices. This feature encourages collaboration and knowledge sharing among SMEs, fostering a supportive community dedicated to eco-friendly initiatives. Users can post questions, share success stories, and provide peer-to-peer support. The implementation of the forum will enhance user engagement and retention by creating a sense of belonging and a collaborative environment focused on sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can create a new discussion thread in the Community Forum to ask questions regarding sustainability practices.

Given a registered user, when they navigate to the Community Forum and click on 'Create New Thread', then they should be able to input a title and message, and submit successfully.

Users can respond to existing discussion threads to provide answers or share experiences related to sustainability.

Given a user viewing a discussion thread, when they click on 'Reply', then they should be able to input their response and submit it, which should be displayed under the original thread.

Users can search for specific topics within the Community Forum to find relevant discussions.

Given the Community Forum page is open, when a user enters a search term in the search bar and clicks 'Search', then the results should display threads that contain the search term in the title or content.

Users can mark answers or posts as helpful within the Community Forum to indicate valuable contributions.

Given a discussion thread with replies, when a user clicks on 'Mark as Helpful' for a reply, then that reply should be highlighted and counted as a helpful response.

Users can report inappropriate posts in the Community Forum to maintain a respectful environment.

Given a discussion thread, when a user clicks 'Report' on a post, then a confirmation prompt should appear, and upon confirming, the report should be logged for review by moderators.

Regulatory Compliance Checker

"As a user, I want to check my compliance with sustainability regulations so that I can avoid penalties and ensure my practices meet legal standards."

Description

The Regulatory Compliance Checker requirement ensures that users can assess their alignment with local and international sustainability regulations. This feature will provide automated reports indicating compliance levels and highlight areas needing improvement. By integrating this compliance checking tool into the EcoPlanit platform, users can be proactive in addressing regulatory requirements, reducing the risk of penalties. The expected outcome is enhanced user confidence and accountability in meeting legal obligations, ensuring sustainability efforts are not only effective but also compliant.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the Regulatory Compliance Checker after inputting their business's sustainability metrics for the first time.

Given the user has entered their sustainability metrics, when they click 'Check Compliance', then the system should generate a compliance report highlighting compliance levels and areas for improvement within 5 seconds.

User wants to view historical compliance reporting to track improvements over time after six months of using the tool.

Given the user navigates to the historical compliance section, when they select a six-month range and click 'Generate Report', then the system should display an accurate compliance report showing changes and improvements over the selected period.

User requires guidance on how to improve their compliance scores based on the report generated by the Regulatory Compliance Checker.

Given the user views their compliance report, when they click on 'Recommendations', then the system should provide tailored actionable steps that the user can take to improve their compliance scores.

User encounters a potential compliance issue identified by the Regulatory Compliance Checker and wants to share it with their sustainability team.

Given the user has received a compliance issue alert, when they click on 'Share with Team', then the system should send an email to the user's designated team members with details of the issue and possible solutions.

Local regulatory updates affect compliance standards, and the user wants the Regulatory Compliance Checker to reflect these updates.

Given there are changes in local regulations, when the system receives updated regulatory data, then it should automatically refresh the compliance assessment criteria and notify users of the changes via the dashboard.

A user seeks to understand how their metrics compare with industry standards after completing a compliance check.

Given the user has completed the compliance check, when they navigate to the benchmarking tool, then they should see a comparative analysis showing their sustainability metrics against defined industry benchmarks within 10 seconds.

Reporting and Visualization Suite

Utilize a comprehensive suite of reporting tools that visually present progress and sustainability metrics. This feature allows users to easily generate reports for stakeholders, showcasing their advancements and compliance efforts in a clear and compelling manner.

Requirements

Dynamic Report Generation

"As an SME owner, I want to be able to generate real-time sustainability reports so that I can easily share updates with stakeholders and visualize our progress towards eco-friendly practices."

Description

The Dynamic Report Generation requirement allows users to generate real-time reports on their sustainability metrics directly within the EcoPlanit platform. Users can select specific time frames, choose from a variety of metrics such as carbon footprint, waste reduction, and energy consumption, and customize the layout of the report. The feature integrates with existing data inputs in the system to ensure accuracy and relevance of the information presented. This capability not only enhances user engagement by providing instantaneous feedback but also facilitates better communication with stakeholders by delivering updated information when needed. Users can save and share these reports, enhancing collaboration and transparency among team members and external partners.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a dynamic report for the first quarter of the year to present to stakeholders during the monthly review meeting.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they select 'Generate Report' for the specified time frame (1st January to 31st March), then the system should display a preview of the report including selected metrics (carbon footprint, waste reduction), and provide options to customize layout before downloading.

User wants to generate a report showing energy consumption metrics for the past month for internal use.

Given the user has access to the dashboard, when they choose the period for the past month and select 'Energy Consumption' from the metrics, then the system should compile the report and allow the user to save it in a preferred file format (PDF, Excel).

User needs to share a previously created report with teammates for feedback on sustainability efforts.

Given that the report has been generated and saved, when the user selects the 'Share' option, then the system should facilitate sharing via email or direct link, ensuring that stakeholders have access to the latest data and insights.

User reviews the accuracy of the data included in the report generated for the last six months.

Given the user accesses the report history, when they view a report from the last six months, then they should be able to cross-check the metrics against the original data inputs to verify their accuracy and ensure compliance requirements are met.

User wants to customize the layout of the report before generating it for better presentation to external partners.

Given the user is on the report customization page, when they select various layout options such as charts, graphs, and summary sections, then the system should allow them to preview the layout changes dynamically and confirm those before generating the final report.

User requires real-time updates in the report to reflect new data input during the reporting period.

Given that the user is generating a report and new data is fed into the system, when the user refreshes the report view, then the system should automatically integrate the latest data into the report without requiring a complete regeneration.

User attends a compliance meeting and needs to generate a report focusing on metrics that meet regulatory standards.

Given the user selects 'Compliance Report' from the reporting options, when they set the time frame to the last year, then the system should generate a detailed report highlighting only those metrics that are required by regulations, ensuring all compliance indicators are clearly presented.

Interactive Data Dashboards

"As a sustainability manager, I want an interactive dashboard that shows our key sustainability metrics so that I can quickly analyze our performance and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Interactive Data Dashboards requirement provides users with a visual representation of their sustainability performance through customizable dashboard interfaces. Users can choose the metrics they want to track, such as electricity usage trends, emissions benchmarks, and compliance statuses. These dashboards allow for deeper insights through charts, graphs, and comparison tools that highlight progress over time and against industry standards. By making data more digestible, this feature helps SMEs to better identify key areas for improvement and strategize accordingly. Integration with third-party analytics services can further enhance the functionality, offering predictive insights and optimization recommendations based on historical data.

Acceptance Criteria

User dashboard customization for tracking chosen sustainability metrics.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the dashboard customization settings, then they should be able to select from a list of metrics such as electricity usage, emissions benchmarks, and compliance statuses to display on their dashboard.

Visualization of data trends over time for selected metrics.

Given a user has selected specific sustainability metrics to track, when they access their dashboard, then they should see visual representations (charts/graphs) of data trends for those metrics over a specified time period (e.g., monthly, quarterly).

Integration with third-party analytics services for enhanced insights.

Given a user has connected their EcoPlanit account with a third-party analytics service, when they view their dashboard, then they should see additional predictive insights and optimization recommendations based on historical performance data.

Comparison of company performance against industry standards.

Given a user accesses their dashboard, when they select the option to compare their sustainability metrics against industry standards, then they should be presented with a comparison analysis highlighting areas of strength and weakness.

Generating reports for stakeholders showcasing sustainability advancements.

Given a user has customized their dashboard and selected relevant metrics, when they choose to generate a report, then the system should produce a clear and compelling report including visual representations of the selected metrics and progress made.

User feedback mechanism for improving dashboard features.

Given a user has utilized the interactive dashboard, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit suggestions or report issues with the dashboard functionality.

Stakeholder Report Customization

"As a report creator, I want to customize our sustainability reports for different stakeholders so that the reports meet the expectations and understanding of each audience."

Description

The Stakeholder Report Customization requirement enables users to tailor their sustainability reports for different audience types, including investors, clients, and regulatory bodies. This feature allows users to select the type of information to display, adjust the technical level of detail, and choose design templates that align with branding guidelines. By ensuring that the content is specifically targeted to the intended audience, this requirement increases engagement and understanding, ensuring that key points are effectively communicated. Integration with branding libraries will provide seamless access to logos and design assets to facilitate report customization.

Acceptance Criteria

As a sustainability manager, I want to customize a report for investors that highlights financial metrics related to sustainability efforts, so I can effectively communicate our environmental impact and growth potential.

Given that I am on the Stakeholder Report Customization page, when I select 'Investor' as the audience type, then the system should allow me to include financial metrics in the report alongside sustainability metrics and provide options for adjusting the level of detail for each section.

As a compliance officer, I need to generate a report tailored for regulatory bodies that meets specific compliance guidelines, ensuring that we adhere to environmental regulations while showcasing our sustainability achievements.

Given that I am creating a report for regulatory bodies, when I choose compliance guidelines from a predefined list, then the system should automatically format the report according to those guidelines and highlight the required compliance metrics.

As a marketing manager, I want to customize a sustainability report for clients, using our branding assets to make it visually engaging and align with our brand identity, ensuring that our sustainability efforts resonate with their values.

Given that I am customizing a report for clients, when I select design templates from our branding library and upload logos, then the system should update the report's visual elements instantly to reflect the chosen branding assets and allow for further customization.

As a project manager, I want to generate a report to showcase our team's sustainability progress to stakeholders, ensuring that the report includes key milestones and achievements in a clear and concise manner.

Given that I have entered the report generation mode, when I select the key milestones and achievements to include, then the report should summarize these points clearly without technical jargon, making it accessible for all stakeholders.

As an environmental consultant, I need to prepare a comprehensive sustainability report for an NGO that emphasizes environmental impact and includes both qualitative and quantitative data.

Given that I am customizing a report for an NGO, when I select to include both qualitative narratives and quantitative data points, then the system should ensure that both data formats are integrated seamlessly in the final report layout.

As a business owner, I want to analyze the preview of my customized sustainability report before finalizing it, ensuring all data is accurate and presented clearly for my target audience.

Given that I have customized my report, when I click the 'Preview' button, then the system should display the full report layout with all selected data points and design elements, allowing me to check for accuracy and clarity before finalizing.

As a team lead, I want to ensure that the customization options for the stakeholder report are user-friendly and do not require extensive training for my colleagues.

Given that I am testing the customization feature, when I and multiple team members attempt to create reports without prior training, then we should be able to successfully complete the customization process within 10 minutes with minimal guidance.

Automated Compliance Reporting

"As a compliance officer, I want automated reports that align with our local sustainability regulations so that I can ensure we remain compliant without having to manually compile data."

Description

The Automated Compliance Reporting requirement aims to streamline the process of fulfilling regulatory obligations by producing reports that automatically compile and present required sustainability metrics based on local legislation. This feature keeps up-to-date with changes in regulations and ensures that reports are generated in the correct formats required by various governmental authorities. This capability reduces the administrative burdens of compliance, enabling users to focus more on their sustainability practices and less on paperwork. Integration with compliance databases will be essential for fetching the latest requirements automatically.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated generation of compliance reports for local regulatory submission based on updated sustainability metrics.

Given the user has entered sustainability metrics into the EcoPlanit platform, when the user triggers the report generation process, then a compliance report must be automatically generated and formatted according to local regulations.

Integration with compliance databases to retrieve the latest regulatory requirements automatically for report generation.

Given the compliance database integration is configured, when the platform checks for updates, then the latest regulatory requirements must be retrieved and reflected in the compliance reporting feature without manual input.

User access to generated compliance reports to review and edit before final submission to regulatory bodies.

Given the compliance report is generated, when the user accesses the report for review, then the user must be able to edit any section of the report prior to final submission and see an audit trail of changes made.

Scheduled automated reports sent to designated stakeholders to update on compliance status and metrics.

Given the user has defined a reporting schedule, when the scheduled time arrives, then an automated email containing the latest compliance report must be sent to all designated stakeholders without any errors.

User notifications for any changes in compliance regulations that may affect existing reports.

Given there is a change in local compliance regulations, when the change occurs, then the user must receive a notification alerting them about the change and list of affected reports.

Customization options for different industry-specific compliance reports within the platform.

Given the user selects their specific industry from the options available, when the user generates a compliance report, then the report must include metrics and requirements specifically tailored to that industry along with the appropriate format.

Data visualization tools to present compliance metrics in an understandable manner for stakeholders.

Given the user selects compliance metrics to visualize, when the user generates a visual report, then the visualization must clearly present the metrics in graphs or charts that are easy to understand for stakeholders without requiring additional explanation.

Collaboration Tools for Report Sharing

"As a team member, I want to collaborate on sustainability reports within the platform so that I can provide my input and help refine the final output."

Description

The Collaboration Tools for Report Sharing requirement allows users to easily share and collaborate on sustainability reports within the EcoPlanit platform. Functions such as commenting, version history, and notification systems will be implemented, enabling team members to provide feedback and suggestions directly on the reports. This feature fosters a collaborative environment where stakeholders can engage with the reports effectively and ensures that all relevant insights are incorporated before the final release. Integration with communication tools and email platforms would further enhance sharing capabilities and improve workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

Collaboration on Sustainability Report Draft

Given a team member has accessed a shared sustainability report, when they add a comment on the report, then that comment should be visible to all other team members with access to the report in real-time.

Version Control for Report Changes

Given multiple team members are editing a sustainability report, when one member saves their changes, then the version history should be updated, allowing other members to view previous versions and changes made.

Notification System for Feedback Requests

Given a user has requested feedback on a sustainability report, when comments are added by other team members, then an email notification should be sent to the user indicating that feedback is available.

Integration with Messaging Platforms

Given a sustainability report is shared within the EcoPlanit platform, when a team member selects the option to share via an external messaging platform, then the report link should be generated and shared successfully without errors.

Comment Resolution Process

Given comments have been added to a sustainability report, when a team member resolves a comment, then that comment should be marked as resolved and removed from the open comments list while remaining visible in the history.

User Access Control for Reports

Given a report has been shared among team members, when an admin modifies the access permissions, then only the users with appropriate permissions should be allowed to view or edit the report.

Collaboration Dashboard Overview

Given that multiple reports are in progress, when a user accesses the collaboration dashboard, then they should see a summary of all reports, including status, recent comments, and assigned team members for each report.

Predictive Sustainability Modeling

Utilize advanced modeling techniques to predict the potential sustainability impacts of different actions or investments before implementation. This feature supports informed decision-making by allowing users to evaluate scenarios based on potential environmental and financial outcomes.

Requirements

Data Input Optimization

"As a sustainability manager, I want to quickly input our company's environmental data in various formats so that I can efficiently analyze our sustainability impacts without facing barriers or errors in the data submission process."

Description

The system should enable seamless data input through user-friendly interfaces, supporting various formats such as CSV, Excel, and direct API integrations. This requirement aims to minimize errors during data entry and enhance user experience by allowing users to choose their preferred method of data submission. The optimization of data input is crucial for the accuracy of predictive modeling and will ensure that users can quickly and efficiently provide the data necessary for accurate sustainability assessments. Additionally, the capability should include validation checks to ensure data integrity and compatibility with the modeling algorithms.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a CSV file with sustainability data through the EcoPlanit platform.

Given a user on the EcoPlanit platform, when they upload a CSV file, then the system accepts the file without errors and confirms successful upload with a notification.

User inputs sustainability data manually using a user-friendly interface.

Given a user on the EcoPlanit platform, when they input sustainability data manually through the interface, then all fields must validate correctly, and an error message should appear for any invalid entries before submission.

User integrates data via API from an external software system into EcoPlanit.

Given a user has configured an API connection from their external software, when they trigger a data pull, then the system should integrate the data accurately without loss, with a success message confirming the API call.

User uploads an Excel file containing various formats of sustainability data.

Given a user uploads an Excel file, when the upload is completed, then the system should correctly identify and parse different data formats without data integrity issues.

The system performs validation checks on uploaded data to ensure compatibility with modeling algorithms.

Given uploaded data, when the system runs validation checks, then it should identify any discrepancies and provide specific feedback on errors or necessary adjustments.

User experiences error-free data input while using any supported method (CSV, Excel, API).

Given the user employs any method of data input, when they complete the upload or submission, then they should not encounter any errors or data loss, receiving a confirmation of successful input.

Users can access a detailed report after data input is completed.

Given that data has been successfully inputted into the system, when users request a report, then the system generates a comprehensive report reflecting the submitted data and its impact on sustainability metrics.

Scenario Analysis Tools

"As a decision-maker in my company, I want to analyze various sustainability scenarios to see how different actions would affect our overall sustainability impact so that I can make informed choices that align with our strategic goals."

Description

The predictive sustainability modeling feature must include tools that allow users to create and analyze different sustainability scenarios based on varied actions or investments. This can include sliders, toggles, or other interactive controls to adjust parameters like investment amount or environmental actions taken. This requirement is essential for enabling users to visualize potential outcomes in real-time, facilitating informed decision-making about their sustainability strategies. The scenario analysis tools will integrate seamlessly with the predictive modeling algorithms, providing users with immediate feedback on how their choices impact sustainability metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User Initiates Scenario Analysis with Variable Inputs

Given a user is on the Scenario Analysis Tools page, when they adjust the investment amount slider and select different environmental actions, then the system must update the sustainability metrics display in real-time, reflecting the changes made by the user.

User Saves and Loads Scenario Configurations

Given a user has created and adjusted a scenario, when they choose to save the scenario with a specific name, then the system must store the scenario configuration and allow the user to load it later from a list of saved scenarios.

User Sees Visual Representation of Sustainability Impact

Given a user has configured a scenario with specific parameters, when they click on the 'Analyze' button, then the system must generate a visual representation (graph/chart) of the predicted sustainability impacts based on the selected configurations.

User Receives Immediate Feedback on Adjustments

Given a user is interacting with the sliders and toggles on the Scenario Analysis Tools, when they make changes to the parameters, then the system must provide immediate feedback on how those changes affect the predicted sustainability metrics without requiring additional user input.

User Accesses Help Documentation for Scenario Analysis

Given a user is on the Scenario Analysis Tools page, when they click on the help icon, then the system must display a relevant help guide or documentation that explains how to use the scenario analysis tools effectively.

User Evaluates Multiple Scenarios Side by Side

Given a user has created multiple scenarios, when they select the 'Compare Scenarios' option, then the system must display a comparative view of the sustainability metrics for each selected scenario in a clear and concise manner.

User Receives Alerts for Significant Sustainability Changes

Given a user adjusts parameters that result in a significant change in sustainability metrics (beyond a predefined threshold), when the analysis is recalculated, then the system must alert the user with a notification highlighting the changes and their potential impact.

Impact Reporting Dashboard

"As a user of EcoPlanit, I want to have a customizable dashboard that visually represents our sustainability metrics and potential impacts, so that I can easily convey our sustainability performance and strategy to stakeholders."

Description

A customizable dashboard is required to present the results of predictive modeling and scenario analyses in a visually engaging format. This dashboard should display key metrics, including projected environmental impact reductions, financial savings, and compliance status against regulatory benchmarks. Users should have the ability to tailor the dashboard to their specific needs, focusing on metrics that are most relevant to their operations. This functionality will enhance user engagement and help stakeholders understand the implications of their sustainability decisions at a glance, making the reporting process more efficient and effective.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Dashboard Metrics

Given a user with access to the Impact Reporting Dashboard, when they navigate to the customization settings, then they should be able to select and reorder displayed metrics based on their relevance to their operations.

Real-Time Data Update on Dashboard

Given the Impact Reporting Dashboard is open, when the user initiates a scenario analysis, then the displayed key metrics should update in real-time to reflect the latest results without requiring a page refresh.

Visual Engagement through Graphical Representation

Given a user reviewing the Impact Reporting Dashboard, when they view the projected environmental impact reductions, then the information should be presented in visually engaging formats such as graphs and charts.

Compliance Status Tracking

Given the dashboards displays compliance information, when a user selects a regulatory benchmark, then the dashboard should clearly indicate the current compliance status relative to that benchmark.

Export Functionality for Reporting

Given the Impact Reporting Dashboard, when a user chooses to export the report, then the system should provide the option to download the dashboard data as a PDF or Excel file containing all displayed metrics.

User-Friendly Interface for Non-Technical Users

Given a user who is not technically inclined, when they interact with the Impact Reporting Dashboard, then they should be able to navigate through the dashboard effortlessly and understand all displayed information without requiring external assistance.

Regulatory Compliance Integration

"As a compliance officer, I want the system to automatically validate our sustainability scenarios with the latest regulatory standards so that I can ensure our initiatives are compliant with existing laws and requirements."

Description

This requirement involves integrating the predictive sustainability modeling feature with existing regulatory compliance databases to automatically validate users' projected outcomes against current regulations. This integration will help users to ensure that their planned actions align with legal expectations, reducing the risk of non-compliance. The system will pull real-time data from regulatory sources to inform users about the most relevant rules, enabling them to adjust their sustainability strategies accordingly. This feature is vital for user peace of mind and ensures that eco-friendly initiatives are in line with regulatory frameworks.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Predictive Sustainability Modeling with Regulatory Compliance Databases for SMEs

Given a user accesses the predictive sustainability modeling feature, when they submit a proposed action, then the system automatically pulls the relevant regulatory compliance data and provides a validation report.

Real-Time Data Retrieval for Regulatory Updates

Given the predictive sustainability modeling feature is in use, when a regulatory update occurs, then the system will refresh its compliance database within 24 hours and notify users of the changes affecting their plans.

User Interface for Compliance Validation Results

Given a user has submitted a proposed sustainability action, when the system retrieves the regulatory compliance data, then the results must be displayed in a clear and understandable format, highlighting any compliance risks.

User Feedback on Compliance Integration Process

Given the predictive sustainability modeling feature is released, when users operate the regulatory compliance integration, then at least 80% of user feedback should indicate that the integration is intuitive and effective in providing compliance guidance.

Error Handling for Compliance Data Retrieval Failures

Given that the system attempts to pull regulatory compliance data, when the retrieval fails due to connectivity issues, then the user must receive a clear error message with guidance on the next steps and a retry option.

Performance Metrics for Compliance Validation

Given the requirement is implemented, when multiple users access the predictive sustainability modeling simultaneously, then the data retrieval and validation process must complete within five seconds for 95% of requests.

Audit Trail for Compliance Validation Changes

Given that compliance data is pulled for user actions, when changes occur to regulatory inputs, then the system should maintain an audit trail detailing these changes for transparency and accountability.

Community Feedback Loop

"As a user of the EcoPlanit platform, I want to share our sustainability scenarios and outcomes with the community so that I can gain insights and suggestions from others who are also working towards sustainability goals."

Description

There should be a feature that allows users to share their sustainability scenarios and outcomes within the EcoPlanit community. This feedback loop would enable users to receive insights and suggestions from peers and experts, fostering a collaborative environment for continuous improvement in sustainability practices. By allowing users to post their experiences and results, EcoPlanit can facilitate knowledge sharing that enhances the overall effectiveness of the predictive modeling feature. This requirement is crucial for building a community-driven approach to sustainability improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a sustainability scenario to the EcoPlanit community for feedback after implementing a new recycling initiative.

Given a user has completed their recycling initiative, when they submit their sustainability scenario in the community forum, then the scenario should be posted successfully and visible to all community members within 5 seconds.

A community member views and provides feedback on a submitted sustainability scenario.

Given a sustainability scenario is posted in the community forum, when a community member accesses the forum, then they must be able to view the scenario details and submit feedback within 3 clicks.

User checks back for replies on their submitted sustainability scenario.

Given a user has submitted a sustainability scenario, when they log back into the EcoPlanit platform, then they should receive a notification of any replies or insights from community members within 24 hours.

Community expert shares additional resources related to a submitted sustainability scenario.

Given an expert is reviewing a posted sustainability scenario, when they share resources or suggestions in response to the scenario, then these resources should be attached to the original post and visible to users within 1 hour of submission.

User rates the feedback received from the community on their sustainability scenario.

Given a user has received feedback on their sustainability scenario, when they rate this feedback, then the rating should reflect immediately on the feedback post and be visible to other users.

Admin moderates the community feedback to ensure relevance and appropriateness.

Given an admin reviews posted scenarios and feedback, when inappropriate content is identified, then the admin can remove this content and must provide a reason within 24 hours for transparency.

Community trends are tracked based on user feedback on submissions.

Given a collection of submitted sustainability scenarios and community feedback, when users access the trending section, then they should see a compilation of the top 5 scenarios based on the highest feedback scores over the past month.

User-Friendly Dashboard

Access a centralized dashboard that provides an overview of key sustainability metrics, progress towards compliance, and action steps. This intuitive interface keeps users engaged and informed, enabling them to track their sustainability journey at a glance.

Requirements

Real-Time Data Visualization

"As a business owner, I want to see real-time updates on my sustainability metrics so that I can make immediate adjustments to improve compliance and reduce my environmental impact."

Description

The requirement involves creating a real-time data visualization component within the user-friendly dashboard that displays key sustainability metrics dynamically. Users will benefit from immediate updates on their progress towards compliance with environmental standards, allowing for timely decision-making and adjustments to their sustainability initiatives. This functionality enhances the overall user experience by providing engaging and interactive graphical representations of data, promoting awareness and accountability in environmental practices. By integrating this feature within the existing dashboard framework, EcoPlanit can further facilitate informed actions and improvements in the user’s sustainability journey.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the dashboard to view sustainability metrics after signing in to their EcoPlanit account.

Given the user is logged into their EcoPlanit account, when they access the dashboard, then the real-time data visualization should update and display key sustainability metrics accurately within 5 seconds of data retrieval.

User clicks on the specific sustainability metric to drill down for more details and insights regarding their compliance status.

Given the user is on the dashboard and has selected a specific metric, when they click on this metric, then they should be redirected to a detailed view showing historical trends and compliance status information.

User wishes to see how their sustainability metrics compare with industry benchmarks directly from the dashboard.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they enable the benchmarking option, then the dashboard should overlay their metrics with relevant industry benchmarks in real-time.

A user wants to receive alerts or notifications if any of their key metrics fall below compliance thresholds.

Given that compliance thresholds are defined for the user's metrics, when any metric dips below its defined threshold, then the user should receive an immediate notification in their dashboard.

User checks the dashboard on a mobile device to monitor their sustainability metrics while away from the office.

Given that the user is accessing the dashboard on a mobile device, when they open the dashboard, then the real-time data visualization should be fully functional and responsive without any loss of data resolution or usability.

Custom Action Plan Generator

"As a user, I want to receive a personalized action plan based on my sustainability metrics so that I can effectively work towards my environmental goals and compliance standards."

Description

This requirement entails developing a custom action plan generator that provides tailored recommendations for each user based on their unique sustainability data and goals. By assessing the user's input and existing metrics, the generator will create a step-by-step plan aimed at optimizing their eco-friendly practices. This feature not only simplifies the compliance process but also empowers users to make actionable changes that align with their specific business needs and aspirations. Integration with the current dashboard will allow users to seamlessly access and implement these plans, enhancing user engagement and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Custom Action Plan Generator from their dashboard after inputting their sustainability goals and current metrics.

Given the user is on the User-Friendly Dashboard, when they click on 'Generate Custom Action Plan', then the system presents a tailored action plan based on their input data, including at least three specific recommendations.

The user reviews and modifies their generated action plan to fit their business needs and priorities.

Given the user has a generated action plan, when they edit the action items, then the system updates the plan while maintaining the integrity of the suggestions and saves the modifications successfully.

The user implements the recommended actions from the Custom Action Plan and tracks their progress over time.

Given the user has implemented at least one action item from their plan, when they return to the dashboard, then the relevant sustainability metrics show an improvement or change reflecting their input.

The user seeks help or clarification regarding their custom action plan through the dashboard's interface.

Given the user needs assistance, when they click on 'Help' next to the action plan, then the system displays FAQ resources or offers the option to contact support within 30 seconds.

The user attempts to generate a custom action plan without sufficient input data.

Given the user has not provided complete data, when they click on 'Generate Custom Action Plan', then the system prompts the user to complete the required fields before proceeding, with at least two clear error messages indicating what is missing.

Progress Tracking and Alerts

"As a sustainability manager, I want to receive alerts about my progress and upcoming deadlines so that I can stay on track and meet my sustainability targets efficiently."

Description

The requirement focuses on implementing a progress tracking system that monitors users' adherence to the action plans and sends alerts for upcoming deadlines or milestones. By establishing reminders and notifications for critical tasks related to sustainability goals, users will stay informed and proactive in their efforts. This feature is essential for maintaining momentum and ensuring accountability, enabling users to celebrate milestones and make necessary adjustments when falling behind. The integration into the user dashboard will keep all information centralized and organized, fostering a more efficient workflow and promoting user commitment to sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the dashboard to view their progress on sustainability goals and sees an overview of their current status, deadlines, and completed actions.

Given the user is on the User-Friendly Dashboard, when they navigate to the progress tracking section, then they should see clearly displayed key sustainability metrics, upcoming deadlines, and a summary of completed actions.

A user has an upcoming deadline for submitting a sustainability report and receives a timely alert to remind them about it.

Given the user has a deadline approaching in 3 days, when the system checks for upcoming milestones, then the user should receive an alert notification 3 days before the deadline.

A user completes a task related to their sustainability action plan and wants to mark it as done in the dashboard.

Given the user has completed an action step, when they select the 'mark as done' option from the dashboard, then the completed action should visually update on the dashboard and reflect in the tracking metrics displayed.

The user navigates to the dashboard and is overwhelmed with notifications from various progress reminders.

Given the user has received multiple progress notifications, when they access the user-friendly dashboard, then they should be able to filter notifications by urgency and see them organized accordingly.

A user wants to see their progress over time to evaluate performance trends in their sustainability efforts.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select the 'View History' option, then they should see a graphical representation of their sustainability progress over the past months, with clear indicators of milestones achieved.

The system is integrated into the user dashboard and properly reflects real-time updates of progress tracking.

Given that a user is currently active on their EcoPlanit account, when an action step is updated by the user or system, then the dashboard must reflect this update within 15 minutes without requiring a page refresh.

A user has multiple sustainability goals and wants to prioritize which tasks to focus on next based on their deadlines.

Given the user views their sustainability action plan on the dashboard, when the system analyzes the deadlines, then it should display a prioritized list of tasks sorted by the upcoming due dates at the top of the action list.

Community Sharing Platform

"As a user, I want to connect with other businesses and share experiences on sustainability efforts so that I can learn from others and enhance my own practices."

Description

This requirement aims to launch a community sharing platform within EcoPlanit where users can share their experiences, best practices, and success stories related to sustainability. By fostering peer-to-peer learning, users can derive inspiration and actionable insights from others in their sector. This feature not only enhances user engagement but also builds a supportive ecosystem around sustainability practices. Users can post questions, provide feedback, and connect with other SMEs, thus creating a vibrant community that actively contributes to collective knowledge and motivation towards sustainable practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User Registration and Profile Creation on the Community Sharing Platform

Given a user is on the EcoPlanit platform, when they complete the registration form and submit it, then their account should be created successfully, and they should be redirected to their profile page with a confirmation message.

Posting a Sustainability Success Story

Given a registered user is on the community sharing platform, when they enter a success story in the posting form and click 'Submit', then the story should be visible to all community members on the platform, along with a confirmation notification to the user.

Commenting on a Peer’s Post

Given a logged-in user views a peer’s shared post, when they enter a comment in the comments section and click 'Post', then the comment should be displayed under the respective post, indicating the user’s name and the timestamp of the comment.

Searching for Topics within the Community Hub

Given a user is on the community sharing platform, when they use the search bar to enter a keyword related to sustainability, then relevant posts and discussions should appear based on the search term, sorted by relevance.

Receiving Responses to Posted Questions

Given a user has posted a sustainability-related question on the platform, when another user replies to that question, then the original poster should receive a notification and be able to view the response under their posted question.

Reporting Inappropriate Content

Given a user identifies inappropriate or harmful content in the community sharing platform, when they click the 'Report' button and select a reason for reporting, then the report should be submitted, and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

Viewing Engagement Metrics on Posts

Given a user is viewing their own post on the community sharing platform, when they check the engagement section, then they should see the number of views, comments, and likes for that post clearly displayed.

Collaborative Project Hub

A centralized platform where SMEs can create, join, and manage sustainability-focused projects. This hub fosters teamwork and networking, allowing users to collectively brainstorm, share ideas, and drive initiatives towards eco-friendly practices, enhancing community engagement and project success.

Requirements

Project Creation and Management

"As a project manager, I want to create and manage sustainability projects within the hub so that my team can collaborate efficiently and keep track of our initiatives."

Description

This requirement allows users to create and manage sustainability-focused projects within the Collaborative Project Hub. Users will have the capability to set project goals, define timelines, assign team members, and track progress. The ability to create and manage projects directly within the hub enables effective collaboration and ensures that all necessary resources are available for successful project completion. This feature enhances user engagement and encourages proactive participation in sustainability initiatives, making it easier for SMEs to take actionable steps toward eco-friendly practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new sustainability project in the Collaborative Project Hub.

Given a user is logged into the Collaborative Project Hub, when they select the 'Create Project' button and fill out the required fields (project name, goals, timeline, team members), then the project should be created successfully and visible in the user's project list.

User sets a timeline for a sustainability project.

Given a user is creating or editing a sustainability project, when they specify a start date and an end date for the project, then the timeline should be saved and displayed accurately on the project overview page.

User assigns team members to a project.

Given a user is on the project creation or editing page, when they select team members from a list and assign them to the project, then those team members should receive a notification and be able to view the project on their dashboard.

User tracks the progress of an active sustainability project.

Given a user is managing an active project, when they access the project dashboard, then they should see a progress bar and status updates reflecting the completion of key milestones according to the project plan.

User can edit project details after creation.

Given a user has access to a created project, when they select the 'Edit' option, make changes to the project details, and save them, then the updates should be reflected in real-time in the project overview.

User can delete a project from the hub.

Given a user has the necessary permissions, when they select the 'Delete Project' option, confirm the deletion action, then the project should be removed from the project list and no longer accessible in the hub.

User receives a confirmation upon successful project creation.

Given a user has successfully created a project, when the process is completed, then they should receive a confirmation message on their screen indicating the project was created successfully.

Brainstorming and Idea Sharing

"As a team member, I want to brainstorm and share ideas with my colleagues in the hub so that we can collectively innovate and improve our sustainability practices."

Description

This requirement facilitates a space where users can collectively brainstorm and share ideas related to sustainability initiatives. The feature includes tools for posting ideas, voting on suggestions, and commenting, enabling a democratic approach to project development. This collaborative environment nurtures creativity and innovation among SMEs, allowing them to contribute diverse perspectives and solutions to environmental challenges, leading to more effective and tailored sustainability strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Brainstorming and Idea Submission in the Collaborative Project Hub

Given a user with an active account, when they access the Collaborative Project Hub, then they should be able to post an idea related to sustainability initiatives, which includes a title and description.

Voting on Submitted Ideas

Given that multiple ideas have been submitted in the Collaborative Project Hub, when a user reviews these ideas, then they should be able to vote on at least three different ideas to indicate their support.

Commenting on Ideas

Given an idea in the Collaborative Project Hub, when a user views the details of this idea, then they should be able to add a comment that provides feedback or suggestions for improvement.

Viewing Idea Contribution from Other Users

Given the Collaborative Project Hub page, when a user navigates to the ideas section, then they should see a list of all submitted ideas, including the number of votes and comments for each idea.

Sorting and Filtering Ideas by Votes and Date

Given multiple ideas submitted in the Collaborative Project Hub, when a user applies sorting and filtering options, then the ideas should be displayed in the selected order (e.g., most votes first, or most recent submissions first).

Notifications for New Comments and Votes on Ideas

Given a user who has submitted an idea, when other users comment or vote on that idea, then the user should receive notifications about these activities in the Collaborative Project Hub.

Community Networking and Connections

"As a user, I want to connect with other SMEs in the hub so that I can learn from their experiences and collaborate on sustainability projects."

Description

This requirement enables users to connect with other SMEs working on similar sustainability projects. Users can view profiles, send connection requests, and establish networks for collaboration and support. By fostering an interconnected community, the hub promotes knowledge sharing, partnership opportunities, and collective problem-solving, empowering SMEs to learn from one another and enhance their sustainability efforts across various industries.

Acceptance Criteria

User Initiates Connection Request with another SME

Given a user is on the Collaborative Project Hub, when they select a specific SME's profile, then they should be able to send a connection request. The recipient should receive a notification of the connection request within the platform.

User Receives and Responds to Connection Requests

Given a user has received a connection request from another SME, when they view their notifications, then they should be able to accept or decline the request, with the connection status being updated accordingly.

User Views Profile of a Connected SME

Given a user is connected with another SME, when they navigate to their connections list and select a connected SME's profile, then they should be able to view the full profile, including project involvement and sustainability interests.

User Searches for SMEs based on Sustainability Projects

Given a user wants to connect with other SMEs, when they enter specific keywords related to sustainability in the search tool, then they should see a list of profiles of SMEs actively working on those topics.

User Engages in a Knowledge-Sharing Conversation

Given a user is connected with another SME, when they start a conversation in the messaging feature, then both users should receive real-time notifications of new messages during the discussion.

User Updates their Profile Information

Given a user wants to enhance their visibility in the network, when they update their profile with new sustainability project details, then the updated information should be reflected in their profile immediately.

User Reports a Connection Issue or Abuse

Given a user encounters an issue with another SME connection, when they choose to report the user, then the system should prompt for additional information and acknowledge the report submission.

Integrated Reporting Tools

"As a compliance officer, I want to generate reports on our sustainability projects so that I can ensure we are meeting regulatory standards and tracking our environmental impact accurately."

Description

This requirement provides users with integrated reporting tools to track project progress and sustainability metrics. Users can generate reports that detail project outcomes, environmental impact reductions, and compliance with sustainability regulations. Offering these tools directly within the hub supports transparency, accountability, and data-driven decision-making, which are essential for SMEs to measure their progress and communicate their successes effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to generate a sustainability report after completing a project in the Collaborative Project Hub to evaluate the overall environmental impact and compliance with regulations.

Given a user has completed a sustainability-focused project in the hub, When they select the 'Generate Report' option, Then a report detailing project outcomes and environmental impact should be successfully generated and made available for download in PDF format.

An administrator wants to ensure that the integrated reporting tools allow for real-time tracking of project progress metrics by viewing a dashboard.

Given an administrator is logged into the platform, When they navigate to the reporting tools section, Then a dashboard displaying real-time updates on project progress and sustainability metrics should be accessible and should refresh every 5 minutes.

A user needs to share their generated report with stakeholders to demonstrate their project's impact and compliance with sustainability standards.

Given a user has generated a sustainability report, When they click on the 'Share Report' button, Then the report should be successfully shared via email or a shareable link, and the recipients should receive a notification with the report attached.

A user wishes to customize the metrics included in the sustainability report before generating it for a specific project.

Given a user is on the report generation page, When they select specific sustainability metrics from a checklist and click 'Generate', Then the report should include only the selected metrics and maintain accuracy based on the project data.

A compliance officer wants to validate that the reports generated include necessary regulatory compliance information for auditing purposes.

Given a compliance officer accesses the generated reports, When they review a report for a specific project, Then the report should contain sections explicitly detailing compliance with sustainability regulations as well as citations for relevant standards.

A marketing specialist wants to use the reporting tool to create a visual overview of the project's impact on their website.

Given a user is in the reporting tools section, When they choose to create a visual summary of the report, Then a visually engaging summary with key metrics and charts should be generated, ready for online publication or further customization.

Collaboration Notifications

"As a team leader, I want to receive notifications for project updates and team activities so that I can stay informed and manage my team's efforts effectively."

Description

This requirement allows users to receive notifications for important project updates, new ideas, and connection requests within the hub. Users can customize their notification preferences to ensure they always stay informed about relevant activities. This feature enhances engagement and responsiveness among team members, ensuring that everyone is aligned and up-to-date on project developments and community activities.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes notification preferences for new project updates in the Collaborative Project Hub.

Given a user is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the notification settings, then they should be able to customize preferences for receiving new project update notifications immediately, and these preferences should be saved successfully.

User receives a notification for a new idea shared in a project they are part of.

Given a user is part of a project within the Collaborative Project Hub, when a new idea is submitted to the project, then the user should receive a notification within 5 minutes of the idea submission, informing them of the new idea.

User receives a connection request from another user in the Collaborative Project Hub.

Given a user has a pending connection request from another user, when the request is sent, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the connection request and directing them to the connection management page.

User opts out of receiving notifications for project updates.

Given a user has previously opted in for project update notifications, when they navigate to their notification settings and choose to opt out, then they should no longer receive project update notifications and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User daily digest of notifications for project activities in the hub.

Given a user has selected to receive daily digest notifications, when the end of the day arrives, then they should receive a summary email listing all relevant project updates, new ideas, and connection requests received throughout the day.

User can toggle notification preferences on and off for different types of updates.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, when they toggle notifications for project updates off and on, then the changes should reflect immediately in the notification preferences database.

User receives notifications based on their defined priority settings for projects they are involved in.

Given a user has defined priority settings for different projects, when a high-priority update occurs in one of those projects, then the user should receive an immediate and prominent notification highlighting the update.

Resource Sharing Marketplace

A dedicated section for users to share tools, materials, and expertise relevant to sustainability projects. This feature empowers Community Contributors and Small Business Owners to exchange resources, reducing costs and promoting collaboration on environmentally focused initiatives.

Requirements

Resource Listing and Search

"As a Small Business Owner, I want to easily find and access shared resources relevant to my sustainability projects so that I can implement eco-friendly practices without incurring high costs."

Description

This requirement involves creating a comprehensive listing of all available resources in the marketplace, allowing users to easily search and filter by category, location, and resource type. It should include an intuitive search interface, and filters aligning with the sustainability goals of users. This feature enhances user experience by enabling quick access to the resources they need, fostering collaboration and efficient utilization of shared resources. The listing must be integrated with user profiles to ensure that only relevant resources are displayed to each user at any given time, thereby enhancing the impact of this marketplace on sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User Searching for Resources in the Marketplace

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, When they navigate to the Resource Sharing Marketplace and enter a keyword in the search bar, Then relevant resources should be displayed based on the entered keyword, filtered by the user's profile preferences.

Filtering Resources by Category and Location

Given a user is on the Resource Listing page, When they apply filters for resource category and location, Then only resources matching the selected filters should be displayed immediately without page refresh.

User Profile Integration for Resource Relevance

Given a user has set their sustainability goals and preferences in their profile, When they view the Resource Sharing Marketplace, Then they should see only the resources pertinent to their profile settings, ensuring a tailored user experience.

Displaying Detailed Resource Information

Given a user clicks on a resource from the listing, When the resource details page opens, Then it should display comprehensive information about the resource, including a description, location, and contact information for the owner.

Community Contributor Resource Sharing

Given a Community Contributor has resources to share, When they submit a listing in the marketplace, Then the resource must be automatically verified against the platform's criteria for validity and relevance before being published.

Performance of Search and Filter Functionality

Given multiple users are using the Resource Sharing Marketplace simultaneously, When they perform searches or apply filters, Then the system should return results within 2 seconds to ensure a smooth user experience without lag.

User Feedback on Resource Effectiveness

Given users have accessed and utilized shared resources from the marketplace, When they return to the resource listing, Then they should have the option to rate and provide feedback on the effectiveness of resources shared.

Resource Contribution Mechanism

"As a Community Contributor, I want to easily add resources to the marketplace so that I can share my tools and knowledge with others and help them in their sustainability efforts."

Description

Implement a user-friendly contribution system that allows Community Contributors and Small Business Owners to add their own tools, materials, and expertise to the marketplace. The contribution mechanism should include forms for easy submission and options for users to provide detailed descriptions, images, and usage guidelines for their resources. By facilitating contributions, this feature promotes community engagement, resource sharing, and collaboration towards common sustainability goals while ensuring that valuable information is available for other users to benefit from.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a new resource including detailed descriptions, images, and usage guidelines.

Given a logged-in Community Contributor, when they fill out the resource submission form with all required fields and submit, then the resource should be successfully added to the marketplace, and the contributor should receive a confirmation notification.

User attempts to submit an incomplete resource that is missing required fields.

Given a logged-in Small Business Owner, when they try to submit a resource without filling all required fields, then an error message should be displayed, highlighting the missing information and preventing the submission.

User accesses the resource marketplace to view all available shared resources.

Given any user on the platform, when they navigate to the Resource Sharing Marketplace, then they should be able to see a list of all available resources with summary details such as resource name, contributor, and category displayed.

User wants to edit an existing resource they contributed to the marketplace.

Given a logged-in Community Contributor, when they select an existing resource they contributed and make changes to the detailed description, then upon saving, the updated resource should reflect those changes in the marketplace immediately.

User reports an inappropriate or irrelevant resource in the marketplace.

Given any user in the marketplace, when they click on a 'Report' button associated with a resource, then they should be prompted to provide a reason for the report, and the report should be logged for administrator review.

User filters resources by category in the marketplace.

Given a user on the Resource Sharing Marketplace, when they select a specific category filter, then only resources belonging to that category should be displayed in the results list, facilitating easier navigation.

Feedback and Rating System

"As a user of the Resource Sharing Marketplace, I want to read reviews and ratings of resources before accessing them so that I can ensure their quality and reliability for my sustainability projects."

Description

Develop a feedback and rating system that allows users to provide reviews and ratings of the resources they access. This system encourages transparency and quality assurance within the marketplace, enabling users to choose the most reliable and effective resources for their sustainability projects. By fostering user feedback, this feature builds trust within the community and enhances the overall quality of resources shared, ultimately leading to better project outcomes and a more engaged user base.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback for a resource they used in the marketplace.

Given a user has accessed a resource, when they submit their feedback, then the system should record the feedback and display it publicly on the resource's page.

User rates a resource after utilizing it for a sustainability project.

Given a user has rated a resource, when they submit their rating, then the rating should be averaged with previous ratings and updated on the resource's page.

A user views a resource's overall rating before making a decision to use it.

Given a user is on the resource's page, when they view the resource, then the overall rating and the number of reviews should be visible and clearly displayed.

Community contributors respond to feedback on their shared resources.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when the resource owner views their resource, then they should have the option to respond to the feedback publicly.

Admin monitors feedback for quality and appropriateness.

Given that feedback exists for resources, when the administrator accesses the feedback reports, then they should be able to filter feedback by resource type, rating, and date.

User searches for resources based on ratings and reviews.

Given a user is searching for resources, when they apply filters for ratings and reviews, then the system should display only those resources that meet the specified criteria.

Users can report inappropriate feedback or ratings.

Given a user sees feedback they deem inappropriate, when they click the report button, then the system should allow them to submit a report for review by moderators.

Communication Tools for Collaboration

"As a Small Business Owner, I want to connect with other users and resource owners to discuss and negotiate the sharing of tools and materials so that I can collaborate more effectively on sustainability projects."

Description

Integrate communication tools that allow users to connect with resource owners and other contributors within the marketplace. This feature could include messaging or forum capabilities where users can ask questions, negotiate terms of resource sharing, or discuss best practices. By facilitating direct communication, this requirement enhances collaboration, builds community relationships, and supports knowledge transfer among users, which is crucial for successful sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a conversation within the Resource Sharing Marketplace to inquire about the availability of sustainable materials from another user.

Given a user is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the Resource Sharing Marketplace and select a resource to inquire about, then they should see an option to send a message directly to the resource owner with predefined contact fields.

A user posts a question in the community forum regarding best practices for resource sharing and awaits responses from other contributors.

Given a user posts a question in the community forum, when they submit their post, then the post should appear in the forum feed, and users should be able to respond, showing real-time updates of any new contributions.

Two users negotiate resource sharing terms through the integrated messaging tool regarding borrowing tools for a sustainability project.

Given two users are communicating via the messaging tool, when one user sends a negotiation message regarding terms, then the other user should receive the message within the messaging tool interface without delays, and both users should be able to keep the conversation history accessible.

A user utilizes the platform to share their own sustainable tool with interested parties via the Resource Sharing Marketplace.

Given a user wishes to share a tool, when they create a listing in the Resource Sharing Marketplace, then the listing should be visible to all users, and contain essential details such as description, availability, and contact information for inquiries.

Users discover a thread in the forum discussing recent trends in sustainability practices that interests them.

Given users are browsing the community forum, when a user clicks on a thread title showing trending sustainability practices, then they should see all corresponding replies, along with the options to like or reply to comments within that thread.

A user wants to report inappropriate content within the messaging or forum communication tools.

Given a user identifies inappropriate content, when they click the report button associated with the offending message or post, then a confirmation prompt should appear, and upon confirmation, the report should be submitted to the moderators for review.

User Profile Customization

"As a Community Contributor, I want to customize my profile to showcase my resources and sustainability projects so that I can attract collaboration and support from other users."

Description

Create customizable user profiles that allow users to highlight their areas of expertise, available resources, and the types of sustainability projects they are involved in. This feature should enable users to present themselves as resource contributors, increasing visibility and attracting potential collaborators. The profiles should also allow users to track their contributions and collaborate effectively, thus enhancing engagement within the marketplace and promoting networking opportunities among sustainability-focused individuals and organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User Profile Setup for New Contributors

Given a new user, when they access the profile customization section, then they should be able to fill out fields for their expertise, available resources, and sustainability projects, and successfully save their profile with no errors.

Search and Filter User Profiles

Given multiple user profiles in the marketplace, when a contributor uses the search and filter options, then they should see relevant profiles that match their search criteria and expertise areas within 2 seconds.

Tracking Contributions in User Profiles

Given a user profile showcasing contributions, when the user adds a new contribution, then the contribution count and details should update accurately and reflect in the user's profile within 5 seconds.

Collaboration Request Feature

Given a user viewing another user's profile, when they click on the 'Collaborate' button, then a request for collaboration should be sent successfully, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

Profile Visibility to Other Users

Given that a user has set their profile to public, when another user searches for contributors in the marketplace, then the public profile should be displayed in the search results.

User Profile Privacy Settings

Given a user in the profile customization section, when they choose to switch their profile to private, then their profile should no longer be visible to other users in the marketplace.

Profile Editing Functionality

Given a user who wants to update their profile, when they edit the information and click 'Save', then the updated information should reflect immediately on their profile without errors.

Impact Measurement Toolkit

An integrated tool that enables teams to track and measure the environmental impact of their collaborative efforts. This feature provides insights and analytics, helping users to visualize results, learn from progress, and celebrate achievements together, fostering motivation and continued engagement.

Requirements

Environmental Impact Dashboard

"As an SME owner, I want a visual dashboard that tracks our environmental impact so that I can understand our sustainability performance and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Environmental Impact Dashboard provides users with a comprehensive visual representation of their sustainability efforts and the resulting environmental impact. It aggregates data from various sources, presenting metrics such as carbon footprint, waste reduction, and resource usage in real-time. The dashboard not only allows users to track their environmental performance over time but also offers benchmarking against industry standards and peer organizations. This feature empowers SMEs to understand their ecological footprint better and make informed decisions to improve their sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into the EcoPlanit platform and navigates to the Environmental Impact Dashboard to assess their sustainability metrics over the past year.

Given the user is authenticated and on the dashboard page, when they select the 'View Last Year' option, then the dashboard displays metrics such as carbon footprint, waste reduction, and resource usage for the past year in a clear and visually engaging format.

A user wants to compare their organization's environmental performance against industry standards using the Environmental Impact Dashboard.

Given the user accesses the dashboard, when they select the 'Compare to Industry Standards' feature, then the dashboard generates a comparative report showing their metrics alongside relevant industry benchmarks clearly and accurately.

Users need to access real-time updates on their resource usage and carbon footprint as part of their tracking process on the Environmental Impact Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Environmental Impact Dashboard, when they refresh the data view, then the dashboard updates to reflect the most current metrics without delays, showing real-time information accurately.

A user wishes to download their environmental impact reports for sharing with stakeholders.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click the 'Download Report' button, then a PDF report is generated that includes all relevant metrics and can be easily downloaded and shared.

A user wants to visualize their progress over time to motivate their team in sustainability efforts.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard, when they select the 'Progress Over Time' graph, then the dashboard displays a line chart that shows their improvements in sustainability metrics across selected time frames.

A new user accesses the Environmental Impact Dashboard for the first time and requires an introduction to the features available.

Given the new user is on the dashboard, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then an interactive tutorial is displayed, guiding them through the key features and functionalities of the dashboard.

Collaboration Feedback Mechanism

"As a team member, I want a feedback mechanism so that I can share my thoughts on our sustainability initiatives and contribute to our collective improvement."

Description

The Collaboration Feedback Mechanism allows team members to share feedback on sustainability initiatives and collaborative efforts. It provides a framework for users to give and receive constructive feedback in real-time, enhancing teamwork and community engagement. By collecting insights and suggestions, the tool enables continuous improvement of sustainability practices, fostering a culture of innovation and accountability within teams. This feature ensures that all voices are heard and that improvements are based on collective input, leading to better outcomes and more engaged teams.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members collaborate on a sustainability initiative, using the feedback mechanism to share suggestions and improvements.

Given team members are accessing the Collaboration Feedback Mechanism, when they submit feedback, then the feedback should be visible to all team members in real-time and categorized by initiative.

A team leader reviews feedback collected through the mechanism to assess common themes and actionable insights.

Given the team leader accesses the collected feedback, when they analyze the insights, then they should be able to filter feedback by date, type, and team member, and generate a summary report.

A team member receives notifications for feedback responses on their submitted suggestions.

Given a team member submits feedback, when any team member responds to that feedback, then the original submitter should receive a notification via email and within the platform.

Teams conduct a quarterly review of their sustainability initiatives, utilizing the feedback collected over the past months.

Given that the quarterly review takes place, when the team discusses outcomes, then they should reference the feedback collected and identify at least three measurable improvements based on the insights gathered.

Stakeholders want to track engagement with the feedback mechanism across different teams.

Given the administrator accesses the feedback mechanism report, when they view engagement metrics, then they should see participation rates and average feedback response times for each team, along with trends over time.

Users seek to provide anonymous feedback to encourage openness.

Given a user wants to submit feedback anonymously, when they select the anonymous option and submit their feedback, then the feedback should be recorded without revealing their identity and still be attributed to the relevant initiative for improvement tracking.

Achievement Milestone Tracker

"As a project manager, I want to track our sustainability milestones and celebrate our achievements so that our team remains motivated and engaged in our eco-friendly initiatives."

Description

The Achievement Milestone Tracker is designed to celebrate and visualize key sustainability achievements within the organization. It enables teams to set specific sustainability goals, track their progress, and showcase completed milestones. With gamification elements, such as badges and rewards, this feature motivates users to strive for and achieve their sustainability targets. It fosters a sense of community and collective accomplishment, helping teams to stay engaged and committed to their environmental goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a new sustainability goal using the Achievement Milestone Tracker and assigns team members to specific tasks for completing the goal.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the Achievement Milestone Tracker and click 'Set New Goal', then they should be able to input a goal title, description, and assign team members to tasks related to that goal.

A team member updates the status of their assigned tasks within the Achievement Milestone Tracker to reflect progress.

Given a user has an assigned task in the Achievement Milestone Tracker, when they mark the task as 'In Progress' or 'Completed', then the status of the task should update accordingly and reflect visually within the team dashboard.

The platform sends a notification to the team when a milestone is reached within the Achievement Milestone Tracker.

Given the team has reached a milestone defined in the Achievement Milestone Tracker, when the milestone is achieved, then all team members should receive a notification via email and within the EcoPlanit platform about the milestone celebration.

Users can visualize and view gamified elements such as badges awarded for completed sustainability goals.

Given a user has completed a goal within the Achievement Milestone Tracker, when they view their profile, then they should see the corresponding badge awarded displayed on their profile along with details about the goal achieved.

A user reviews the history of achievements in the Achievement Milestone Tracker to assess past sustainability efforts.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they access the Achievement Milestone Tracker and select the 'History' tab, then they should be able to view a list of past goals, their completion status, and corresponding milestones.

Team members generate a report from the Achievement Milestone Tracker showcasing completed milestones for presentation to stakeholders.

Given the user has accessed the Achievement Milestone Tracker, when they select 'Generate Report', then a downloadable report should be created that outlines completed milestones, dates, and badges earned, formatted appropriately for stakeholder presentation.

Data Export Functionality

"As a compliance officer, I want to export our sustainability reports in different formats so that I can easily share them with stakeholders and meet regulatory requirements."

Description

The Data Export Functionality allows users to export their sustainability data and reports in various formats, such as PDF and Excel. This capability is essential for documentation, sharing with stakeholders, and compliance reporting. By enabling easy exports of historical and analytical data, this feature ensures that users can present their sustainability efforts transparently, supporting their communication with regulatory bodies and other interested parties. This functionality enhances the overall usability of the platform by facilitating data sharing and reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a data export for their environmental impact report to share with stakeholders.

Given the user selects the data export option, When the user chooses the PDF format and confirms the export, Then the system should generate a downloadable PDF report containing all relevant sustainability data and metrics.

User wants to export their historical sustainability data in Excel format for compliance reporting.

Given the user selects the data export option, When the user chooses the Excel format and confirms the export, Then the system should generate a downloadable Excel file with all historical sustainability data structured correctly in the appropriate columns.

User attempts to export data without any selected filters or metrics.

Given the user has not selected any filters or metrics for export, When the user tries to initiate the export, Then the system should display an error message prompting the user to select at least one metric before proceeding.

User needs to ensure exported data is correctly formatted for regulatory submissions.

Given the user exports their data in Excel format, When they open the exported file, Then all data points should match the formatted requirements of the regulatory standards provided in the user documentation.

User requires a summary report of their impact metrics to share with team members.

Given the user selects the data export option, When the user chooses the summary report format and confirms the export, Then the system should produce a downloadable summary report that highlights key environmental impact metrics in a concise manner.

User receives feedback on the successful completion of a data export.

Given the user has successfully exported their data, When the export is complete, Then the system should display a confirmation message that includes the format and location of the exported file.

Community Learning Hub Integrations

"As a user, I want to access case studies and best practices shared by other SMEs within the community hub so that I can learn from their experiences and apply effective strategies to my own initiatives."

Description

The Community Learning Hub Integrations align the Impact Measurement Toolkit with external resources such as case studies, webinars, and best practices shared by other SMEs. It provides users with access to a wealth of knowledge and a vibrant community focused on sustainability. This integration offers a collaborative environment for users to learn from each other’s experiences and gain insights into effective strategies for improvement. This feature enhances the learning experience, contributing to a shared culture of sustainability within the community.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing Integrated Resources in the Community Learning Hub

Given a user is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the Community Learning Hub, then they should have access to a list of integrated resources, including case studies, webinars, and best practices relevant to sustainability.

Tracking User Engagement with Community Resources

Given that a user has accessed multiple resources in the Community Learning Hub, when they complete a resource, then their engagement metrics should be updated in the Impact Measurement Toolkit to reflect the number of resources accessed.

Receiving Notifications for New Community Resources

Given a user subscribes to the Community Learning Hub updates, when new resources are added, then the user should receive an email notification about the new case studies and webinars available in the hub.

Evaluating the Impact of Community Learning on Sustainability Practices

Given a user has participated in community discussions and webinars, when they measure their sustainability practices after one month, then they should be able to see an improvement in their sustainability metrics in the Impact Measurement Toolkit.

Collaborative Learning Metrics Overview

Given that multiple users join the Community Learning Hub, when they collectively participate and share insights, then the Impact Measurement Toolkit should reflect a collaborative learning score that evaluates overall community engagement and knowledge sharing.

Project Progress Feed

A real-time activity feed that showcases updates, milestones, and contributions from all participants involved in collaborative projects. This feature keeps users informed and engaged, promoting transparency and encouraging ongoing participation in sustainability efforts.

Requirements

Real-time Update Notifications

"As a project participant, I want to receive real-time notifications about updates and contributions so that I can stay informed and engaged with my collaborative sustainability efforts."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a notification system that alerts users to new activity within the Project Progress Feed. Users should receive real-time notifications whenever a participant updates a project, shares a milestone, or adds a contribution. This feature enhances user engagement by ensuring that all stakeholders are continuously informed about project developments, thereby fostering a collaborative environment. The notifications can be tailored based on user preferences in terms of frequency and types of updates they wish to receive. The successful implementation of this feature is expected to increase user participation and accountability in sustainability projects.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when a project participant updates a project task.

Given a user is subscribed to notifications for project updates, When a participant updates a project task, Then the user should receive an immediate notification indicating the update.

User gets notified about milestones reached in their project.

Given a user is part of a project, When a milestone is achieved, Then an instantaneous notification should be sent to all project participants.

Users can customize their notification preferences.

Given a user accesses notification settings, When the user selects their preferences for notification types (updates, milestones, contributions), Then the system should save the preferences and apply them to future notifications.

User receives a summary of notifications daily.

Given a user has opted for daily summaries, When the end of the day occurs, Then the user should receive a notification summarizing all updates, milestones, and contributions from that day.

Users can mute notifications for specific projects.

Given a user is part of multiple projects, When the user opts to mute notifications for a specific project, Then the system should stop sending notifications related to that project.

Milestone Tracking

"As a project manager, I want to set and track specific project milestones so that I can ensure my team stays on schedule and effectively manage our sustainability goals."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing a feature that allows users to define, track, and visualize project milestones within the Progress Feed. Users should be able to set specific milestones, assign deadlines, and monitor progress toward achieving these targets. This capability offers users a clear strategic overview of project timelines and facilitates better resource allocation and task management. By visually representing milestones, the feature promotes transparency and accountability among users, while also motivating participants to reach their sustainability goals. This tool is vital for ensuring projects stay on schedule and that all participants are aligned with the project's objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

Milestone Creation and Definition

Given the user has access to the Project Progress Feed, when they select the option to create a milestone, then they should be able to input a title, description, deadline, and assign participants to that milestone and receive confirmation of successful creation.

Milestone Visualization on Progress Feed

Given the milestones have been created, when the user views the Project Progress Feed, then they should see the created milestones visually represented in a timeline format indicating deadlines and progress towards completion.

Milestone Progress Updates

Given a milestone is in progress, when a participant updates their contribution to the milestone, then the updated progress should be reflected in real-time on the Project Progress Feed for all users involved with that milestone.

Milestone Deadline Alerts

Given a milestone is approaching its deadline, when the deadline is within 48 hours, then the system should automatically send notifications to all assigned participants reminding them of the upcoming deadline.

Milestone Completion and Feedback

Given a milestone has been completed, when the user marks it as complete, then an option to provide feedback on the milestone should appear, and all stakeholders should be notified of its completion with a summary of achievements.

Milestone Reporting and Analytics

Given multiple milestones have been tracked, when the user navigates to the reporting section, then they should be able to generate reports summarizing milestones achieved, deadlines met, and overall project progress with visual graphs.

Participant Accountability Tracking

Given a project with multiple milestones, when the project manager views participant contributions, then they should be able to see individual accountability for each milestone and how their contributions impact overall progress.

User Contribution Highlights

"As a user, I want to see my contributions highlighted within the project feed so that I feel valued and motivated to continue participating in sustainability efforts."

Description

This requirement entails creating a system that highlights individual contributions within the Project Progress Feed. Each user’s input should be prominently displayed, including key achievements, comments, and collaborative actions taken towards sustainability. By showcasing contributions, users feel valued and recognized, which enhances motivation and encourages further participation. This feature will not only foster a sense of community but also allow for easy identification of team members' strengths, enabling better collaboration in achieving shared goals. Recognition of contributions is essential for sustaining engagement and promoting a positive project culture.

Acceptance Criteria

Display User Contributions in Project Progress Feed

Given a user submits a contribution in the project, when the contribution is processed, then it should appear prominently in the Project Progress Feed with the user's name, contribution type, and timestamp.

Highlight Key Achievements

Given a user achieves a milestone in the project, when the achievement is recorded, then it should be displayed with a special badge or icon that indicates it's a key achievement in the Project Progress Feed.

User Engagement Analytics

Given the Project Progress Feed is active for one month, when an analytics report is generated, then it should indicate the percentage of users engaging with the highlighted contributions and comments.

Sort Contributions by User and Date

Given multiple contributions are made in the Project Progress Feed, when a user selects sorting options, then the contributions should be displayed sorted by user and then by date.

User Notification for Highlights

Given a user makes a contribution, when the contribution is published, then the user should receive a notification indicating their contribution has been highlighted in the feed.

Facilitate Feedback on Contributions

Given a contribution is highlighted in the Project Progress Feed, when other users view the contribution, then they should have the option to comment or give feedback on that contribution.

Visibility of Individual Goals vs Team Goals

Given a collaborative project feed, when viewing contributions, then each user's individual sustainability goals should be visible alongside team goals, emphasizing each user's input towards collective success.

Integrated Reporting Insights

"As a sustainability officer, I want to generate interactive reports based on project activities so that I can analyze our progress and communicate effectively with stakeholders about our sustainability efforts."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing tools for generating real-time reports and insights based on the activity captured in the Project Progress Feed. Users should have access to analytics that summarize contributions, milestones achieved, and overall project progress against sustainability goals. These insights will help users evaluate the effectiveness of their efforts, identify areas for improvement, and make data-driven decisions. The integration of reporting tools is crucial for promoting accountability and transparency within the collaborative process, allowing users to showcase their progress to stakeholders and enhance the credibility of their sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Users receive real-time notifications when a new milestone is reached in the Project Progress Feed.

Given a project with active participation, when a milestone is achieved, then all users involved in the project should receive a notification within 5 minutes of the milestone being marked complete.

Users can access a summary report that details contributions made by each participant in the Project Progress Feed.

Given a completed project, when a user requests the summary report, then the report generated should include contributions by each participant, showing their percentage of total contributions, within 2 seconds.

The integrated reporting tool accurately reflects the project's progress against predefined sustainability goals.

Given a project with defined sustainability goals, when the reporting tool is accessed, then the displayed progress percentage should accurately reflect the actual project status compared to the goals set, updated in real-time.

Users can filter project contributions in the reporting tool by date range and participant.

Given an active project report, when a user applies a date range filter and selects specific participants, then the report should refresh to display only contributions that met the filter criteria within 3 seconds.

Insights from the reporting tool are exportable in multiple formats for stakeholders.

Given a completed report, when a user selects the export option, then the report should be downloadable in PDF, Excel, and Word formats without data loss.

Users can view historical data and trends of project contributions over time.

Given a project's data history, when a user accesses the trends report, then the report should display a visual representation of contributions over specified time frames, including graphs and charts, updated in real-time.

The tool generates alerts for any discrepancies in projected vs. actual contributions.

Given that contributions are being tracked, when a disparity exceeds a preset threshold, then the system should automatically generate an alert to the project manager within 10 minutes.

Comment and Collaboration Tools

"As a user, I want to leave comments on project updates so that I can engage in discussions and collaborate effectively with my team on sustainability initiatives."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a comment system within the Project Progress Feed that allows users to engage in discussions related to project updates, milestones, and contributions. Users should be able to leave feedback, questions, and suggestions directly on particular posts, fostering dialogue among participants. This engagement tool is crucial for collaborative learning, enabling users to share insights and best practices related to sustainability initiatives. The comment feature will promote interaction and community building within the platform, increasing user retention and encouraging continuous involvement in projects.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves a comment on a project update to provide feedback.

Given a project update post, when a user enters a comment and submits it, then the comment should appear below the post with the user's name and timestamp.

User can edit their own comments after posting.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they choose the edit option, then they should be able to modify the comment and see the updated text immediately after saving.

User receives a notification for new comments on project updates they are following.

Given a user is following a project update, when a new comment is made on that update, then the user should receive a notification indicating a new comment has been added.

User can reply to comments made by others in the feed.

Given a comment on a project update, when a user selects the reply option, then they should be able to write and submit a reply that appears as a nested comment under the original comment.

User can delete their own comments if they choose to.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they select the delete option, then the comment should be removed from the feed immediately without any trace.

The comment feature supports rich text formatting for enhanced engagement.

Given a user is writing a comment, when they use formatting options (bold, italics, lists), then the formatted text should display correctly in the comment feed.

Users can report inappropriate comments to the platform moderators.

Given a comment in the feed, when a user selects the report option, then the comment should be flagged for review by moderators, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

Visual Progress Indicators

"As a user, I want to see visual indicators of project progress so that I can quickly understand how far along the project is in achieving its sustainability targets."

Description

This requirement aims to create visual progress indicators that provide users with an at-a-glance understanding of project progress within the Project Progress Feed. These indicators should include graphs, percentage bars, or similar visual representations to depict how much of the project has been completed and what remains to be done. Visual progress indicators improve user engagement by offering clear, immediate feedback on the status of projects. They are essential for motivating users and ensuring that all participants are aligned with the project’s overall goals and timelines, ultimately supporting effective project management and achievement of sustainability targets.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Project Monitoring for Team Users

Given a user is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the Project Progress Feed, then they should see updated visual progress indicators for all ongoing projects reflecting the current completion status.

Accessibility of Progress Indicators for All Participants

Given a project with multiple participants, when any participant views the Project Progress Feed, then all users should be able to access and interpret the visual progress indicators regardless of their user role.

Visual Clarity and Understandability of Indicators

Given the visual progress indicators are displayed, when users view them, then at least 90% should find the indicators clear and easy to understand based on a user survey conducted after implementation.

Integration of Percentage Bars and Graphs

Given the requirement includes various visual representations, when the Project Progress Feed is loaded, then it should display both percentage bars and graph styles for visual progress indicators for all projects.

Real-time Updates without Lag

Given that the visual progress indicators are live, when a project update occurs, then the progress indicators should reflect the updated information in real-time with a maximum latency of 5 seconds.

User Feedback Mechanism for Progress Indicators

Given the visual progress indicators are implemented, when users interact with them, then they should have an option to provide feedback on the clarity and usefulness of the indicators through a simple feedback form.

Mobile Responsiveness of Progress Indicators

Given users may access EcoPlanit on various devices, when users view the Project Progress Feed on mobile devices, then visual progress indicators should resize and remain fully functional without any data loss.

Knowledge Exchange Sessions

Regularly scheduled virtual meetups where users can share best practices, discuss challenges, and showcase successful sustainability projects. This feature builds a sense of community, promotes continuous learning, and enhances collaboration across organizations.

Requirements

Session Scheduling

"As a user, I want to schedule Knowledge Exchange Sessions so that I can ensure availability and maximize participation from other users."

Description

The Requirement allows users to schedule Knowledge Exchange Sessions through an integrated calendar feature. Users can propose dates and times for virtual meetups based on their availability and preference. Additionally, the system will automatically send out reminders and notifications to participants prior to the sessions, ensuring maximum attendance and engagement. This functionality promotes better organization and utilization of the sessions, thereby enhancing community interaction and collaborative learning.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are able to access the Session Scheduling feature from the main dashboard of EcoPlanit without any navigational issues.

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the dashboard, then the Session Scheduling feature should be easily accessible with a clear call-to-action button.

Users can propose a date and time for the Knowledge Exchange Session that fits their availability through the integrated calendar.

Given a user is in the Session Scheduling interface, when they select a date and time from the calendar, then this proposed slot should be saved and displayed in their proposed sessions list.

The system sends out automated reminders to participants 24 hours before the scheduled Knowledge Exchange Session.

Given a session is scheduled, when the reminder time approaches, then an automated notification should be sent to all participants via the platform and email.

Users can view a summary of all scheduled Knowledge Exchange Sessions on their calendar interface.

Given a user has scheduled sessions, when they open their calendar view, then they should see all upcoming sessions along with relevant details like date, time, and participants.

Users can cancel a proposed session and receive confirmation of the cancellation.

Given a user has proposed a session, when they opt to cancel it, then a confirmation message should be displayed, and the session should be removed from their proposed sessions list.

All users can join a scheduled Knowledge Exchange Session via a link provided in the notification email.

Given a session is about to start, when participants receive the email notification, then it should contain a valid link to join the session directly.

Users can see a visual representation of scheduled sessions on a calendar view within EcoPlanit.

Given the user is on the calendar page, when they view the calendar, then all scheduled sessions should be represented clearly with colors and labels indicating different types of sessions.

Discussion Forum

"As a user, I want to participate in a discussion forum so that I can seek advice and share my experiences about sustainability practices with others in the community."

Description

The Requirement includes a discussion forum feature where users can post questions and topics related to sustainability challenges and best practices. This allows for asynchronous conversations, enabling users to engage with each other on their own time. The forum will be categorized based on different sustainability themes and will include tagging options for easy navigation. This creates a resource-rich environment for shared learning and helps users leverage collective knowledge.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can create a new discussion thread to share their sustainability challenges and best practices.

Given a user logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the discussion forum page and click 'Create New Thread', then they should be able to fill out a form with a title, description, category, and tags, and successfully submit the thread, which should then appear in the appropriate category of the forum.

Users can comment on existing discussion threads to provide feedback or share additional insights.

Given a user viewing an existing discussion thread, when they click on 'Add Comment', then they should be able to enter their comment in a text box and submit it successfully, making their comment appear immediately under the original thread.

Users can filter discussion threads based on categories and tags to improve navigation.

Given a user in the discussion forum, when they select a specific category or tag filter, then only the threads corresponding to the selected category or tag should be displayed, allowing for streamlined searching of relevant content.

Users receive notifications for replies to their discussion threads or comments.

Given a user who has created a discussion thread or commented on a thread, when another user replies to their thread or comment, then the original user should receive a notification in their account indicating that they have received a response, along with a link to view it.

Users can edit or delete their own discussion threads and comments.

Given a user who owns a discussion thread or comment, when they click on the 'Edit' or 'Delete' option, then they should be able to modify the content or remove it from the forum, with an appropriate confirmation prompt appearing for deletion actions.

Users can search for specific topics within the discussion forum.

Given a user on the discussion forum page, when they enter a keyword into the search bar and initiate the search, then the results should display all relevant threads and comments containing the specified keyword, allowing users to find specific information quickly.

Users can report inappropriate content in the discussion forum.

Given a user reading a discussion thread or comment, when they click on the 'Report' button, then they should be able to select a reason for reporting and submit it, triggering an alert to the moderators for review.

Resource Library

"As a user, I want to access a resource library during the Knowledge Exchange Sessions so that I can find valuable information and tools to assist in my sustainability initiatives."

Description

The Requirement encompasses the development of a resource library within the Knowledge Exchange Sessions feature, where users can access materials such as case studies, white papers, and templates related to sustainability projects. Users can contribute to this library by uploading their own resources for others to utilize. This repository will enhance the value of the sessions by providing relevant, actionable material that complements the discussions and presentations shared in the meetups.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Resource Library during a Knowledge Exchange Session to prepare for a discussion on sustainability projects.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit and attending a Knowledge Exchange Session, When the user navigates to the Resource Library, Then the user can view and access at least 10 relevant resources including case studies, white papers, and templates.

A user uploads a new resource to the Resource Library during a Knowledge Exchange Session.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit and is on the Resource Library page, When the user selects the 'Upload Resource' option and completes the upload form, Then the resource is successfully added to the library and visible to all users in the session within 5 minutes.

A user searches for a specific resource in the Resource Library during a Knowledge Exchange Session.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit and accessing the Resource Library, When the user enters a keyword in the search bar, Then the Resource Library displays all resources relevant to the keyword, with a maximum loading time of 3 seconds.

A user reviews the feedback received from other users on their uploaded resources in the Resource Library.

Given the user has uploaded resources to the Resource Library, When the user accesses their profile section, Then the user can view aggregated feedback and ratings from at least 3 other users for each uploaded resource.

A new user wants to understand how to utilize the Resource Library effectively during a Knowledge Exchange Session.

Given a new user enters the Resource Library for the first time, When they click on the 'Help' section, Then the user should see a tutorial pop-up that explains how to search, upload, and utilize resources, with an option to dismiss or revisit the tutorial.

The Resource Library maintains an organized structure for improved usability during Knowledge Exchange Sessions.

Given the Resource Library is populated with various resources, When a user visits the Resource Library, Then the resources are categorized into appropriate sections (e.g., case studies, white papers, templates) with each category clearly labeled and accessible.

Multiple users download resources from the Resource Library during a busy Knowledge Exchange Session.

Given the Resource Library hosts multiple users downloading resources simultaneously, When 10 users attempt to download the same resource at the same time, Then the system handles the requests without error or slowdown, maintaining availability for all users.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to provide feedback after each session so that I can help improve future Knowledge Exchange Sessions and ensure they meet my needs."

Description

The Requirement introduces a feedback mechanism for users after each Knowledge Exchange Session. Participants will fill out a survey rating their experience, including aspects such as session quality, relevance of discussion, and suggested improvements. This feedback will be aggregated and analyzed to refine future sessions and promote continuous improvement. Such a mechanism ensures user input is valued and incorporated into the evolution of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback after attending a Knowledge Exchange Session.

Given a participant completes a Knowledge Exchange Session, when they access the feedback form, then they can successfully submit their ratings and comments regarding session quality, relevance of discussion, and suggested improvements.

Feedback data is aggregated for analysis post each session.

Given feedback has been submitted after a Knowledge Exchange Session, when the data is gathered, then feedback should be aggregated in a report that includes average ratings and common suggestions for improvement.

Participants receive a confirmation of their feedback submission.

Given that a participant successfully submits their feedback, when the form submission is complete, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been recorded.

Feedback results are communicated to the participants of the Knowledge Exchange Session.

Given the feedback has been analyzed post-session, when the results report is generated, then a summary of feedback should be shared with all participants via email or platform notification.

Users are given an opportunity to provide additional comments on the feedback form.

Given a participant accesses the feedback form, when they complete their session ratings, then they should be presented with an optional open text field to add any additional comments or suggestions.

Feedback mechanism includes a section to rate the facilitator's performance.

Given a participant is filling out the feedback form, when they reach the facilitator rating section, then they should be able to rate the facilitator's effectiveness on a scale of 1 to 5.

Guest Speaker Integration

"As a user, I want to suggest guest speakers for Knowledge Exchange Sessions so that we can benefit from expert insights and varied perspectives on sustainability issues."

Description

The Requirement allows for the integration of guest speakers into Knowledge Exchange Sessions. Users can nominate or suggest external experts to share insights on specific sustainability challenges. This not only enriches the sessions but also brings diverse perspectives and expertise into discussions. If accepted, guest speakers can host sessions or participate in Q&A segments.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of External Experts into Knowledge Exchange Sessions.

Given a user nominates a guest speaker for a session, when the nomination is submitted, then the system should validate the speaker's credentials and notify the user of acceptance or rejection within 48 hours.

Hosting of Guest Speaker Sessions within Knowledge Exchange Events.

Given a guest speaker is approved, when the Knowledge Exchange Session is scheduled, then the session should include the guest speaker in the agenda and notify all participants with the session details.

User Participation in Q&A Segments with Guest Speakers.

Given a guest speaker is hosting a session, when the Q&A segment begins, then users should be able to submit questions via chat and must receive responses during the designated time frame.

Feedback Mechanism for Knowledge Exchange Sessions featuring Guest Speakers.

Given a Knowledge Exchange Session has concluded with a guest speaker, when users submit feedback, then the system should collect and aggregate responses, providing a report accessible to organizers within 72 hours post-session.

Integration of Guest Speaker Profiles on the Platform.

Given a guest speaker is approved and scheduled for a session, when their profile is created, then it should be visible to all users within the platform featuring their biography, expertise, and past sessions.

User Notifications for Upcoming Guest Speaker Sessions.

Given a Knowledge Exchange Session with a guest speaker is scheduled, when the session date approaches, then the system should automatically notify all registered users via email and in-app notifications 1 week and 1 day prior to the event.

Tracking Engagement Metrics for Guest Speaker Sessions.

Given a Knowledge Exchange Session with a guest speaker has occurred, when the session ends, then the system should record engagement metrics such as attendance numbers, question interactions, and feedback scores for analysis.

Community Recognition Awards

A feature that highlights and celebrates outstanding contributions to community collaboration projects within EcoPlanit. By recognizing achievements through awards and badges, this feature boosts motivation and fosters a culture of appreciation and shared responsibility.

Requirements

Achievement Tracking System

"As an EcoPlanit user, I want to track my contributions to community projects so that I can see my impact and stay motivated to participate more actively."

Description

The Achievement Tracking System will allow users to monitor and record their contributions to community collaboration projects within EcoPlanit. This system will track milestones achieved, points accumulated, and recognitions earned. Users can view their progress through a dedicated dashboard, providing insights into their engagement and impact in the community. This feature promotes transparency and encourages ongoing participation, as users will have a tangible record of their efforts, enhancing motivation and reinforcing positive behaviors aligned with the sustainability goals of EcoPlanit.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their progress on the Achievement Tracking System dashboard after participating in community projects for a month.

Given the user has participated in community projects for a month, when they access the Achievement Tracking System dashboard, then they should see a summary of milestones achieved, points accumulated, and recognitions earned, with the data being accurate and up to date.

User receives a notification after achieving a milestone within the Achievement Tracking System.

Given the user has just achieved a milestone, when the milestone is recorded in the Achievement Tracking System, then the user should receive a notification prompting them to view their updated progress and recognition.

User accesses and filters their achievement history through the Achievement Tracking System.

Given the user is on the Achievement Tracking System page, when they apply filters for date range and project type, then they should see a tailored list of achievements that match the criteria selected, displayed accurately and promptly.

A user accumulates enough points to receive a badge for their contributions to community projects.

Given the user has reached the designated points threshold for a badge, when the system processes their points, then the user should automatically receive the badge without any errors and it should be visible on their profile.

User seeks clarification on their community contribution metrics within the Achievement Tracking System.

Given the user has questions about contributions, when they access the help section of the Achievement Tracking System, then they should find clear FAQs and a contact option for additional support.

Admin reviews a report on user achievements to identify top contributors.

Given the admin wants to analyze user engagement, when they generate a report summarizing user achievements from the Achievement Tracking System, then the report should accurately reflect user data and highlight the top contributors based on milestones and points earned.

Award Criteria Framework

"As an EcoPlanit community member, I want to understand the criteria for receiving awards so that I can align my contributions with the recognition process."

Description

The Award Criteria Framework will establish specific criteria for recognizing outstanding contributions to community collaboration projects. This framework will include categories of achievements, such as innovation, collaboration, and sustainability metrics, effectively outlining what qualifies for recognition. Creating this framework will ensure fair assessments and transparency in the awarding process, ultimately fostering healthy competition and encouraging users to strive for excellence in their contributions to sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Award Criteria Framework for recognizing innovative sustainability projects in the community.

Given an innovative project submission, when reviewed against the established award criteria, then it should score at least 80% in the innovation category to be eligible for recognition.

Evaluation process for awards based on collaboration among community members.

Given a project submission that demonstrates collaboration, when assessed by at least three independent reviewers, then all reviewers must agree on a score of 75% or higher for it to qualify for the collaboration award.

Metrics for assessing sustainability impact of projects within the EcoPlanit platform.

Given a project that incorporates sustainability metrics, when evaluated, then it must show a measurable reduction in environmental impact by at least 30% to receive the sustainability badge.

Transparency in the awarding process for community recognition awards.

Given the award criteria framework, when a project is submitted for recognition, then all criteria and scoring rubrics must be accessible to the project submitters and the community to ensure transparency.

Community feedback loop on the effectiveness of the award recognition system.

Given the implementation of the awards system, when feedback is gathered from community members, then at least 75% of respondents should indicate that the system enhances motivation and participation in sustainability initiatives.

User engagement metrics after the awards are announced.

Given the announcement of the awards, when analyzed, then there should be at least a 50% increase in user engagement metrics (e.g., project submissions, forum discussions) within one month following the announcement.

Implementation timeline for the Award Criteria Framework.

Given the planned timeline for developing the Award Criteria Framework, when reviewed, then all milestones should be achieved within the set timeline, allowing for the awards to be launched as scheduled.

Badge and Award Design System

"As an EcoPlanit user, I want to receive visually appealing badges for my contributions so that I can showcase my achievements to others and feel recognized for my efforts."

Description

The Badge and Award Design System will create visually appealing and meaningful awards and badges that can be issued to users based on their contributions to the community. This system will allow for custom designs that resonate with the values of EcoPlanit, fostering a sense of pride among recipients. The design system will also enable easy integration of digital badges into user profiles, enhancing the visibility and recognition of users' efforts, and contributing to the overall culture of appreciation within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a digital badge upon completing a community collaboration project and their profile is updated to reflect this achievement.

Given a user completes a community project, when the project is verified, then the user should receive a digital badge and their profile should display the badge prominently.

A customizable badge design interface is available to users, allowing them to create and submit designs for review.

Given a user accesses the badge design system, when they submit a badge design that meets the specified criteria, then the design should be saved and sent for review seamlessly.

Users can view a list of all available badges and awards in the community hub, fostering motivation and participation.

Given a user navigates to the community hub, when they select the awards section, then they should see a clear list of all badges and awards along with descriptions and criteria for earning them.

Admins can easily approve or reject badge designs submitted by users through the badge management system.

Given an admin is reviewing badge submissions, when they select a badge design, then they should have options to approve, reject, or provide feedback for further revisions.

Badges can be shared on social media platforms to enhance recognition and visibility.

Given that a user has earned a badge, when they choose to share the badge on a social media platform, then a correctly formatted image and message should populate for easy sharing.

The platform tracks the number of badges each user has received to display user engagement levels.

Given a user profile, when the profile is accessed, then it should display the total number of badges earned along with a visual representation of the user's achievements.

Recognition Notification System

"As an EcoPlanit user, I want to be notified when I receive an award or badge so that I can celebrate my achievement and share it with my network."

Description

The Recognition Notification System will send automated notifications to users when they receive an award or badge. This system will include personalized messages celebrating their achievements, reinforcing a positive user experience and encouraging social sharing of their accomplishments. Notifications will be sent through multiple channels, such as email and in-app alerts, ensuring users remain engaged and informed about their contributions and recognition within the community.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an award notification via email for their outstanding contribution in a community project.

Given a user has earned an award, when the award is granted, then the user receives an email notification containing details of the award and a congratulatory message within 10 minutes.

User obtains an in-app alert for a badge they have just achieved.

Given a user has achieved a badge, when the badge is granted, then the user receives an in-app notification immediately with details of the badge and its significance.

User shares their award on social media after receiving notification.

Given a user receives a notification about an award, when they select the share option in the notification, then a prompt for sharing on social media appears without errors and includes the award's details.

System sends a summary of recognition notifications to users at the end of the month.

Given it is the last day of the month, when the system generates recognition notifications, then all awards and badges earned by users during the month are compiled into a single summary email sent to the respective users.

User can manage their notification preferences through their account settings.

Given a user is in their account settings, when they select notification preferences, then they can toggle on/off email and in-app alert notifications for awards and badges.

Notifications are sent in a user-friendly format to enhance engagement.

Given a user receives a notification, when the notification is opened, then the message should be clear, concise, and formatted to be visually appealing with relevant graphics/icons.

System logs all notification deliveries and user interactions with them.

Given the notification system is active, when a notification is sent, then an entry is created in the log database with the timestamp, user ID, and type of notification sent.

Leaderboards for Community Engagement

"As an EcoPlanit user, I want to see how I rank against others in community contributions so that I can feel motivated to improve and engage more with others."

Description

The Leaderboards for Community Engagement feature will display rankings of users based on their contributions and achievements in community projects. This feature will foster a friendly competitive spirit among users and promote more active participation in sustainability initiatives. The leaderboard will be updated regularly, highlighting top contributors and encouraging others to engage more deeply in collaboration projects, thereby enhancing community interaction and oversight of contributions.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying the leaderboard to users after they log into their EcoPlanit account.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the Community Engagement section, then the leaderboard should display the rankings of users based on their contributions to community projects.

Updating the leaderboard in real-time when new contributions are made to community projects.

Given a user submits a contribution to a community project, when the contribution is successfully recorded, then the leaderboard should update to reflect the new rankings within 5 minutes.

Highlighting the top 10 contributors on the leaderboard for visibility.

Given the leaderboard is displayed, when users view the leaderboard, then the top 10 contributors should be clearly highlighted with their username and contribution points.

Providing detailed information on the points system used to calculate rankings in the leaderboard.

Given a user is viewing the leaderboard, when they click on the points information link, then they should see a detailed description of how points are earned and calculated for contributions.

Encouraging user interaction with competitors by allowing them to view profiles of top contributors.

Given a user is viewing the leaderboard, when they click on a top contributor's username, then their profile page should open, displaying their contributions and achievements.

Sending notifications to users when they move up or down in the leaderboard rankings.

Given a user’s ranking on the leaderboard changes, when the change occurs, then a notification should be sent to the user informing them of their new rank.

Allowing users to filter the leaderboard by different time frames (weekly, monthly, yearly).

Given the leaderboard is displayed, when the user selects a different time frame filter, then the leaderboard should refresh to show rankings based on contributions made during the selected period.

Cross-Industry Collaboration Initiatives

Facilitated opportunities for SMEs from different industries to collaborate on innovative sustainability projects. This feature encourages diverse perspectives and knowledge sharing, resulting in creative solutions and enhanced impact on environmental challenges.

Requirements

Collaboration Projects Dashboard

"As a sustainability manager at an SME, I want a dashboard where I can see all ongoing collaborative projects and their statuses so that I can manage my time and resources effectively."

Description

The Collaboration Projects Dashboard serves as a centralized hub where SMEs can view and manage ongoing cross-industry sustainability initiatives. It will provide an interface to track project progress, collaborate in real-time, share documents, and monitor participation levels. This functionality fosters engagement and visibility into collaborative efforts, enriching the experience of companies working together to innovate sustainable solutions.

Acceptance Criteria

SMEs log into the EcoPlanit platform to access the Collaboration Projects Dashboard to view ongoing projects they are involved in.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the Collaboration Projects Dashboard, then they should see a list of ongoing projects with the status of each.

An SME can upload project-related documents to the Collaboration Projects Dashboard for team members to access.

Given the user is on the Collaboration Projects Dashboard, when they upload a document, then the document should appear in the project’s document repository and be accessible to all team members.

Users can track their participation levels and other members' contributions within the collaboration projects.

Given the user is viewing a specific project, when they click on the participation section, then they should see a detailed report of their participation and contributions of other team members.

SMEs collaborate in real-time on projects using integrated chat functionality within the dashboard.

Given two or more users are viewing the Collaboration Projects Dashboard, when one user sends a message in the integrated chat, then the message should be instantly visible to all users participating in that project.

Users can update project statuses and these updates are reflected immediately across the platform to all involved SMEs.

Given a user is assigned to a project, when they update the project status, then this change should be visible to all other participants within 5 seconds.

The dashboard provides a visual representation of project progress, such as a Gantt chart or Kanban board.

Given the user is on the Collaboration Projects Dashboard, when they view the progress display, then they should see an updated visual representation of the project timelines and task statuses.

Knowledge Sharing Forum

"As an SME owner, I want to share my sustainability challenges and solutions with others so that I can gain insights and help foster a collaborative environment."

Description

The Knowledge Sharing Forum is a dynamic platform feature that allows users to post inquiries, share insights, and access a repository of resources related to sustainability practices. This initiative encourages knowledge dissemination across different industries, enabling SMEs to learn from each other's experiences and challenges. The forum enhances the collective intelligence of the user community, driving innovation and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can post inquiries about sustainability practices in the Knowledge Sharing Forum.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the Knowledge Sharing Forum and select 'Post Inquiry', then they should be able to submit their question successfully.

Users can share insights and best practices related to sustainability.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they select 'Share Insight' in the Knowledge Sharing Forum, then they should be able to enter the details and submit their sharing for community visibility.

Users can access a repository of resources related to sustainability practices.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they click on 'Resources' within the Knowledge Sharing Forum, then they should be able to view a list of available resources sorted by category.

Users can engage in discussions on posted inquiries.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they select a posted inquiry in the Knowledge Sharing Forum, then they should be able to add comments and reply to the inquiry.

Users receive notifications for new responses to their inquiries.

Given the user has posted an inquiry in the Knowledge Sharing Forum, when another user replies to their inquiry, then the original poster should receive a notification alerting them of the response.

Users can search for specific topics within the forum.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they enter a search term in the search bar of the Knowledge Sharing Forum, then they should see results related to that search term.

Users can filter forum posts by date or popularity.

Given the user is viewing the Knowledge Sharing Forum, when they apply filters for 'Newest' or 'Most Popular', then the forum posts should refresh to reflect the chosen filter criteria.

Event Management System

"As a community engagement leader, I want to organize sustainability events with clear schedules and participant lists so that I can facilitate networking and collaboration opportunities among SMEs."

Description

The Event Management System will enable SMEs to organize and participate in collaborative sustainability workshops, webinars, and networking events. This feature ensures smooth registration, scheduling, and communication for participants, fostering stronger relationships and idea exchange between different industry players. It plays a crucial role in building a community focused on impact-driven sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Event Registration Process for SMEs

Given a registered user accesses the event management system, when they select an event to register for, then they should be able to complete the registration process successfully and receive a confirmation email.

Event Scheduling and Coordination

Given multiple events are scheduled within the system, when a user views the calendar, then they should see all their registered events with appropriate dates, times, and locations clearly displayed.

Participant Communication and Notifications

Given an event is approaching, when a registered participant logs in, then they should receive a notification about the event, including any updates or changes.

Community Engagement and Feedback Collection

Given the event management system is live, when an event concludes, then participants should be able to provide feedback through a survey accessible via a follow-up email.

User Management and Roles Administration

Given an admin user accesses the system, when they create a new event, then they should be able to assign roles to other users (e.g., speaker, attendee) without encountering any errors.

Analytics and Reporting on Event Participation

Given a completed event, when the admin views participation metrics, then they should see a detailed report including attendee numbers and engagement statistics.

Resource Pooling Initiatives

"As a procurement officer in an SME, I want to find shared resources from other companies so that I can reduce our costs and increase our sustainability efforts."

Description

The Resource Pooling Initiatives requirement will create opportunities for SMEs to share resources such as tools, technologies, and best practices for sustainability. This feature aims to lower costs, minimize waste, and enhance efficiency through collective resource utilization, thus strengthening the viability of sustainability projects across industries.

Acceptance Criteria

Resource Sharing Platform Access for SMEs.

Given that a user is an SME registered in EcoPlanit, when they access the Resource Pooling Initiatives feature, then they should be able to view a list of available resources for sharing, including tools and technologies, with clear descriptions and usage guidelines.

Collaboration Request Initiation.

Given that an SME identifies a resource they wish to share, when they submit a collaboration request through the platform, then the system should generate a notification to all relevant parties and track the request status.

Utilization Tracking of Shared Resources.

Given that shared resources are utilized by SMEs, when the resource is accessed, then the system should log the usage metrics, including who accessed it, duration of use, and how it contributed to the sustainability initiative.

Feedback Collection on Resource Effectiveness.

Given that an SME has used a shared resource, when they complete their usage, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on its effectiveness and any suggestions for improvement, which should be collected and stored in the system.

Resource Pooling Impact Reporting.

Given that multiple SMEs have participated in the Resource Pooling Initiatives, when they generate a report, then the system should provide a summary of cost savings, waste reduction, and efficiency improvements associated with their shared resource usage.

Community Learning Sharing through Resource Pooling.

Given that SMEs have engaged in resource pooling, when they share their experiences in the community hub, then their contributions should be accessible to other SMEs to foster learning and inspire future collaborations.

Regulatory Compliance Validation for Shared Resources.

Given that an SME uses shared resources, when they access compliance reports, then the system should accurately reflect the regulatory compliance status relevant to the sustainability practices employed using those resources.

Impact Measurement Tools

"As an impact analyst, I want to measure the success of our collaborative sustainability initiatives so that I can report on progress and make informed decisions for future projects."

Description

The Impact Measurement Tools provide SMEs with capabilities to assess and report on the outcomes of their collaborative sustainability projects. This feature includes metrics for evaluating environmental impact, resource usage, and overall project effectiveness. By delivering actionable insights, this requirement helps businesses validate their efforts and optimize future collaborations, reinforcing a culture of accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

SME teams collaborate on a sustainability project and use the Impact Measurement Tools to assess their environmental outcomes after the project's conclusion.

Given an SME team has completed a collaborative sustainability project, when they access the Impact Measurement Tool, then they must be able to input project data and receive a detailed report on environmental impact metrics, including resource usage and effective outcomes.

An SME user utilizes the Impact Measurement Tools to generate a report for an upcoming sustainability compliance audit.

Given that an SME has utilized the Impact Measurement Tools, when they generate an audit report, then the report must include all required metrics outlined by regulatory standards, and should be exportable in PDF and CSV formats.

A project manager reviews multiple completed sustainability projects to evaluate common success metrics using the Impact Measurement Tools.

Given multiple projects have been assessed using the Impact Measurement Tools, when the project manager accesses the comparative analysis feature, then they must be able to view a consolidated dashboard displaying key performance indicators across those projects.

An SME team wants to track the long-term effects of their sustainability initiatives using historical data from the Impact Measurement Tools.

Given the SME team has been using the Impact Measurement Tools for multiple projects, when they search for historical data, then they must be able to access a timeline view that visualizes changes in environmental metrics over time.

A sustainability analyst is training new team members on how to use the Impact Measurement Tools effectively within a collaborative project.

Given an analyst is conducting a training session, when they demonstrate the features of the Impact Measurement Tools, then the new team members must successfully input sample data and generate a mock report without assistance.

An SME utilizes the Impact Measurement Tools to assess the impact of a collaboration with another company and measure joint performance.

Given two SMEs collaborate on a joint sustainability project, when they utilize the Impact Measurement Tools, then they must be able to share input for the project and receive a combined report that reflects joint metrics.

Supplier Matchmaking

An intelligent matchmaking system that connects SMEs with the most compatible sustainable suppliers based on their unique needs and requirements. This feature streamlines the sourcing process, saving users time and ensuring they find eco-friendly products that align with their operational goals.

Requirements

Supplier Profile Creation

"As a procurement manager, I want to create and manage detailed supplier profiles so that I can easily identify and select sustainable suppliers that align with my company's eco-friendly goals."

Description

This requirement enables users to create detailed profiles for each supplier, including information such as sustainability certifications, product offerings, and eco-friendly practices. This functionality helps SMEs quickly assess supplier compatibility with their sustainability goals and ensures that they connect with suppliers that resonate with their operational ethos. By having a comprehensive supplier profile, users can make informed decisions, streamline their sourcing process, and foster collaborative relationships with suppliers focused on environmental sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier Profile Creation for Sustainability Assessment

Given a user is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the Supplier Profile Creation section, then they should be able to input all required fields, including supplier name, sustainability certifications, product offerings, and eco-friendly practices without errors.

Validation of Supplier Profile Completeness

Given a user has filled out the Supplier Profile Creation form, when they attempt to submit the profile, then the system should validate the profile fields and return an error message for any missing or incorrectly formatted information.

Retrieving Supplier Profiles for Matchmaking

Given a user has successfully created and saved a Supplier Profile, when they access the Supplier Matchmaking feature, then they should see their saved supplier profiles listed and available for selection in the matchmaking process.

Editing Existing Supplier Profiles

Given a user has created a Supplier Profile, when they choose to edit that profile, then all previously entered data should load correctly, allowing the user to modify and save the changes without data loss.

Displaying Eco-Friendly Practices in Supplier Profiles

Given a user views a Supplier Profile, when the profile is displayed, then it should clearly showcase the supplier's eco-friendly practices and certifications in a user-friendly manner, ensuring easy comprehension.

Deleting Supplier Profiles

Given a user has a Supplier Profile they no longer need, when they select the delete option for that profile, then the profile should be removed from the system and confirmation should be provided to the user.

Dynamic Supplier Matching Algorithm

"As a small business owner, I want an intelligent system to match me with suitable sustainable suppliers so that I can save time in the sourcing process and ensure I am making eco-conscious choices."

Description

This feature involves developing a sophisticated algorithm that analyzes user-defined criteria and matches them with the most suitable suppliers. The algorithm will consider various factors, such as eco-friendly materials, pricing, delivery capabilities, and compliance with sustainability standards. By implementing this dynamic matching system, SMEs can significantly reduce the time spent on sourcing and increase the likelihood of finding suppliers that meet their specific sustainability needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Dynamic Supplier Matching based on Material Requirements

Given a user inputs specific material requirements into the supplier matchmaking system, when the algorithm is executed, then it should return a list of suppliers who provide those specific materials in compliance with sustainability standards within 2 minutes.

Pricing Comparison for Matched Suppliers

Given a user has matched with potential suppliers, when the user requests a price comparison, then the system must display a clear comparison of pricing, including any discounts or special offers from each supplier, within 5 seconds.

Delivery Capability Assessment

Given a user selects suppliers based on their delivery capabilities, when the algorithm evaluates suppliers, then it must indicate which suppliers can meet the user's specified delivery timelines and their delivery reliability ratings.

Regulatory Compliance Verification

Given a user has matched suppliers, when the user reviews the compliance status of those suppliers, then the system should provide detailed documentation of each supplier's compliance with relevant sustainability regulations.

User Feedback Integration into Matching Algorithm

Given a user completes a sourcing process with matched suppliers, when the user provides feedback on their experience, then the system should update supplier rankings in the algorithm based on this feedback for future searches.

Comprehensive Supplier Profiles for Selection

Given the supplier matchmaking system has identified potential suppliers, when the user views these suppliers' profiles, then it should include comprehensive data such as certifications, past performance, and product sustainability scores.

User-Friendly Interface for Supplier Search

Given a user accesses the supplier matchmaking feature, when they engage with the interface, then the system should be easy to navigate, allowing users to filter and sort suppliers based on their preferences without any confusion.

Supplier Rating and Feedback System

"As a user of EcoPlanit, I want to rate and review the suppliers I work with so that I can help other businesses make informed decisions based on my experiences with those suppliers."

Description

The requirement entails developing a rating and feedback mechanism where users can provide ratings and reviews for suppliers based on their experiences. This feature empowers SMEs to share insights on supplier performance and gather valuable feedback on the sustainability of products and services received. This transparency fosters trust within the community and assists other users in making informed supplier choices, ultimately enhancing the overall quality of sourcing within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier Rating Submission by User

Given a user navigates to the supplier profile, When the user clicks on the 'Rate Supplier' button, Then a rating form should be displayed accepting a score between 1 to 5 and an optional comments section for feedback.

Displaying Aggregate Supplier Ratings

Given multiple user ratings have been submitted for a supplier, When a user views the supplier profile, Then the average rating and total number of reviews should be displayed prominently on the profile.

User Feedback Retrieval

Given several ratings and reviews have been submitted, When a user searches for a supplier, Then the retrieved results should include supplier ratings and the latest feedback summaries from users.

Admin Review of Submitted Feedback

Given a user submits a rating and review for a supplier, When an admin accesses the supplier feedback dashboard, Then the submitted feedback should appear in the dashboard for moderation or review.

Sorting Suppliers by Ratings

Given multiple suppliers listed in the matchmaking system, When a user applies the sorting filter by ratings, Then suppliers should be displayed from highest to lowest rating reflecting the most preferred options first.

User Notification upon Supplier Review Approval

Given a user has submitted a review for a supplier, When the review is approved by an admin, Then the user should receive a notification confirming their review is published.

Feedback Removal Request by Users

Given a user wants to remove their submitted feedback, When they click on the 'Remove Feedback' option in their account settings, Then the system should prompt for confirmation and remove the feedback if confirmed.

Integrated Supplier Communication Tools

"As a purchasing agent, I want to communicate directly with suppliers through the EcoPlanit platform so that I can expedite negotiations and clarify any questions I have during the sourcing process."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating communication tools within the platform that allow users to interact directly with suppliers. This feature could include messaging capabilities, file sharing for contracts or documentation, and scheduling meetings. By integrating these tools, users can facilitate seamless communication and collaboration, enabling quicker negotiations and decision-making processes when sourcing sustainable products.

Acceptance Criteria

Communication between SMEs and suppliers during the sourcing process.

Given a logged-in user accesses the Integrated Supplier Communication Tools, when they select a supplier, then they should be able to send direct messages, share files, and schedule meetings with that supplier seamlessly.

Document sharing and contract negotiation between SMEs and suppliers.

Given that a user is interacting with a supplier, when they select the option to share a document, then the document should be successfully uploaded, sent to the supplier, and confirmation of the sending should be displayed.

Real-time messaging functionality for quick communication between SMEs and suppliers.

Given a user is in a messaging conversation with a supplier, when they send a message, then the supplier should receive the message in real-time, and the user should see a 'delivered' status.

Scheduling meetings with suppliers through the integrated tools.

Given a user selects the option to schedule a meeting with a supplier, when they fill in the meeting details and submit, then the meeting should be created in both the user's and supplier's calendar with a notification sent.

User experience for navigating the Integrated Supplier Communication Tools.

Given a new user is navigating the Integrated Supplier Communication Tools, when they access the communication section, then they should find clear labels, easy-to-use buttons, and a help guide for first-time users.

Notifications for new messages and scheduled meetings from suppliers.

Given that a user has received a new message from a supplier or a scheduled meeting update, when they log into the platform, then they should see a notification alerting them of the new message or meeting details.

Security and privacy measures for shared communications and documents.

Given that sensitive information is being shared via the Integrated Supplier Communication Tools, when a user shares a document, then the document should be encrypted, and access controls should be in place to ensure privacy.

Analytics Dashboard for Supplier Sourcing

"As a business analyst, I want an analytics dashboard that tracks our supplier sourcing data so that I can identify patterns and optimize our supplier selection process for better sustainability outcomes."

Description

The analytics dashboard requirement involves developing a comprehensive visualization tool that provides users with insights into their supplier sourcing activities. Users can track metrics such as supplier performance, frequency of sourcing, and overall sustainability impact. This feature enhances decision-making and allows for data-driven insights that facilitate continuous improvement in supplier relationships and sourcing practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the analytics dashboard from the EcoPlanit platform to review supplier sourcing metrics for the past quarter.

Given the user is logged into their EcoPlanit account, when they navigate to the analytics dashboard, then the dashboard should display accurate metrics for supplier performance, sourcing frequency, and sustainability impact for the specified timeframe.

A user filters the supplier sourcing data based on sustainability impact metrics on the analytics dashboard.

Given the user selects filter criteria for sustainability impact, when they apply the filter, then the dashboard should refresh to display only the suppliers that meet the selected sustainability criteria, ensuring data accuracy and relevance.

A user evaluates trends in supplier sourcing over multiple quarters using the analytics dashboard.

Given the user views the supplier sourcing trends section, when they select a date range spanning multiple quarters, then the dashboard should correctly display visual representations of trends in supplier performance and sourcing frequency across the selected periods.

A user receives notifications for underperforming suppliers identified through the analytics dashboard.

Given the user has set performance thresholds for their suppliers, when the analytics dashboard identifies suppliers under these thresholds, then the user should receive timely notifications within the platform and via email to address the issues.

The user compares the performance of multiple suppliers directly on the analytics dashboard.

Given the user has selected multiple suppliers to compare, when they view the performance comparison section, then the dashboard should provide a side-by-side comparison of all selected suppliers' key metrics, with clear visual indicators for performance disparities.

The analytics dashboard seamlessly integrates with other reporting tools available in the EcoPlanit platform.

Given that the user is utilizing the analytics dashboard, when they attempt to export the sourcing data to a reporting tool, then the data should be exported successfully in the correct format without errors, and be immediately usable in the reporting tool.

The user examines real-time updates on supplier performance through the analytics dashboard.

Given the user is actively using the analytics dashboard, when there are changes in supplier performance metrics, then the dashboard should automatically refresh to reflect the latest data in real-time, ensuring the user has access to current information.

Eco-Friendly Ratings

A user-centric rating system that allows SMEs to evaluate the environmental impact of products and suppliers. Each product features ratings based on criteria such as carbon footprint, sourcing practices, and waste management, empowering users to make informed, eco-conscious purchasing decisions.

Requirements

User-Friendly Rating Interface

"As an SME owner, I want a user-friendly interface for viewing product ratings so that I can quickly assess the environmental impact of my purchasing options and make informed decisions without confusion."

Description

The Eco-Friendly Ratings feature must include a user-friendly interface that allows SMEs to easily view and navigate product ratings. The interface should present information clearly, utilizing visual aids such as icons, color coding, and graphs to represent the environmental impact factors (carbon footprint, sourcing practices, waste management). This should enhance user engagement and understanding, making the evaluation process intuitive and straightforward. Integration with user profiles will allow customization and personalization of the information displayed based on user preferences and previous interactions, thus supporting sustained usage of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User opens the Eco-Friendly Ratings interface to evaluate a new product for purchase.

Given the user is on the Eco-Friendly Ratings interface, when they select a product, then the product rating should be displayed prominently, along with visual aids such as icons, color coding, and graphs for each environmental impact factor.

User wants to customize their view of product ratings based on personal preferences.

Given the user has a profile with set preferences, when they access the Eco-Friendly Ratings interface, then the displayed ratings and information should align with their selected preferences and past interactions.

User navigates through multiple products on the Eco-Friendly Ratings interface.

Given the user is browsing multiple product ratings, when they scroll through the ratings list, then the interface should display a smooth transition without lag and allow easy switching between product details without losing their place in the list.

A user tries to understand the criteria used for product ratings in the Eco-Friendly Ratings interface.

Given the user is viewing a product rating, when they click on the 'Learn More' option, then they should be redirected to a detailed explanation of the rating criteria used, including carbon footprint, sourcing practices, and waste management.

User shares their product ratings experience in the community hub.

Given the user successfully views and evaluates product ratings, when they choose to share their experience, then their feedback should be posted in the community hub without errors and be visible to other users.

User attempts to filter product ratings based on specific environmental impact factors.

Given the user is on the Eco-Friendly Ratings interface, when they apply filters for criteria such as carbon footprint or sourcing practices, then the interface should only display products that meet the selected criteria without errors.

Comprehensive Rating Criteria

"As a purchasing manager, I want a detailed rating system that evaluates products based on multiple environmental criteria so that I can select suppliers that align with my company's sustainability goals."

Description

The ratings system must encompass a comprehensive set of criteria to evaluate products and suppliers effectively. This should include categories such as carbon footprint, sustainable sourcing methods, recyclable materials, waste management practices, and certifications (e.g., organic, fair trade). Each rating should reflect a standardized scoring system that scores products on a scale of 1 to 5 to facilitate easy comparison. This ensures SMEs receive a holistic view of their supply chain's environmental integrity, promoting transparency and accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

SMEs access EcoPlanit to evaluate their existing suppliers based on the eco-friendly ratings system before making annual procurement decisions.

Given that I am an SME user logged into EcoPlanit, when I search for suppliers, then I should be able to filter suppliers by their eco-friendly ratings, showing only those with ratings from 1 to 5 based on the comprehensive criteria defined.

A user wants to compare multiple products from different suppliers on EcoPlanit to make informed purchasing decisions.

Given that I have selected multiple products, when I initiate a comparison, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of the carbon footprint, sourcing practices, and waste management ratings for each product on a standardized 1 to 5 scale.

A company reviews the Eco-Friendly Ratings to decide on sustainable materials for their new product line during their strategy meeting.

Given that I am reviewing the Eco-Friendly Ratings, when I analyze the ratings for various materials, then the system should provide a summary report that details the ratings alongside explanations of the criteria used to score each material.

A user reports an updated certification for a product on EcoPlanit and expects the ratings to be recalculated.

Given that a product has received a new certification, when the certification is verified, then the ratings for that product should be automatically updated to reflect this change within 24 hours.

An SME wants to understand the overall sustainability impact of their entire supply chain using the Eco-Friendly Ratings.

Given that I want to assess my supply chain, when I generate an environmental impact report, then the system should compile and calculate an aggregate score based on the average ratings of all suppliers, allowing for easy assessment of overall sustainability.

The marketing team of an SME prepares to showcase their commitment to sustainability based on EcoPlanit ratings.

Given that I have access to the Eco-Friendly Ratings, when I create a marketing presentation, then I should be able to extract and present data highlighting the top-rated suppliers and their sustainable practices for audience transparency.

A supplier requests feedback on their eco-friendly rating from EcoPlanit to understand areas for improvement.

Given that a supplier is inquiring about their rating, when the request is submitted, then they should receive a detailed report explaining how each criterion was evaluated and suggestions for improving their ratings.

Supplier Integration and Rating Updates

"As a supplier, I want to easily update my sustainability practices and ratings so that I can provide accurate and current information to potential buyers, fostering trust and accountability."

Description

Implement a mechanism for suppliers to regularly update their sustainability ratings and practices through a secure, user-friendly submission process. This will encourage transparency and continual improvement while maintaining the accuracy of the ratings. An automated system should alert suppliers when updates are due, and there should be validation processes to ensure the reliability of the new information. Integrating this feature ensures that SMEs have access to the most up-to-date sustainability information, empowering them to make better purchasing choices.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier submits updated sustainability ratings and practices through the EcoPlanit platform.

Given a supplier has logged into their account, when they navigate to the rating update section and submit their new ratings, then the system should confirm submission and store the changes securely in the database.

Automated alerts notifying suppliers of upcoming rating update deadlines.

Given a supplier has not updated their ratings in the last year, when the update date is approaching, then the system should send an automated email reminder to the supplier at least 30 days prior.

Validation process for new sustainability ratings submitted by suppliers.

Given a supplier has submitted new sustainability ratings, when changes are submitted, then the system should trigger a validation process that checks the ratings against predetermined criteria before approval.

Display of the latest sustainability ratings on the EcoPlanit platform for SMEs.

Given that a supplier has updated their ratings, when an SME accesses the product details, then the latest ratings should be displayed prominently on their dashboard with the update date shown.

Supplier feedback mechanism for rating validation.

Given that a supplier's ratings have been flagged for inconsistency, when the validation process is completed, then the supplier should receive feedback explaining the discrepancy and required corrective actions.

User feedback collection on the updated ratings.

Given that an SME purchases a product from a supplier, when the sustainability ratings are displayed, then the SME should have the option to provide feedback on the relevance and clarity of the ratings through a simple feedback form.

Decision Support System

"As an environmentally conscious buyer, I want a decision support system that recommends eco-friendly products based on my purchasing history so that I can make better, more sustainable choices automatically."

Description

Develop a decision support system that utilizes the Eco-Friendly Ratings data to provide actionable insights and recommendations based on user preferences and purchasing history. The system should analyze the ratings and suggest eco-friendlier alternatives or highlight suppliers who exceed certain sustainability benchmarks. This personalized guidance will assist SMEs in making informed purchasing decisions focused on sustainability while aligning with their business practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into EcoPlanit and navigates to the Decision Support System to evaluate products based on their purchasing history and preferences.

Given the user has logged into EcoPlanit, when they access the Decision Support System, then the system should display eco-friendly product recommendations tailored to their purchasing history and preferences with corresponding Eco-Friendly Ratings.

The user wants to view detailed information about a recommended eco-friendly product to make an informed purchasing decision.

Given the user selects a recommended eco-friendly product, when they view the product details, then the system should show comprehensive information including the carbon footprint, sourcing practices, waste management, and overall Eco-Friendly Rating.

A user wishes to find suppliers who meet or exceed specific sustainability benchmarks set by their organization.

Given the user accesses the Decision Support System, when they input their sustainability benchmarks, then the system should list suppliers that meet or exceed those benchmarks along with their Eco-Friendly Ratings.

The user wants to receive real-time notifications about new eco-friendly products or suppliers in the market.

Given the user has opted in for notifications, when a new eco-friendly product or supplier is added to EcoPlanit, then the system should alert the user in real-time with the relevant details and Eco-Friendly Ratings.

A user seeks to compare multiple eco-friendly products side by side to decide which one aligns best with their business goals.

Given the user selects multiple products in the Decision Support System, when they request a comparison, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of the selected products, showcasing their Eco-Friendly Ratings and key sustainability metrics.

The user wishes to explore learning resources related to sustainable purchasing practices available in the EcoPlanit community hub.

Given the user accesses the community hub, when they search for resources on sustainable purchasing, then the system should present a list of articles, case studies, and user discussions focusing on best practices and innovations in eco-friendly purchasing.

Community Feedback Mechanism

"As an SME member, I want to see community feedback on product ratings so that I can leverage peer experiences to inform my purchasing choices and enhance my transparency towards sustainable practices."

Description

Incorporate a community feedback mechanism that allows users to comment on and rate products based on their personal experiences with the environmental practices of suppliers. This feature should offer SMEs insights from peers in their community, enhancing the credibility of the ratings and providing real-world perspectives on supplier performances. Displaying community ratings alongside official ratings will foster trust and encourage a collaborative approach toward sustainability within the network of SMEs.

Acceptance Criteria

As an SME user of EcoPlanit, I want to provide feedback on a product I purchased based on my personal experience with the supplier's environmental practices, so that other users can make informed decisions based on real-world insights.

Given I am logged into my EcoPlanit account, when I select a product to rate, then I should be able to submit a comment and a rating that reflects my experience, which will be visible to other users.

As an SME administrator, I want to view and moderate community feedback on products in the EcoPlanit platform, ensuring that all comments meet community guidelines and are appropriate for display.

Given I am in the moderation panel, when I review feedback submissions, then I should be able to approve, edit, or delete comments and ratings based on our community standards.

As a user, I want to see both community ratings and official EcoPlanit ratings for each product to better understand its overall eco-friendliness and trustworthiness.

Given I am viewing a product detail page, when I look at the ratings section, then I should see an average of community ratings displayed alongside the official EcoPlanit rating for that product.

As an SME user, I want to filter products based on community ratings to find the most highly rated eco-friendly products quickly.

Given I am on the product search page, when I apply a filter for community ratings, then the displayed products should be organized by their community ratings from highest to lowest.

As a user, I want to receive notifications when new community feedback is added to products I have previously rated, so I can stay informed on the latest insights.

Given I have rated a product, when new community feedback is posted for that product, then I should receive an email notification about it.

As an administrator, I want to analyze the community feedback data to identify trends in user experiences and satisfaction with suppliers' environmental practices.

Given I am using the analytics dashboard, when I access community feedback metrics, then I should be able to view data trends over time regarding user ratings and comments on suppliers.

Bulk Purchase Deals

Facilitate bulk purchasing options from eco-friendly suppliers, allowing SMEs to capitalize on discounts for larger orders. This feature not only promotes cost savings but also encourages sustainable buying practices, making it easier for small businesses to implement eco-friendly products at scale.

Requirements

Bulk Supplier Integration

"As a small business owner, I want to easily find and purchase eco-friendly products in bulk from various suppliers so that I can save money while supporting sustainable practices."

Description

This requirement involves creating an integration system that connects EcoPlanit with various eco-friendly suppliers. This functionality will enable SMEs to access a diverse range of sustainable products while enjoying bulk purchasing discounts. The integration will allow businesses to seamlessly browse supplier catalogs, compare prices, and initiate bulk orders directly through the EcoPlanit platform, further enhancing the user experience and promoting sustainable purchasing behavior.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the EcoPlanit platform and navigates to the Bulk Purchase Deals section to browse available eco-friendly suppliers.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the Bulk Purchase Deals section, then they should see a list of eco-friendly suppliers with their corresponding product catalogs and bulk discounts.

User selects a supplier and views the available products for bulk purchase.

Given the user is on a supplier's page, when they select to view products, then they must see product details, including price per unit, bulk discount tiers, and availability.

User adds products to their cart for bulk purchase and initiates the order process.

Given the user has selected a product for bulk purchase, when they add it to their cart and proceed to checkout, then they should see a summary of the order, including total cost and expected delivery date.

User completes a bulk order and receives confirmation.

Given the user has successfully checked out, when the bulk order is processed, then they must receive an email confirmation with order details and a unique order ID.

User views their order history for past bulk purchases.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to their order history, then they should see a list of past bulk orders with their statuses and options to view details.

User leaves feedback on a supplier after fulfilling an order.

Given the user has received their bulk order, when they access the supplier’s profile, then they should be able to submit a feedback rating and comment about their experience.

Discount Management System

"As a business manager, I want to see the discounts applied to my bulk purchases so that I can ensure I'm making cost-effective decisions for my company."

Description

The discount management requirement focuses on establishing a robust system to handle bulk purchase discounts offered by suppliers. This includes calculating eligible discounts based on order quantities, applying these discounts during checkout, and communicating savings to the user. This feature not only incentivizes bulk purchasing but also simplifies the cost-saving process for users, encouraging them to buy eco-friendly products at a more affordable price.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a bulk purchase order of eco-friendly products from the platform.

Given a user selects a quantity of products that qualifies for a bulk purchase discount, when they proceed to checkout, then the discount should be automatically applied to the order total.

Admin configures new bulk purchase discount tiers in the system.

Given an admin accesses the discount management system, when they set new discount tiers based on quantity, then the new tiers should be visible and selectable in the bulk purchase interface.

User checks out with a bulk order and views their savings.

Given a user completes a bulk order transaction, when they view their order summary, then the total savings from the bulk purchase discount should be clearly displayed.

Supplier updates their discount offerings on the EcoPlanit platform.

Given a supplier submits updated discount information, when the system processes the update, then the new discount rates should be reflected in real-time for applicable products.

User attempts to check out with a quantity not eligible for a discount.

Given a user selects a quantity of products that does not qualify for a bulk discount, when they proceed to checkout, then they should receive a notification indicating the minimum quantity required for a discount.

User Feedback and Review System

"As an eco-conscious entrepreneur, I want to read reviews about bulk purchase products from other users so that I can make informed choices that align with my sustainability objectives."

Description

Implement a user feedback and review system for products purchased in bulk. This allows SMEs to rate and review eco-friendly products, facilitating informed purchasing decisions based on the experiences of other users. This feature encourages community interaction, promotes transparency, and helps users identify the best products that align with their sustainability goals and needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a review for a product purchased in bulk after using it for at least one month.

Given the user has logged into their account, when they select a product they purchased in bulk and click on the 'Write a Review' button, then they should be able to submit a review that includes a rating from 1 to 5 stars and optional written feedback.

User reads existing reviews and ratings for a product before making a bulk purchase.

Given the user is viewing a product page, when they scroll to the reviews section, then they should see a summarized rating, the total number of reviews, and individual user reviews with a date and rating for each.

Administrator moderates user-submitted reviews to ensure compliance with community standards.

Given the admin accesses the review management dashboard, when they review a submitted user feedback, then they should be able to approve, edit, or delete the review based on predefined moderation criteria.

User edits their previously submitted review for a product they purchased in bulk.

Given the user has previously submitted a review for a product, when they select the 'Edit Review' option, then they should be able to update their star rating and written feedback and submit the changes successfully.

User receives notifications for responses to their product reviews.

Given the user has submitted a review for a product, when another user comments on their review, then the user should receive an email notification about the new comment.

User filters product reviews by rating to find suitable products quicker.

Given the user is on the product reviews page, when they select the filter option to view only 4-star and above reviews, then the page should refresh to display only those reviews that meet the selected rating criteria.

Users can report inappropriate reviews that violate community guidelines.

Given a user is reading product reviews, when they click the 'Report' button on a review, then the system should prompt them to select a reason for reporting and submit the report successfully.

Order Tracking Functionality

"As a procurement officer, I want to track my bulk orders in real-time so that I can plan accordingly and ensure timely deliveries for my business."

Description

The order tracking functionality will provide users with real-time updates on the status of their bulk orders. This requirement involves integrating a tracking system that connects with supplier logistics, allowing users to track their shipments effortlessly. This transparency in the order process enhances user satisfaction and builds trust in the platform, ultimately promoting repeat purchases.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user of EcoPlanit, I want to receive real-time updates on the status of my bulk orders via email notifications, so that I can stay informed about my order's progress without logging into the platform.

Given that I have placed a bulk order, when the order status is updated, then I should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the update, informing me of the current status.

As an SME using EcoPlanit, I want to view the tracking information for my bulk orders within the platform, so that I can easily monitor the delivery status and expected arrival date of my shipments.

Given that I have an active bulk order, when I navigate to the order tracking section, then I should see the current status, tracking number, and expected delivery date displayed for my order.

As a user of EcoPlanit, I want to access historical tracking data for my past bulk orders, so that I can analyze delivery performance and supplier reliability over time.

Given that I have completed bulk orders in the past, when I request the historical tracking data, then I should be able to view the details for each order including status updates and timestamps for each tracking change.

As an administrator of EcoPlanit, I want to ensure the order tracking system integrates seamlessly with supplier logistics systems, so that users receive accurate and timely order updates.

Given that the order tracking functionality is implemented, when I conduct an integration test with a supplier logistics system, then the order update should be accurately reflected in EcoPlanit within 10 minutes of the supplier's update.

As a user of EcoPlanit, I want to receive a consolidated order status report for all my bulk orders, so that I can quickly assess the overall status of my orders without checking each one individually.

Given that I have multiple bulk orders, when I access the order status report, then I should see a summary including order numbers, current statuses, and expected delivery dates for all active bulk orders.

Educational Resources Hub

"As a sustainability officer, I want access to resources that educate me on bulk purchasing and sustainable products so that I can better implement eco-friendly practices in my business."

Description

This requirement entails creating an educational resources hub that offers information, guides, and best practices for bulk purchasing and sustainable products. It will integrate multimedia content such as articles, videos, and webinars to help SMEs understand the benefits and processes of bulk purchasing. This will empower users with knowledge, making them more likely to choose sustainable options and implement eco-friendly practices within their operations.

Acceptance Criteria

Educational Resources Hub for Bulk Purchasing Benefit Understanding

Given that an SME user accesses the Educational Resources Hub, When the user navigates to the section on bulk purchasing benefits, Then the user must be able to view at least 5 articles and 3 instructional videos that explain the advantages of bulk purchasing and sustainable products.

Comprehensive Multimedia Content Integration

Given that the Educational Resources Hub is launched, When a user selects the multimedia content section, Then the hub must display a variety of content types including articles, videos, and webinars, with at least 10 pieces of content in each category.

Accessibility and User Experience of Resources Hub

Given that the Educational Resources Hub is in use, When a user attempts to access the hub, Then the hub must be fully accessible on both desktop and mobile devices, with a maximum load time of 3 seconds for any page.

User Engagement Tracking for Educational Materials

Given that the Educational Resources Hub is deployed, When users interact with the content, Then the platform must track user engagement metrics like time spent on articles and videos, with a goal of at least 100 unique users engaging per month.

Feedback Mechanism for Educational Resources Hub

Given that the Educational Resources Hub is available to users, When a user finishes viewing educational content, Then they must have the option to provide feedback or rate the content, with at least 70% of users submitting feedback within the first month.

Search Functionality Within Educational Resources Hub

Given that an SME user is looking for specific information in the Educational Resources Hub, When they use the search function, Then the system must return relevant results within 5 seconds, displaying at least 90% accuracy in returned resources based on user search queries.

Supplier Rating System

"As a purchasing manager, I want to rate and review suppliers based on my bulk purchasing experience so that I can share valuable feedback with other users and promote quality service in sustainable procurement."

Description

Develop a supplier rating system that allows SMEs to rate suppliers based on product quality, delivery times, and customer service. This feedback system will provide vital insights for businesses considering bulk purchases, encouraging suppliers to maintain high standards to earn favorable ratings. This feature promotes reliability and accountability within the supply chain, aligning with EcoPlanit's goal of supporting sustainable practices through transparency.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier rating submission and retrieval process for bulk purchasing decisions.

Given a user has access to the supplier rating system, when they submit a rating for a supplier based on product quality, delivery times, and customer service, then the system stores the rating successfully and allows the user to view their submission history.

Comparison of supplier ratings to guide bulk purchasing options.

Given multiple suppliers in the database, when a user accesses the bulk purchase deals feature, then the user should be able to filter and compare suppliers based on their average ratings for product quality, delivery times, and customer service.

Supplier feedback visibility for transparency in the supply chain.

Given a supplier has received ratings from SMEs, when a new user views the supplier's profile, then the system displays the average ratings and feedback from previous users, promoting transparency in the supplier evaluation process.

Users ability to edit and update their ratings post-submission.

Given a user has submitted a rating for a supplier, when the user decides to change their feedback, then they should be able to edit their previous rating within 30 days of submission without losing the original rating history.

Notification system for suppliers on received ratings and feedback.

Given that a supplier receives a new rating, when the rating is submitted by an SME, then the supplier should receive an automatic notification detailing the feedback and rating score to encourage continual improvement.

Aggregated supplier ratings displayed for comparative analysis.

Given a user is using the bulk purchasing feature, when they select multiple suppliers for comparison, then the system shows an aggregated rating for each selected supplier, highlighting their strengths and weaknesses across multiple criteria.

User training and guidance on how to use the supplier rating system.

Given a new user accesses the supplier rating system for the first time, when they navigate the interface, then they should see a guided tutorial that explains how to submit ratings, view feedback, and use the comparison tools effectively.

Sustainability Certification Hub

Offer access to a database of certifications and eco-labels associated with products available in the marketplace. This feature supports users in understanding the credibility of products and suppliers, ensuring they choose options that genuinely align with sustainability standards.

Requirements

Certification Database Integration

"As a sustainability-conscious business owner, I want to access a reliable database of certifications and eco-labels so that I can confidently choose products that meet high environmental standards and avoid misleading claims."

Description

This requirement involves the creation of a comprehensive database within the Sustainability Certification Hub that catalogs various certifications and eco-labels relevant to products in the marketplace. The database should include detailed descriptions, criteria for each certification, and validation sources to ensure users can verify the credibility of products and suppliers. This integration enhances user trust and confidence in making sustainable choices, streamlining their decision-making process while promoting accountability among suppliers. Additionally, the database must be periodically updated to reflect new certifications and industry standards, ensuring that users have access to the latest information available for their eco-friendly product selections.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Sustainability Certification Hub and searches for a specific eco-label to determine its credibility and requirements.

Given a user is on the Sustainability Certification Hub, when they search for a specific eco-label, then the system returns the correct certification details including descriptions, criteria, and validation sources.

User browses the certification database to find the latest eco-certifications added in the last month.

Given a user is viewing the certification database, when they filter the results for certifications added in the last month, then the database displays only the relevant newly added certifications with accurate details.

User attempts to view the validation sources for a certification to ensure the credibility of the eco-label.

Given a user is viewing a specific certification, when they click on the validation sources link, then the system displays a list of confirmed validation sources for that certification with links to the relevant documents.

User wants to know if a certain eco-label meets their local regulatory standards and requirements.

Given a user selects an eco-label, when the certification details are displayed, then the system highlights any local regulatory requirements associated with that label, including compliance statuses.

An administrator updates the certification database with new eco-labels.

Given an administrator has new eco-label data, when they submit the update request, then the database successfully incorporates the new entries and reflects them in user searches.

User reports an error regarding outdated information on a certification in the hub.

Given a user reports an outdated certification, when the support team reviews the report, then the outdated information is addressed and updated within 48 hours, with the user notified of the changes.

User receives guidance on selecting eco-friendly products based on the certifications they choose.

Given a user selects multiple certifications, when they request product recommendations, then the system suggests products associated with those certifications, displaying their compliance with sustainability standards.

User-Friendly Search Functionality

"As a user of EcoPlanit, I want to easily search for certifications and eco-labels by keywords or filters so that I can quickly find the information I need to assess product sustainability."

Description

To facilitate easy navigation through the vast database of certifications, this requirement involves the implementation of an intuitive search functionality within the Sustainability Certification Hub. This feature should allow users to search by certification name, product category, and relevant keywords, thereby improving accessibility to necessary information. Enhanced search options will help users quickly find certifications that meet their needs and make informed purchasing decisions. Furthermore, the functionality should include filters and sorting options to refine results based on user preferences, thereby increasing overall user satisfaction and engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a specific certification name to find relevant eco-labels in the database.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Certification Hub, when they enter a certification name in the search bar, then they should receive a list of certifications matching the name with relevant product details.

User wants to filter certifications by product category to refine their search results.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Certification Hub, when they select a product category from the filter options, then only certifications related to that category should be displayed in the search results.

User uses keywords to search for certifications related to environmental sustainability practices.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Certification Hub, when they input relevant keywords into the search bar, then they should see a list of certifications that contain those keywords in their descriptions or titles.

User aims to sort the displayed search results based on the most relevant certifications.

Given the user has performed a search on the Sustainability Certification Hub, when they choose to sort results by relevance, then the search results should rearrange to display the most pertinent certifications at the top of the list.

User discovers multiple certifications and wants to compare them side by side for informed decision-making.

Given the user has selected multiple certifications to compare, when they choose the comparison option, then they should see a side-by-side comparison view displaying key attributes and criteria of the selected certifications.

User wants to ensure that all search functionalities meet accessibility standards for all users.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Certification Hub, when they engage with the search functionalities, then all elements of the search feature should comply with WCAG (Web Content Accessibility Guidelines) 2.1 standards to ensure usability for people with disabilities.

Certification Comparison Tool

"As a product manager, I want to compare different sustainability certifications side-by-side so that I can determine which certifications align best with our sustainability goals."

Description

This requirement proposes the development of a comparison tool within the Sustainability Certification Hub that allows users to compare multiple certifications side by side. Users can select specific certifications to evaluate their respective criteria, benefits, and relevance to their products. This tool enhances the user experience by providing visual aids that facilitate making informed decisions based on clear, comparative insights. By understanding the differences between certifications, users can choose the most appropriate eco-labels for their business needs, ultimately promoting better sustainability practices in their operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Certification Comparison Tool from the Sustainability Certification Hub to research eco-labels relevant to their products.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Certification Hub, when they select the 'Certification Comparison Tool', then they should be able to see a list of available certifications to choose from.

User selects multiple certifications to compare within the tool.

Given the user has accessed the Certification Comparison Tool, when they select at least two certifications, then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison of the selected certifications' criteria and benefits.

User reviews the comparison results to make a decision on certification selection.

Given the user has selected certifications to compare, when they view the comparison results, then they must see clear visual aids and criteria distinctions that facilitate informed decision-making.

User filters certifications based on specific sustainability attributes.

Given the user is in the Certification Comparison Tool, when they apply filters for sustainability attributes, then the tool should update the certification list to reflect only those certifications meeting the specified criteria.

User saves their certification comparison for future reference.

Given the user has completed a certification comparison, when they click 'Save Comparison', then the tool should allow them to save their selection with a unique name for future review.

User receives guidance on how to interpret the comparison results.

Given the user is viewing the comparison results, when they hover over any certification name, then a tooltip should appear providing a brief description and significance of that certification.

Automated Certification Alerts

"As a committed user of the Certification Hub, I want to receive automated alerts about changes in certifications so that I can stay informed and adjust our procurement strategies accordingly."

Description

This requirement entails the implementation of an automated alerts feature that notifies users of updates or changes related to specific certifications they are interested in. This includes changes in certification requirements, news about certification bodies, or new certifications that become available. Providing a personalized alert system enhances the user's ability to stay informed about critical developments in sustainability certifications, fostering proactive engagement with suppliers and their sustainability practices. This feature enhances the value of the Certification Hub by keeping users informed and up-to-date, thereby strengthening their commitment to sustainable procurement.

Acceptance Criteria

User subscribes to certification updates related to organic product certifications.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit and has selected their preferred certifications, when they save the subscription, then the user should receive an email confirmation of the subscription and an alert when updates occur regarding those certifications.

User receives an alert about a change in certification requirements for a previously subscribed certification.

Given a user has subscribed to updates on a specific certification, when there is a change in its requirements, then the user should receive a real-time notification via their preferred communication method (e.g., email, SMS) detailing the changes.

User wants to see a history of alerts received about certification updates they subscribed to.

Given a user has received alerts about certification updates, when they access the alert history in the Sustainability Certification Hub, then they should see a comprehensive list of all previous alerts, including timestamps and details about each alert.

User subscribes to alerts for a new certification that has recently become available.

Given a user is browsing available certifications, when a new certification is added that matches their interest criteria, then the user should automatically be opted into alerts for that certification without additional action needed from the user.

User modifies their alert preferences for certifications they are subscribed to.

Given a user is logged in and accessing their alert preferences, when they update their preferences (such as changing the notification method), then the changes should be saved and reflected in future alerts sent to the user.

User encounters an issue with subscribing or receiving alerts and seeks support.

Given a user experiences a problem with alerts, when they submit a support request through the Help Center, then they should receive a confirmation response within 24 hours acknowledging their issue and outlining next steps for resolution.

User Feedback and Rating System

"As a user, I want to provide feedback and rate the sustainability certifications I've used so that I can contribute to a community knowledge base and help others make better-informed decisions."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating a feedback and rating system within the Sustainability Certification Hub to allow users to share their experiences with different certifications and eco-labels. Users can rate certifications based on their relevance, transparency, and ease of understanding. This feedback will provide valuable insights for future users and foster a community of shared learning. The system will not only enrich the quality of information available but also contribute to a culture of transparency and improvement within the certification space, encouraging suppliers and certifying bodies to enhance their standards based on user experiences.

Acceptance Criteria

User Rate and Review a Certification

Given a user accesses the Sustainability Certification Hub, when they select a certification to review and provide a rating, then the system should successfully save the user's rating and feedback, and the average rating should update in real-time.

Filter Certifications by User Ratings

Given a user is navigating the Sustainability Certification Hub, when they apply a filter for certifications based on user ratings, then only certifications that meet the selected rating criteria should be displayed.

View Feedback for a Certification

Given a certification has received user feedback, when a user selects that certification, then the system should display all ratings and comments associated with it clearly and accurately.

Access Feedback Submission Form

Given a user wants to provide feedback, when they select the 'Leave Feedback' option on a certification page, then the system should present a form that includes fields for rating, comments, and submission button which should function properly.

Ensure Feedback and Ratings are Anonymous

Given a user submits feedback or a rating, when the feedback is processed, then the submitted data should not reveal the user's identity, maintaining privacy and encouraging honest reviews.

Display Feedback Summary

Given several users have provided feedback, when a user views a specific certification, then the system should display a summary of the number of ratings, average rating, and a sample of comments for quick insight.

Notification of New Feedback

Given new feedback is submitted for a certification, when revisiting that certification, then the user should receive a notification indicating that new feedback is available for their review.

Product Comparison Tool

An interactive tool enabling users to compare various eco-friendly products side by side based on price, features, environmental impact, and supplier ratings. This feature supports users in making well-informed purchasing choices, enhancing the overall shopping experience and promoting responsible selections.

Requirements

Side-by-Side Comparison Display

"As a user looking to make eco-friendly purchases, I want to compare different products side by side so that I can easily identify the best options based on their features and impact."

Description

The Product Comparison Tool must feature a side-by-side display format that allows users to view multiple eco-friendly products simultaneously. This functionality is designed to enhance user experience by simplifying product evaluation, highlighting key differences in price, features, environmental impact, and supplier ratings. The side-by-side layout will facilitate quick assessments and informed decision-making, ultimately encouraging users to make eco-friendly purchases more confidently. Integration with existing product data repositories will automate updates and ensure accuracy in comparison metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Product Comparison Tool to evaluate at least three eco-friendly products of interest for an upcoming purchase decision.

Given the user has selected multiple products, When the user views the comparison, Then all products must be displayed side by side with a clear layout showing price, features, environmental impact, and supplier ratings for easy comparison.

The user wants to ensure the side-by-side comparison is up to date before making a purchase.

Given the user is viewing product comparisons, When the comparison tool is refreshed, Then the tool must automatically update to reflect the latest product data without requiring manual input from the user.

A user is trying to find differences between the selected eco-friendly products quickly to make an informed decision.

Given the products are displayed side by side, When the user hovers over a comparison metric, Then a tooltip must appear that provides more detailed information about that specific metric.

A user, during their comparison, needs to filter products based on environmental impact ratings.

Given the user is viewing the comparison, When the user applies a filter for environmental impact, Then only products meeting the selected criteria must remain visible in the side-by-side view.

An SME wants to compare eco-friendly products for bulk purchasing decisions and needs supplier ratings in the comparison.

Given the user selects multiple products, When the comparison displays, Then the side-by-side layout must include supplier ratings ranked in order to help users identify top-rated eco-friendly suppliers at a glance.

The user wishes to print or save the comparison data for future reference.

Given the user has made a selection in the Product Comparison Tool, When the user clicks the 'Print' or 'Save' option, Then a well-formatted document containing the product comparison should be generated without any loss of data or formatting.

An admin needs to ensure that all eco-friendly products have accurate metadata for the comparison tool to work effectively.

Given the admin navigates to the product data repository, When they view the information for any product, Then all relevant metadata such as price, features, environmental impact, and supplier ratings must be present and accurate for the comparison tool to function correctly.

Dynamic Filtering Options

"As a conscious consumer, I want to filter products based on price and environmental impact so that I can find options that align with my budget and values."

Description

The Product Comparison Tool should incorporate dynamic filtering options that allow users to customize their comparison based on specific criteria such as price range, environmental certifications, and user ratings. This requirement not only improves user engagement but also helps streamline the decision-making process by focusing on the most relevant products to the user’s goals and values. Integration with the database must ensure real-time updates on available products, providing users with an up-to-date comparison based on their selected filters.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Product Filters to Compare Eco-Friendly Products

Given a user on the Product Comparison Tool page, when they select filtering options such as price range, environmental certifications, and user ratings, then the product listing is dynamically updated to show only products that meet the selected criteria.

Real-Time Update of Product Availability Based on Selected Filters

Given that a user has applied specific filters in the Product Comparison Tool, when the database is updated with new product information, then the product list refreshes in real-time to reflect current available products that match the filters applied.

User Sees Clear Visual Indications of Filtered Results

Given a user has applied filters in the Product Comparison Tool, when the results are displayed, then each product must show visual indicators (such as icons or highlighted text) for the applied filters, ensuring the user can easily verify how the products meet their preferences.

Comparison of Multiple Products With Applied Filters

Given a user has selected multiple products to compare using the Product Comparison Tool with specific filters, when they view the comparison results, then it must display a side-by-side comparison of all selected products based on the filtered criteria like price, features, and ratings.

User Feedback on Filter Effectiveness

Given a user has utilized the dynamic filtering options, when they complete their product comparison, then they should be prompted with an option to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the filters used in helping them make a decision.

Option to Reset Filters Easily for New Searches

Given a user has applied filters in the Product Comparison Tool, when they decide to start a new search with different criteria, then there must be a clear option to reset all filters back to default settings without losing their previous comparisons or selections.

User Reviews and Ratings Integration

"As a user, I want to see reviews and ratings from other customers when comparing products so that I can learn from their experiences before making a purchase."

Description

Integrating user reviews and ratings into the Product Comparison Tool is essential for providing users with community feedback on products. This feature will allow potential buyers to see real experiences and opinions, which will enhance the credibility of product metrics. The integration must allow for up-to-date data and easier access to user-generated content, supporting users in making well-informed choices based on peer insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Product Comparison Tool and selects a product to compare with others based on environmental impact.

Given the user has selected a product to compare, when they view the comparison results, then the user reviews and ratings must be displayed alongside the product metrics, including average rating and number of reviews.

User wants to filter products based on user ratings in the Product Comparison Tool.

Given the user is using the Product Comparison Tool, when they apply a filter for ratings, then only products that meet the selected rating criteria are displayed in the comparison results.

User wants to read detailed user reviews for a specific product in the comparison tool.

Given the user has selected a product in the Product Comparison Tool, when they click on the user reviews section, then a pop-up must appear displaying at least five user reviews with dates and user ratings.

User submits a new review for a product they have purchased through the Product Comparison Tool.

Given the user is on the product details page, when they submit a new review including a rating and written feedback, then the review must be saved in the system and visible to other users with an acknowledgment message displayed to the reviewer.

User checks if the product comparison tool updates the ratings and reviews in real-time after a new review is submitted.

Given the user is viewing a product in the Product Comparison Tool, when a new review is submitted by another user, then the average rating and the total number of reviews for that product must be updated in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

The administrator wants to ensure the reviews displayed are moderated for appropriateness and relevance.

Given the administrator accesses the review management system, when they view the list of submitted reviews, then they must have the ability to approve, reject, or edit each review based on specified moderation criteria.

Impact Visualization Graphs

"As a sustainable shopper, I want to see visual graphs that represent the environmental impacts of each product so that I can easily compare their sustainability."

Description

This requirement involves the addition of visual impact graphs for each product in the comparison tool. These graphs will provide users with visual representations of the environmental impact associated with each product, making it easier to comprehend complex data at a glance. This feature is expected to enhance user engagement and comprehension, enabling users to quickly evaluate the sustainability aspects of their choices. Integration will include generating visual output from existing product impact data metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

Impact Visualization of Eco-Friendly Products in Comparison Tool

Given a user is comparing eco-friendly products, when they access the comparison tool, then they should see visual impact graphs for each product displayed clearly alongside other product information.

Clarity of Data Representation in Impact Graphs

Given a user views impact graphs in the comparison tool, when they hover over a specific segment of the graph, then they should see a tooltip with detailed information about the environmental impact metrics represented.

User Engagement with Impact Visualization Features

Given that the impact graphs are implemented, when users utilize the comparison tool, then a minimum of 70% of users should interact with the graphs at least once during their session, as measured by user analytics.

Consistency in Graphical Representation Across Products

Given that multiple products are displayed in the comparison tool, when visual impact graphs are rendered, then the scale, color scheme, and format of the graphs should be consistent across all products for uniformity.

Accessibility of Impact Visualization Graphs

Given the impact visualization feature is implemented, when a visually impaired user accesses the comparison tool, then screen readers should accurately describe the impact graphs and their metrics without errors.

Integration of Product Impact Data into Graphs

Given that product impact data is available, when product data is updated, then impact visualization graphs should automatically refresh to reflect the latest impact metrics without user intervention.

Save and Share Comparison Results

"As a user, I want to save and share my product comparisons so that I can easily revisit my choices and discuss them with others."

Description

The ability for users to save and share their product comparison results is crucial for fostering collaboration and informed purchasing decisions. This feature will enable users to store their selected comparisons for future reference and share them with friends or colleagues through social media or email. The implementation should ensure data privacy and ease of use, allowing users to re-access their comparisons without hassle, thus promoting social engagement within the EcoPlanit community.

Acceptance Criteria

User stores comparison results for later access

Given a user has performed a product comparison, when they choose to save the results, then those results should be retrievable in the user's dashboard under 'Saved Comparisons.'

User shares comparison results via social media

Given a user has a saved comparison, when they select the option to share it on social media, then a shareable link should be generated that directs to the comparison results, and should prompt confirmation prior to sharing.

User shares comparison results via email

Given a user has a saved comparison, when they select the option to share it via email, then an email form should open pre-filled with the comparison details and a link to view the comparison on EcoPlanit.

User accesses saved comparisons over multiple sessions

Given a user has saved comparison results, when the user logs back into their EcoPlanit account, then they should see the saved comparisons in their dashboard regardless of the device used.

User receives notification after successful sharing

Given a user has shared a product comparison, when the sharing action is completed, then the user should receive a confirmation notification that the product comparison has been successfully shared.

User edits comparison results before sharing

Given a user has saved comparison results, when they choose to edit those results, then they should be able to adjust the comparison specifics (like features, ratings, etc.) before sharing.

User privacy during sharing process

Given a user is sharing comparison results, when they initiate the sharing process, then the user should be informed of how their data will be used and have the option to control visibility settings for shared results.

User Reviews and Experiences

A platform for customers to share their experiences and reviews of eco-friendly products and suppliers. By fostering a community-driven feedback system, this feature provides insight into product performance and reliability, helping users choose the best solutions for their needs.

Requirements

Review Submission Module

"As an eco-conscious consumer, I want to submit my reviews and experiences with eco-friendly products so that I can help others make informed purchasing decisions and promote products that are genuinely sustainable."

Description

The Review Submission Module allows users to submit their personal experiences and ratings for eco-friendly products and suppliers directly through the EcoPlanit platform. This module should include features such as a user-friendly interface, rating scales (e.g., 1 to 5 stars), text input for detailed reviews, and options for users to upload images of the products. The module will enhance the community-driven feedback system by enabling reliable content generation while promoting user engagement. By integrating this feature, EcoPlanit not only fosters transparency among SMEs in choosing sustainable solutions but also builds a repository of experiences that other users can reference, enriching the overall product's ecosystem.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a review for an eco-friendly product via the Review Submission Module on EcoPlanit.

Given a registered user is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they select a product and fill out the review form with a rating from 1 to 5 stars, descriptive comments, and an optional image upload, then the review should be successfully submitted and acknowledged with a confirmation message.

A user navigates to a product page and attempts to submit a review without filling all required fields.

Given a user is on the review submission form for a product, when they attempt to submit the review without providing a rating or description, then they should receive an error message indicating the missing required fields and be prompted to complete them before submission.

A user wants to view existing reviews for a specific eco-friendly product.

Given a user is on a product detail page, when they scroll down to the reviews section, then they should see a list of all submitted reviews along with ratings, comments, and any uploaded images, sorted by the most recent submission date.

A user wants to edit a review they previously submitted for an eco-friendly product.

Given a user has previously submitted a review, when they navigate to their profile, select the review to edit, make changes to the rating and comments, and resubmit the review, then the updated review should reflect the changes immediately and confirm the successful update with a notification.

A user submits a review and wishes to report it as inappropriate.

Given a user is viewing a list of reviews, when they find a review they deem inappropriate, they should have the option to click on a 'Report' button, which prompts for a reason; if submitted, the review should be flagged for moderation, and the user should receive a confirmation of their report submission.

A user uploads an image with their review submission.

Given a user is submitting a review and chooses to upload an image, when they select an image file that meets the specified criteria (e.g., file type and size constraints), then the image should be successfully attached to the review and displayed alongside the review upon confirmation of submission.

Review Display and Filtering

"As a potential buyer, I want to see community reviews of eco-friendly products organized by ratings and recency so that I can quickly identify the best options available based on real experiences."

Description

The Review Display and Filtering feature is designed to showcase the collected reviews on product pages in a clear and organized manner. This feature will allow users to view reviews based on various filters such as most recent, highest rated, or product category. Additionally, there will be an option for users to sort testimonials and experiences, enhancing the navigation through peer feedback. This functionality is critical as it supports users in making quicker decisions based on community feedback while also highlighting verified and top-rated products and suppliers, thus encouraging interaction within the community hub of EcoPlanit.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to view the latest customer reviews for a specific eco-friendly product on the product page.

Given the user is on the product page, when they select the 'Most Recent' filter, then the reviews should be displayed in descending order based on the submission date, with the most recent review at the top.

User wishes to find highly rated eco-friendly products based on community feedback.

Given the user is on the product page, when they select the 'Highest Rated' filter, then the reviews should be displayed in descending order based on the rating, with the highest rated review at the top.

User wants to navigate through reviews by product category to find relevant feedback.

Given the user is on the review page, when they select a specific product category from the filter options, then only the reviews related to that category should be displayed.

User needs to distinguish between verified and non-verified reviews to make informed decisions.

Given the user is viewing the reviews, when they look at the review details, then verified reviews should be clearly marked with a 'Verified Purchase' label for easier differentiation.

User encounters a large volume of reviews and wants to narrow down the options to improve their decision-making.

Given the user is on the review page, when they apply multiple filters (e.g., 'Most Recent' and 'Verified'), then only reviews that match all selected filters should be displayed.

User wants to see the reviews displayed in a user-friendly manner that enhances readability.

Given the user is viewing the reviews section, when they view any review, then the content of the review should be displayed with clear formatting, including bold text for the reviewer's name and star ratings visibly represented.

Review Reporting and Moderation

"As a user, I want to report any suspicious or inappropriate reviews I encounter so that I can help keep the review system trustworthy and accurate for others."

Description

The Review Reporting and Moderation feature enables users to report inappropriate or misleading reviews within the EcoPlanit platform. This feature will allow users to flag content, which will then be reviewed by the moderation team for compliance with community guidelines. Establishing this system is crucial for maintaining the integrity of the feedback mechanism by ensuring that all reviews are honest, constructive, and relevant. This feature will incorporate timelines for investigating flagged reviews and measures to communicate outcomes with the reporting users, thereby fostering a safe and welcoming community environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User flags a review as inappropriate on the EcoPlanit platform.

Given a user is on the product review page, when they select a review and click the 'Report' button, then the review is successfully flagged for moderation and the user receives a confirmation notification.

Moderation team reviews a flagged review within specified time limits.

Given a review has been reported, when the moderation team accesses the flagged reviews section, then they must review and take action within 48 hours, updating the report status and providing feedback to the reporting user.

User receives notification of the outcome of their flagged review.

Given a user has reported a review, when the moderation team has made a decision, then the user receives a notification detailing the outcome of their report (either action taken or reason for no action).

User attempts to report multiple reviews within a short timeframe.

Given a user has flagged a review, when they attempt to report another review within 15 minutes, then the system should prevent them from reporting again until the timeframe has elapsed and provide a message stating 'Please wait before reporting again.'

System logs and tracks all reported reviews for analytics.

Given a report has been made, when a review is flagged, then the system logs all relevant data (the review ID, the user ID, timestamps, and actions taken) for future analysis and reporting.

Community guidelines are made available to users during the reporting process.

Given a user is on the reporting page, when they click on the 'Community Guidelines' link, then they should be directed to a page containing the latest community guidelines relevant to review reporting.

Review Analytics Dashboard

"As a business owner, I want access to analytics on community reviews of our eco-friendly products so that I can understand customer satisfaction and identify opportunities for improvement."

Description

The Review Analytics Dashboard will provide SMEs with insights into the community's reviews, showcasing trends, average ratings, and areas for improvement based on user feedback. This dashboard should present data in visually engaging charts and tables, summarizing performance metrics for products and suppliers. Featuring advanced analytics allows users to track how their eco-friendly initiatives are perceived, fostering greater accountability and continuous improvement. Integrating this feature will transform feedback into actionable insights that guide SMEs in refining their offerings and strengthening their sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Review Analytics Dashboard to view trends in customer feedback for specific eco-friendly products over a defined period.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they access the Review Analytics Dashboard, then the dashboard should display trends in customer feedback with metrics such as average ratings, the number of reviews, and sentiment analysis of comments for the selected products.

User accesses the Review Analytics Dashboard to compare the performance metrics of different suppliers based on user ratings and feedback.

Given a user is on the Review Analytics Dashboard, when they select multiple suppliers for comparison, then the system should present a side-by-side comparison of average ratings, total reviews, and key feedback themes in a visually engaging format.

User wants to analyze specific areas for improvement based on negative reviews collected on the Review Analytics Dashboard.

Given a user is viewing the Review Analytics Dashboard, when they filter reviews by rating (e.g., 2 stars or below), then the dashboard should highlight common issues raised in the reviews and offer suggestions for improvement based on user feedback.

User generates a report from the Review Analytics Dashboard summarizing review performance for presentation to stakeholders.

Given a user is on the Review Analytics Dashboard, when they select the 'Generate Report' option, then a downloadable report should be created that summarizes key metrics, trends, and areas of improvement in a clear format suitable for stakeholders.

User wants to receive alerts for significant changes in average product ratings over time on the Review Analytics Dashboard.

Given a user has opted in for alerts, when the average rating of a product drops by more than one star within a specified timeframe, then the user should receive an alert notifying them of this change and its potential impact.

User seeks to understand the relationship between product attributes and their ratings based on user feedback displayed on the Review Analytics Dashboard.

Given a user is reviewing the analytics dashboard, when they select different product attributes to filter, then the dashboard should adjust to show how these attributes correlate with changes in average ratings and customer sentiments.

User wishes to share particular feedback or metrics from the Review Analytics Dashboard with others in their organization.

Given a user is viewing specific metrics on the Review Analytics Dashboard, when they select the 'Share' function, then they should be able to send a direct link via email or communication tools that includes a visual snapshot of the chosen metrics.

User Authentication for Review Submission

"As a user, I want to be able to create an account to submit reviews so that I can contribute to the community while ensuring my feedback is seen as credible and trustworthy."

Description

The User Authentication for Review Submission feature ensures that only registered users can submit reviews on the EcoPlanit platform. This requirement emphasizes the importance of credibility in the review system by linking submissions to verified users, fostering trust amongst the community. The authentication process might involve email verification and optional social media integration for convenience. By implementing this feature, EcoPlanit will uphold data integrity and security, reinforcing the foundation of the community-driven feedback mechanism.

Acceptance Criteria

User Registration and Email Verification Process for Review Submission

Given a new user fills in the registration form, when they submit the form, then an email verification link should be sent to the provided email address and the user must click on the link to confirm their account before submitting a review.

Social Media Integration for Quick Registration

Given a user opts for social media registration, when they select a social media platform, then they should be able to authenticate their identity and create a registered account without separately filling in additional fields.

Review Submission by Registered Users

Given a registered and verified user, when they log into the EcoPlanit platform, then they should be able to submit a review about an eco-friendly product, and the review should only be stored if the user is authenticated.

Access Control for Review Posting

Given a user who is not logged in, when they attempt to submit a review, then they should receive an error message prompting them to log in or register first to post a review.

User Feedback Mechanism after Review Submission

Given a user has submitted a review, when they complete the submission, then they should receive a confirmation notification and the review should be visible in their profile under 'My Reviews'.

Error Handling for Invalid Email Addresses

Given a user enters an invalid email during registration, when they attempt to submit the registration form, then an error message should display highlighting the invalid email format and preventing form submission.

Email Resend Option for Verification

Given a registered user who has not completed email verification, when they request to resend the verification email, then the system should send a new verification email to the user's registered address with a confirmation message.

Sustainable Product Alerts

A notification feature that alerts users about new eco-friendly products, special offers, or sustainability sales events. This keeps Small Business Owners and Supply Chain Analysts updated on the latest offerings in the marketplace, ensuring they never miss opportunities to improve their green supply chain.

Requirements

Sustainable Product Notifications

"As a Small Business Owner, I want to receive notifications about new eco-friendly products and special offers so that I can make informed purchasing decisions that improve my supply chain and contribute to sustainability."

Description

The Sustainable Product Notifications requirement involves developing a real-time alert system that notifies users of EcoPlanit about the latest eco-friendly products, special offers, and sustainability-related sales events. This feature will ensure that Small Business Owners and Supply Chain Analysts stay informed about the newest developments in the marketplace. By integrating this feature into the EcoPlanit platform, users will increase their awareness of sustainable products, enabling them to make timely decisions that enhance their green supply chains. This feature is essential for fostering proactive engagement with sustainability trends and maximizing business opportunities.

Acceptance Criteria

Receiving Real-Time Notifications for New Eco-Friendly Products

Given that a user is subscribed to the Sustainable Product Notifications, when a new eco-friendly product is added to the platform, then the user should receive a real-time notification via email and in-app alert within 5 minutes of product availability.

Alerts for Special Offers on Eco-Friendly Products

Given that a user has opted-in for notifications on special offers, when a special discount is applied to an eco-friendly product, then the user should receive an alert detailing the product, discount percentage, and validity period within 10 minutes of the offer going live.

Notification of Sustainability Sales Events

Given that a user has expressed interest in sustainability-related sales events, when an event is scheduled, then the user should receive a calendar invite and a timely notification via email and in-app alert at least 24 hours before the event starts.

User Customization of Notification Preferences

Given that a user is accessing their notification settings, when the user chooses specific categories of eco-friendly products to receive alerts about, then the system should save these settings and only notify the user about products within the selected categories.

Testing the Notification System Under High Usage

Given that multiple eco-friendly products are added simultaneously to the platform, when these products generate notifications, then the system should successfully deliver notifications to at least 95% of users within the specified time frame without any system errors.

User Interaction with Notifications

Given that a user receives a notification about an eco-friendly product, when the user clicks on the notification, then the user should be redirected to the product page within the EcoPlanit platform without any errors or delays.

Feedback Mechanism for Notifications

Given that a user receives a notification, when the user provides feedback on the relevance of the notification, then the system should record the feedback and adjust future notifications based on user preferences.

Customizable Alert Settings

"As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want to customize my alert settings based on product types and specific criteria so that I receive relevant notifications that align with my sustainability objectives."

Description

The Customizable Alert Settings requirement focuses on providing users the ability to personalize their notification preferences. This includes selecting the types of products they wish to be alerted about, choosing the frequency of notifications (immediate, daily, weekly), and setting parameters such as price thresholds or specific sustainability certifications (e.g., organic, fair trade). This customization enhances user experience by allowing them to receive relevant and timely information tailored to their business needs, thereby increasing their engagement with the EcoPlanit platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Customizing alert preferences for eco-friendly products by a Small Business Owner in the EcoPlanit platform.

Given a logged-in Small Business Owner, when they navigate to the Alert Settings page, then they should see options to select product types, frequency of notifications, and parameters for alerts.

Setting frequency of notifications for new sustainable product alerts by a Supply Chain Analyst.

Given a Supply Chain Analyst on the Alert Settings page, when they select 'Daily' as the frequency option, then they should receive notifications for eco-friendly products once a day.

Filtering alerts based on sustainability certifications by Small Business Owners in their EcoPlanit account.

Given a Small Business Owner selects 'Organic' and 'Fair Trade' as preferred sustainability certifications, when they save their settings, then only products with those certifications should trigger notifications.

Establishing price thresholds in alert settings by Supply Chain Analysts looking to optimize costs.

Given a Supply Chain Analyst sets a price threshold of $50 in the alert settings, when a new product above that price is introduced, then they should not receive a notification for that product.

Testing the notification delivery system after customizing alert preferences.

Given a user customizes their alert settings and chooses immediate notifications, when a new eco-friendly product is launched, then the user should receive a notification within 5 minutes.

Viewing and editing previously set alert preferences.

Given a user has previously saved alert settings, when they navigate back to the Alert Settings page, then they should see all previously selected options displayed correctly for editing.

Opting out of all notifications by a user who wants to pause the alerts for a certain period.

Given a user selects the option to opt-out of notifications, when they confirm their selection, then they should no longer receive any product alerts until they opt back in.

Community Feedback Integration

"As an EcoPlanit user, I want to see feedback and ratings from other users on eco-friendly products I am notified about, so that I can evaluate their effectiveness and suitability for my business needs."

Description

The Community Feedback Integration requirement entails developing a feature that allows users to view and contribute feedback on notified eco-friendly products within the EcoPlanit platform. This feature will foster collaboration and transparency in the sustainability community, enabling users to share their experiences with products and vendors. By integrating user reviews and ratings, the platform enhances trust and aids Small Business Owners and Supply Chain Analysts in making informed decisions regarding sustainable products, ultimately improving their purchasing outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a newly notified eco-friendly product via the EcoPlanit platform.

Given the user is logged into their EcoPlanit account, when they navigate to the sustainable product notifications and select a product, then they must see an option to submit their feedback, which should include a rating from 1 to 5 stars and an optional comment section.

User views feedback on a notified eco-friendly product within the EcoPlanit platform.

Given a user selects a notified eco-friendly product, when they navigate to the product details page, then the system must display an aggregated score based on user ratings and a list of the most recent feedback comments, clearly indicating the date of the feedback.

User can filter product feedback based on rating levels.

Given a user is viewing the feedback section for a specific product, when they select a filter option for ratings (e.g., show only 4 stars and above), then the page must refresh to display only those feedback entries that meet the filter criteria.

User receives notifications for products with new feedback.

Given a product the user has previously expressed interest in, when new feedback is submitted about that product, then the user must receive a notification alerting them of the new feedback within their EcoPlanit dashboard.

User reports inappropriate feedback on a product.

Given a user is reading feedback for a notified eco-friendly product, when they click on a 'Report' button next to any feedback entry, then they must be prompted to provide a reason for the report and the system should log this report for review by the platform moderators.

User can edit or delete their own feedback on a product.

Given a user has previously submitted feedback for a product, when they navigate to their feedback history, then they must see options to edit or delete their feedback entries, requiring confirmation for deletion.

User can view a summary of the total feedback received per product.

Given a user is browsing the product listings, when they hover over or click on a product, then a tooltip or overlay should display the total number of feedback submissions along with the average rating for that product.

Integration with E-commerce Platforms

"As a Small Business Owner, I want to be able to purchase eco-friendly products directly through links in my notifications so that I can save time and streamline my purchasing process."

Description

The Integration with E-commerce Platforms requirement is aimed at creating a seamless link between EcoPlanit and popular e-commerce platforms where eco-friendly products are sold. This feature will allow users to easily access purchasing options directly from notifications, making the process of acquiring sustainable products more efficient and practical. By incorporating this integration, EcoPlanit will enhance user convenience and reduce friction in the purchasing process, encouraging more businesses to engage in sustainable practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification about a new eco-friendly product available on an integrated e-commerce platform.

Given a user has subscribed to product notifications, When a new eco-friendly product is listed on the integrated e-commerce platform, Then the user receives a notification with the product details and a direct link to purchase.

User clicks on a notification and is redirected to the e-commerce platform to purchase the product.

Given a user receives a product notification, When the user clicks on the notification link, Then the user should be redirected to the correct product page on the e-commerce platform without errors.

User receives notifications about special offers on eco-friendly products.

Given a user is subscribed to sustainability alerts, When there is a discount or special offer on eco-friendly products, Then the user receives an alert detailing the offer and the products included.

The integration accurately pulls product information from the e-commerce platforms.

Given the EcoPlanit integration with the e-commerce platform is active, When new eco-friendly products are added, Then the product details, including name, price, and description, should be accurately reflected in the EcoPlanit notifications.

User can customize the types of notifications they wish to receive.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, When the user selects categories of products for notifications, Then the user should receive notifications only for the selected categories.

The system maintains a log of delivered notifications to users.

Given that notifications have been sent, When an admin checks the notification history, Then the system should display a log of all notifications sent to users, including timestamps and product details.

User can provide feedback on the products received through notifications.

Given a user receives a product notification, When the user provides feedback via a feedback form, Then the feedback should be successfully submitted and recorded in the system for future reference.

Analytics Dashboard for Alert Effectiveness

"As a Supply Chain Analyst, I want access to analytics on my product alerts so that I can evaluate how well they drive my purchasing decisions and refine my strategy accordingly."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard for Alert Effectiveness requirement involves creating a dashboard feature that provides users with insights into the effectiveness of the sustainable product alerts they receive. This dashboard will track user engagement metrics, such as open rates, click-through rates, and conversion rates of the products notified. By providing analytical data, users can assess the impact of the notifications on their purchasing decisions and further refine their sustainability strategies based on empirical insights, fostering a data-driven approach to sustainability within their businesses.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Analytics Dashboard after receiving sustainable product alerts to evaluate their effectiveness and engagement.

Given the user has received at least three sustainable product alerts, When they access the Analytics Dashboard, Then the dashboard displays their engagement metrics including open rates, click-through rates, and conversion rates for each alert.

User analyzes the click-through rates for specific sustainable product alerts to understand which types of products yield the highest engagement.

Given the user selects a specific product category on the Analytics Dashboard, When they view the click-through rates, Then the system displays the average click-through rate for alerts related to that product category, allowing users to assess performance.

User evaluates the conversion rates from alerts to actual purchases to assess the impact of the notifications.

Given the user has received alerts for a specific time period, When they review the conversion metrics on the Analytics Dashboard, Then the dashboard shows the total number of conversions and the conversion rate as a percentage of total clicks, enabling assessment of purchase effectiveness.

User seeks insights on trends over time regarding the effectiveness of sustainable product alerts.

Given the user selects a date range on the Analytics Dashboard, When they apply the filters, Then the dashboard updates to show historical engagement metrics (open rates, click-through rates, conversion rates) for that date range, supporting trend analysis.

User wants to share analytics insights with their team to discuss improvements in their sustainability strategy.

Given the user is viewing the Analytics Dashboard, When they select the option to export the analytics report, Then the system generates a downloadable report in PDF format that includes key metrics and trends for team review.

User is looking for insights on how their engagement with alerts compares to industry standards.

Given the user has accessed the 'Industry Benchmarks' section of the Analytics Dashboard, When they review the provided comparison metrics, Then the dashboard displays how their engagement rates (open, click-through, conversion) compare against established industry benchmarks, aiding in strategic decisions.

Multi-language Support for Notifications

"As an international Small Business Owner, I want to receive notifications in my preferred language so that I can better understand the eco-friendly products available to me and how they can help my business."

Description

The Multi-language Support for Notifications requirement aims to make the notification feature accessible to a broader audience by providing alerts in multiple languages. This enhancement is particularly important for SMEs operating in diverse markets. By ensuring that Sustainable Product Alerts can be communicated in the user's preferred language, EcoPlanit enhances user experience, increases inclusivity, and ensures that relevant information reaches all target audiences effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-language Support for Sustainable Product Alerts to enhance accessibility for users in non-English speaking regions.

Given a user who has selected a preferred language in their profile settings, When they receive a notification about a new eco-friendly product, Then the notification should appear in the selected language.

Testing the notification feature for various users with different language preferences.

Given multiple users with diverse language preferences, When the Sustainable Product Alerts are sent, Then all users should receive notifications accurately translated into their respective languages without any errors.

Ensuring the notification system can handle multiple translations seamlessly.

Given that the notification system has multiple translations uploaded, When notifications are triggered, Then the system should select and deliver the correct language version based on the user's profile settings.

Evaluating user satisfaction with the multi-language notifications for Sustainable Product Alerts.

Given users in a survey after receiving notifications in their preferred language, When asked about their satisfaction level, Then at least 80% of respondents should indicate that they find the notifications helpful and easy to understand.

Ensuring compliance with language localization standards for the notifications.

Given the regulatory requirements for language accessibility, When the notifications are developed, Then they should adhere to the localization standards for terminology and cultural relevance appropriate to the target language.

Testing the fallback functionality for users who have not selected a language preference.

Given a user who has not set a preferred language, When a Sustainable Product Alert is sent, Then the notification should default to English or the platform's primary language.

Monitoring user engagement with notifications in multiple languages.

Given the multi-language notifications have been deployed, When user engagement metrics are analyzed, Then there should be a measurable increase in open rates and engagement from users receiving notifications in their preferred languages compared to those receiving it in only one language.

Template Library

Access a rich library of customizable templates for various marketing materials, including press releases, social media posts, and newsletters. This feature saves time and effort, allowing Eco-Conscious Marketers to quickly create professional content that effectively communicates their sustainability initiatives without starting from scratch.

Requirements

Template Customization

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want to be able to customize templates so that I can create personalized marketing materials that accurately reflect my brand and sustainability message."

Description

The Template Customization requirement enables users to personalize and modify the pre-existing templates in the library. Users can adjust text, colors, images, and layout to reflect their brand identity and messaging. This feature is crucial as it empowers Eco-Conscious Marketers to craft unique marketing materials that resonate with their target audience and align with their sustainability initiatives, enhancing the overall effectiveness of their communication strategy within the EcoPlanit platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Template customization for a social media campaign

Given a user accesses the Template Library, when they select a social media post template, then they must be able to change the text, color scheme, and images, and then save these changes successfully without errors.

Editing a press release template

Given a user opens a press release template from the Template Library, when they modify the text and layout, then they should see a preview of the changes in real-time before saving the final version.

Creating a newsletter template from an existing template

Given a user selects a newsletter template, when they customize the template's content and layout to fit their branding, then they must be able to download the final product in PDF format without any content distortion or loss.

Applying brand colors across all templates

Given a user customizes a template, when they apply their brand colors, then all elements of the template must reflect the specified color scheme consistently throughout the design.

Reverting to the original template settings

Given a user has customized a template, when they choose to revert to the original template settings, then all modifications should be undone, returning the template to its default state successfully.

Sharing customized templates with team members

Given a user has customized a marketing template, when they attempt to share it with their team members, then the shared users should receive access to the exact version of the template with all customizations maintained.

Using a template in multiple marketing channels

Given a user customizes a newsletter template, when they save it, then it must be available for use in at least three different marketing channels (e.g., email, web, and social media).

Search and Filter Functionality

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want to be able to search and filter templates so that I can quickly find the most relevant marketing materials for my campaigns."

Description

The Search and Filter Functionality requirement allows users to easily navigate through the template library by implementing robust search and filtering options. Users can search for templates based on categories such as type (press release, social media, newsletter), themes (environmental impact, community engagement), or even specific keywords. This feature simplifies the user experience, ensuring users can quickly find the most relevant templates for their needs, thus saving time and enhancing productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a specific template using a keyword related to environmental impact.

Given a user is on the template library page, when they enter 'environmental impact' in the search bar and click 'Search', then they should see a list of templates that match the keyword 'environmental impact' in the title or description.

User applies a filter to view only social media templates.

Given a user is on the template library page, when they select the 'Social Media' category filter and apply it, then they should see only the templates categorized under 'Social Media', excluding all other types of templates.

User wants to filter templates by multiple themes.

Given a user is on the template library page, when they select both 'Community Engagement' and 'Environmental Impact' filters, then they should see a list of templates that belong to either of the selected themes.

User uses the search functionality without entering a keyword.

Given a user is on the template library page, when they click the 'Search' button without entering any text in the search bar, then they should receive an error message prompting them to enter a keyword or phrase.

User performs a search and wishes to clear the results.

Given a user has performed a search and is viewing the results, when they click the 'Clear' button, then they should be returned to the original full list of templates without any filters or search terms applied.

User searches using a keyword that returns no results.

Given a user is on the template library page, when they enter a keyword that does not match any templates (e.g., 'nonexistenttemplate') and click 'Search', then they should see a message indicating 'No templates found for your search.'

User views the template details after using the search function.

Given a user has searched for 'press release', when they click on one of the template results, then they should be taken to a detailed view of the selected press release template.

Template Usage Analytics

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want to have access to analytics on the templates I use so that I can understand their effectiveness and make informed decisions for future campaigns."

Description

The Template Usage Analytics requirement integrates reporting capabilities that allow users to track the performance of templates they have used. This feature measures engagement metrics such as views, shares, and interactions across different platforms, providing valuable insights into which templates resonate best with the target audience. This analytics feature aids Eco-Conscious Marketers in refining their marketing strategies, enabling data-driven decisions that optimize outreach and impact.

Acceptance Criteria

Template Usage Analytics for Social Media Posts

Given a user who has created and posted a social media template, when they access the Template Usage Analytics dashboard, then they should see engagement metrics for that post, including views, shares, and interactions.

Template Usage Analytics for Press Releases

Given a user who has published a press release using a template, when they navigate to the Template Usage Analytics, then they should receive a comprehensive report on the engagement metrics for that press release, including the number of views and shares.

Template Usage Analytics for Newsletters

Given a user who has sent out a newsletter using a specific template, when they check the Template Usage Analytics, then they should see data on the number of opens, clicks, and overall engagement rate of that newsletter.

User Configuration of Analytics Preferences

Given a user who accesses the analytics settings, when they configure their preferences for receiving performance metrics, then those preferences should be saved and reflected in the analytics dashboard.

Comparative Analysis of Template Performance

Given a user with multiple templates, when they view the Template Usage Analytics, then they should be able to compare engagement metrics across different templates to identify which perform better.

Real-time Data Updates for Template Analytics

Given a user who is actively using templates, when they view the Template Usage Analytics page, then they should see real-time updates of engagement metrics without needing to refresh the page.

Exporting Analytics Reports for Templates

Given a user who has accessed the analytics for their templates, when they request to export the data, then they should receive a downloadable report in CSV format that includes all relevant engagement metrics.

Community Sharing Feature

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want to be able to share my customized templates with the community so that I can contribute to the collective knowledge and gain inspiration from others."

Description

The Community Sharing Feature allows Eco-Conscious Marketers to share their customized templates with other users in the EcoPlanit community. This requirement fosters collaboration and innovation, enabling users to benefit from each other's creativity and ideas. Shared templates can be rated and reviewed, promoting a culture of shared learning and continuous improvement within the EcoPlanit platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a customized marketing template with the EcoPlanit community after successfully creating it in the Template Library.

Given a user has created a customized template, when they click the 'Share' button, then the template should be visible in the community library for other users to access.

A user rates and reviews a shared template in the EcoPlanit community.

Given a user has accessed a shared template, when they click on the 'Rate and Review' option, then they must be able to submit a rating (1-5 stars) and a textual review that gets saved and displayed alongside the template.

Users search for shared templates by category or keyword in the EcoPlanit community.

Given a user is on the community sharing page, when they enter a keyword or select a category from the filter options, then the shared templates should dynamically update to reflect the search results matching the criteria entered.

The community receives notifications about newly shared templates.

Given a user shares a new template, when the template is published, then all community users should receive a notification alerting them about the new template available for viewing.

The community sharing feature tracks and displays the number of downloads and ratings for each shared template.

Given templates are shared in the community, when a user views a template, then they should see the total count of downloads and average rating displayed prominently on the template's detail page.

Users can unsimilarly share a previously shared template with modifications.

Given a user modifies a previously shared template, when they click the 'Update Share' button, then the modified version should replace the old version in the community while keeping the original rating and reviews intact.

Template Version History

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want to access previous versions of my templates so that I can restore earlier designs if needed and analyze how my marketing materials have evolved over time."

Description

The Template Version History requirement keeps track of changes made to each template, allowing users to revert to previous versions as needed. This feature is essential for maintaining quality control and ensuring that effective designs are not lost. Users can also compare different versions to understand the evolution of their materials, enhancing their ability to maintain brand consistency while innovating.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing the Template Version History for a specific template.

Given a user has logged into the EcoPlanit platform and is viewing a template, when they select 'Version History', then they should see a list of all previous versions of that template with timestamps and user details for each change.

Reverting to a previous version of a template.

Given a user is viewing the version history of a template, when they select a previous version and click 'Revert', then the system should restore that version as the current template and notify the user of the successful action.

Comparing two versions of a template.

Given a user is in the version history of a template, when they select two different versions to compare, then the system should display the differences side-by-side, highlighting any changes made between the two versions.

Deleting a version from the version history.

Given a user has the necessary permissions, when they select a version in the version history and click 'Delete', then they should receive a confirmation prompt and upon confirmation, the selected version should be permanently removed from the history.

Viewing the revision notes for a specific version of a template.

Given a user is on the version history page, when they click on a specific version, then they should see all the revision notes associated with that version explaining the changes made.

Exporting the version history of a template.

Given a user is viewing the version history, when they select 'Export to CSV', then a downloadable CSV file containing all version details should be generated and provided to the user.

User notifications for version changes.

Given a user has subscribed to version change notifications for a template, when a version is created or modified, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the changes made.

Integration with Reporting Tools

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want the templates I use to integrate with reporting tools so that I can tie my communications back to my sustainability initiatives and measure their impact effectively."

Description

The Integration with Reporting Tools requirement enables seamless connection between the template library and EcoPlanit's existing reporting tools. This integration allows users to gather data from their marketing campaigns and provide insights directly related to the materials they use. By combining template performance with overall sustainability reporting, users can strengthen their narratives and improve overall effectiveness in communications regarding their sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User connects the template library with EcoPlanit's reporting tools to analyze the effectiveness of marketing materials in real-time.

Given the user is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they select a template from the library, then the reporting tool should be automatically linked, and data should be retrievable regarding the template's performance.

User generates a report that includes data from both the template library and sustainability metrics.

Given the user has linked the template library to the reporting tool, when they generate a sustainability report, then the report should include analytics on the marketing materials used, linked with relevant sustainability metrics that reflect the campaign's performance.

User receives alerts for underperforming templates based on campaign metrics collected through the integration.

Given the integration is live, when a template's performance falls below a pre-defined threshold based on campaign results, then the user should receive an alert with suggestions for improvement.

User accesses historical data to evaluate improvements made over time in sustainability reporting through template usage.

Given the user has previously linked templates and reporting tools, when they view historical data, then they should see a comparison of sustainability metrics over time correlated with usage of specific templates.

User customizes a template and immediately sees updated reporting insights specific to that template's projected impact.

Given the user customizes a marketing template, when they save the template, then the reporting tool should immediately reflect potential sustainability metrics based on the new template's content.

User shares the generated report with stakeholders via EcoPlanit's community hub.

Given the report has been generated, when the user opts to share it through the community hub, then the stakeholders should receive a user-friendly link to access the report without any issues.

Mobile-Friendly Templates

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want the templates to be mobile-friendly so that I can effectively reach my audience regardless of the device they are using."

Description

The Mobile-Friendly Templates requirement ensures that all templates within the library are optimized for mobile viewing. Given the prevalence of mobile device usage for content consumption, this feature enhances accessibility and user engagement. Eco-Conscious Marketers can create and share materials that are visually appealing and functional on all devices, maximizing their reach and impact across different platforms.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the EcoPlanit platform on a mobile device to create a new marketing template for her latest sustainability initiative.

Given a user is on the mobile EcoPlanit platform, when the user selects a template from the library, then the template should render correctly on the device's screen without any distortion or loss of content relevance.

A marketer previews a social media post template on various mobile devices to ensure consistent presentation across platforms.

Given a user selects a social media post template, when the user previews it on different mobile devices (iOS and Android), then the layout should remain consistent and easy to read on all devices without requiring horizontal scrolling.

An Eco-Conscious Marketer tests the functionality of a newsletter template before sending it out to stakeholders via mobile email.

Given a marketer is preparing to send out a newsletter, when they select the mobile-friendly template and view it in a mobile email client, then all hyperlinks within the newsletter should be clickable and lead to the correct destinations without any errors.

A user is creating a press release template from the EcoPlanit library using their smartphone.

Given a user accesses the press release template on their smartphone, when they input text and images into the template, then the content should automatically adjust to fit the screen size without cutting off important information or images.

A marketing team shares a mobile-friendly flyer created on EcoPlanit via social media directly from their mobile device.

Given a team member creates a mobile-friendly flyer, when they share it on social media, then the shared post should display the flyer correctly formatted and accessible to all users regardless of their device.

An Eco-Conscious Marketer evaluates the download functionality of mobile-friendly templates on a tablet.

Given a user is using a tablet to access the template library, when they select a mobile-friendly template to download, then the download should complete successfully within 5 seconds and the file should be formatted correctly for mobile viewing.

Social Media Scheduler

An integrated scheduling tool that enables users to plan and automate their social media posts promoting eco-friendly practices. This feature ensures consistent messaging and engagement across platforms, allowing marketers to reach their audience at optimal times while saving valuable time.

Requirements

Automated Posting Logic

"As a digital marketer for an SME, I want to automatically schedule my social media posts so that I can ensure consistent engagement with my audience without having to manually log in at different times to post."

Description

The Automated Posting Logic requirement outlines the need for a system that can intelligently schedule social media posts based on user-defined parameters such as optimal engagement times, frequency of posts, and platform-specific best practices. This feature aims to maximize audience reach and interaction while minimizing the manual effort involved in managing social media accounts. By analyzing historical engagement data, the system will recommend the best times for posting to ensure that eco-friendly messages reach the intended audience when they are most active. This requirement integrates smoothly with the EcoPlanit platform’s existing tools and user interface, providing a seamless experience for users aiming to promote their sustainability initiatives effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a series of posts for their eco-friendly business, setting specific times based on historical engagement data recommended by the system.

Given the user has defined engagement parameters, when they schedule a post, then the system should automatically select the optimal posting times based on that data and notify the user of the schedule.

User requires flexibility to adjust scheduled posts based on changing engagement patterns or special events in their community.

Given the user has previously scheduled posts, when they want to adjust a scheduled post time, then they should be able to easily edit the post and see updated engagement recommendations before confirming the change.

User wants to ensure that their posts are aligned with platform-specific best practices for optimal engagement. They need to receive guidance on the composition and timing of posts.

Given the user is preparing a social media post, when they enter parameters for the post, then the system should provide guidelines on recommended formats, optimal timing, and hashtags based on platform-specific best practices.

User wants to analyze past post performance to adjust future scheduling and content strategy continually.

Given the user has access to previous post performance data, when they view the analytics dashboard, then the system should display metrics such as engagement rates, best-performing post times, and recommendations for future scheduling.

User needs assurance that their posts are being published as per the scheduled times without manual checking.

Given the user has scheduled posts, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should automatically post the content on the selected platforms and provide a notification of successful publication.

User wants to view a consolidated calendar of all scheduled posts across multiple social media platforms for better visualization and management.

Given the user has several posts scheduled, when they navigate to the scheduling overview, then they should see a calendar view displaying all upcoming posts with details on each post's timing and platform.

User seeks to engage with followers by scheduling prompt responses to comments or messages related to ecological initiatives.

Given the user has turned on automatic responses for a scheduled post, when a user receives an engagement via comments, then the system should respond based on predefined templates relevant to the eco-friendly message shared.

Multi-Platform Integration

"As a social media manager, I want to connect all my social media accounts to one scheduler so that I can streamline my posting and avoid the hassle of switching between different platforms."

Description

The Multi-Platform Integration requirement focuses on the capability of the Social Media Scheduler to connect with various social media platforms (e.g., Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, LinkedIn) through APIs. This integration is essential for allowing users to manage all their social media accounts from one central dashboard within EcoPlanit. Users will be able to create, schedule, and monitor their posts across different platforms effortlessly. This requirement enhances user experience by reducing the need to log into multiple accounts and streamlining the process of sharing eco-friendly content, ultimately driving increased awareness and engagement for the brands' sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to connect their Facebook account to the EcoPlanit Social Media Scheduler and successfully link it through the integrated API.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the Multi-Platform Integration settings and select 'Connect' for Facebook, then they should be redirected to Facebook's permissions page, and upon granting permission, the Facebook account should be successfully linked to EcoPlanit.

A user schedules a post for multiple platforms (Twitter and LinkedIn) and wants to verify that the posts are correctly scheduled on both platforms.

Given the user has created a post in the Social Media Scheduler, when they select both Twitter and LinkedIn as the platforms to schedule, then the post should appear in the user's scheduled posts dashboard for both Twitter and LinkedIn at the selected time.

Users need to monitor engagement metrics from their scheduled social media posts within the EcoPlanit platform.

Given a user has published posts on their connected social media platforms, when they access the analytics section of the Social Media Scheduler, then they should see engagement metrics (likes, shares, comments) accurately reflecting user interactions for each scheduled post.

A user attempts to disconnect their Instagram account from EcoPlanit and ensures the disconnection occurs without issue.

Given the user is logged in and has their Instagram account connected, when they select 'Disconnect' for Instagram in the Multi-Platform Integration settings, then the Instagram account should be removed from their EcoPlanit profile, and the user should receive a confirmation message of successful disconnection.

A user plans a series of posts, some are intended for specific platforms while others are meant for all platforms.

Given the user has created a variety of posts, when they choose to schedule these posts, then they should be able to select specific platforms for each post or select an option to share across all platforms easily and the posts should be scheduled accordingly without errors.

When users receive an error during post scheduling, they expect to have a clear error message outlining the issue.

Given the user attempts to schedule a post and an API error occurs, when the error happens, then an informative error message should be displayed, indicating the nature of the error and suggested next steps to resolve the issue.

Content Calendar View

"As a marketing coordinator, I want to see all my scheduled posts in a calendar format so that I can better plan my eco-friendly campaigns and ensure variety in my content."

Description

The Content Calendar View requirement details the implementation of a visual calendar interface that displays scheduled social media posts over a monthly layout. This feature allows users to easily visualize their content strategy by providing a clear overview of what is being posted, when, and on which platform. Users will be able to drag and drop posts to reschedule them effortlessly and get a snapshot of their marketing efforts over time. Integrating the content calendar into the EcoPlanit platform enhances planning and coordination, enabling users to better align their eco-friendly messaging with other marketing campaigns or events.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a social media post promoting an eco-friendly initiative for their business through the Content Calendar View in EcoPlanit.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit and navigates to the Content Calendar View, when they select a date and input post details, then the post should be saved and displayed on the calendar for the selected date.

A user wishes to reschedule a social media post using the drag-and-drop functionality of the Content Calendar View.

Given a post is already scheduled in the Content Calendar View, when the user drags the post to a new date, then the post's date should update in real-time and reflect on the calendar with a confirmation message.

The user wants to view a summary of all scheduled posts for the month in the Content Calendar View.

Given the user is in the Content Calendar View, when they select the 'View Monthly Summary' option, then all scheduled posts for the entire month should display in a clear, concise format, showing date, time, and platform.

A user desires to delete a scheduled post from the Content Calendar View.

Given a scheduled post exists in the Content Calendar View, when the user clicks the delete option associated with the post, then the post should be removed from the calendar and the user should receive a confirmation message.

A user seeks to ensure that all posts have been published as scheduled in the Content Calendar View.

Given the user accesses the Content Calendar View, when they review the posts for the completed month, then each post should be marked as 'Published' and viewable in the platform’s reporting section.

A user wants to filter posts by platform in the Content Calendar View.

Given the user is viewing the Content Calendar View, when they apply a filter to display posts from a specific social media platform, then only posts from that platform should be visible on the calendar.

A user needs to receive reminders for upcoming scheduled posts.

Given a user has scheduled posts in the Content Calendar View, when a post is approaching its scheduled time, then the user should receive a notification reminder via email or in-platform notification.

Post Performance Analytics

"As a user, I want to analyze the performance of my social media posts so that I can understand what content works best and refine my strategies to promote eco-friendly practices more effectively."

Description

The Post Performance Analytics requirement seeks to provide users with insights into the engagement and reach of their social media posts. This feature will track key performance indicators (KPIs) such as likes, shares, comments, and overall engagement rates, presenting the data through visually appealing charts and graphs. Users can analyze which types of eco-friendly content resonate more with their audience, allowing for data-driven decisions in future content creation and scheduling. By aligning this analytics feature with EcoPlanit’s sustainability goals, users will gain valuable intelligence that informs their outreach strategy and enhances the effectiveness of their campaigns.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Post Performance Analytics feature after publishing a series of social media posts aimed at promoting eco-friendly practices over the past month, seeking insights on engagement metrics to improve future content strategies.

Given that the user has published at least five posts, when they access the Post Performance Analytics feature, then they should see a dashboard displaying KPIs such as likes, shares, comments, and overall engagement rates for those posts.

A marketing manager wants to evaluate the effectiveness of different types of eco-friendly content, comparing performance metrics such as engagement rates between videos, images, and text-based posts in the Post Performance Analytics feature.

Given that the user selects specific content types (videos, images, text), when they generate a report within the Post Performance Analytics tool, then they should see comparative charts displaying engagement rates for each content type.

After a successful social media campaign, a user plans to analyze the performance data over time to identify trends in audience engagement with eco-friendly posts using the Post Performance Analytics feature.

Given that the user has selected a custom date range for analysis, when they view the Post Performance Analytics report, then they should see trends in engagement metrics visualized over the specified time period.

A user attempts to generate Post Performance Analytics before any social media content has been published, wanting to understand the tool's functionality prior to using it for reporting.

Given that no posts have been published, when the user accesses the Post Performance Analytics feature, then they should receive a clear message indicating that analytics data is unavailable until content is posted.

The user wants to download the Post Performance Analytics report for a specific campaign to share with their team during a strategy meeting.

Given that the user has accessed the analytics report, when they click on the 'Download Report' button, then they should receive a well-formatted PDF containing all relevant analytics data for their selected campaign.

A user is interested in understanding how engagement varies by social media platform, using the Post Performance Analytics feature for comparison.

Given that the user opts to filter analytics by social media platform, when they view the analytics report, then they should see separate metrics for each platform used in their eco-friendly content campaigns.

A user wants to evaluate the overall performance of their social media posts promoting eco-friendly practices for the past quarter, looking for actionable insights to inform their marketing strategy.

Given that the user selects the last quarter as the time frame, when they generate the analytics report, then they should see a summary of total engagement, top-performing posts, and recommendations based on the performance data.

User Notifications and Reminders

"As a user, I want to receive reminders about my scheduled social media posts so that I can review my content at the right time and make any necessary changes before they go live."

Description

The User Notifications and Reminders requirement aims to ensure that users receive timely alerts regarding upcoming scheduled posts, allowing them to make last-minute adjustments or checks as needed. Users can set preferences for how they want to be notified (e.g., email, in-app notifications), ensuring they stay informed and engaged with their social media strategy. This feature enhances user accountability and helps to avoid missed posting opportunities, ultimately maintaining the momentum of eco-friendly campaigns across social media channels.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a scheduled social media post one hour before it is due to go live.

Given a user has scheduled a social media post, when the scheduled time is one hour away, then the user should receive a notification through their selected preference (email or in-app).

User can set their notification preferences within the application settings.

Given a user navigates to the notification settings, when they adjust their notification preferences (choose email or in-app), then the preferences should be saved and reflected in the user's profile.

User receives multiple reminders for upcoming scheduled posts.

Given a user has a scheduled social media post, when the time until the post goes live reaches 12 hours and 1 hour before posting, then the user should receive two notifications at those respective times.

User needs to modify their notification settings after initial setup.

Given a user has previously set their notification preferences, when they return to the notification settings, then they should be able to change their notification type and save the new settings without errors.

User will not receive notifications for unscheduled posts.

Given a user has not scheduled any social media posts, when the system checks for notifications, then the user should not receive any alerts or notifications.

Success Story Showcase

A dedicated section for highlighting successful sustainability projects and initiatives in case study format. This feature allows Eco-Conscious Marketers to easily share impactful stories, demonstrating real-world applications of sustainability efforts, building credibility, and inspiring others in the community.

Requirements

User-Friendly Submission Form

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want a simple submission form so that I can easily share my sustainability success stories with the community without spending too much time filling out complex forms."

Description

The requirement entails creating an intuitive and user-friendly submission form that allows Eco-Conscious Marketers to easily share their success stories. This form should include fields for project details, measurable impacts, and media uploads, enabling users to provide comprehensive case studies that can effectively showcase their sustainability initiatives. The importance of this feature lies in its ability to facilitate seamless contributions from users, thereby enriching the community with diverse and inspiring success stories. Additionally, clear guidelines and examples should be provided to ensure consistency and quality in submissions, enhancing the overall credibility of the Success Story Showcase.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Success Story Showcase section and attempts to fill out the submission form for the first time.

Given the user accesses the Success Story Showcase, when they load the submission form, then they should see clear field labels, placeholders, and examples for each required field.

User is filling out the submission form for their sustainability project detailing measurable impacts and uploading media.

Given the user fills out the submission form, when they complete all required fields and submit, then the form should successfully save the submission and display a confirmation message with a reference ID.

User wants to ensure their submission meets quality and consistency standards before submitting.

Given that the user is on the submission form, when they click on the 'Guidelines' link, then they should see comprehensive guidelines detailing the expectations for each field in an easily readable format.

User submits a success story without including required fields.

Given the user is filling out the submission form, when they attempt to submit without completing all mandatory fields, then they should receive an error message indicating which fields are missing and preventing submission until resolved.

User wants to upload media with their submission but is unsure of file requirements.

Given the user is on the submission form, when they click on the 'Upload Media' button, then they should see a tooltip or modal displaying acceptable file types and size limits for uploads.

User finishes submitting their sustainability success story and wants to preview their submission before it goes live.

Given the user submits the form, when they select the 'Preview Submission' option, then they should be able to view a summary of their input for review before final confirmation.

User has filled out the submission form and wants to return to edit their submission later.

Given the user saves their submission as a draft, when they navigate away and return to the same form, then their previously entered data should be pre-filled for easy editing.

Case Study Display Template

"As a community member, I want to easily read and understand the success stories presented in a standardized format so that I can learn from others' experiences and apply similar strategies to my projects."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing a standardized template for displaying success stories in a visually appealing and easily digestible format. The template should allow for highlights of key project elements such as objectives, actions taken, outcomes, and metrics. It should also be responsive and accessible on all devices, ensuring viewers can easily read and interact with the content. This feature will enhance the user experience by providing clarity and consistency across showcased stories, making it easier for community members to learn from each other’s initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User views a case study showcasing a sustainability initiative on various devices including mobile, tablet, and desktop.

Given the user accesses the EcoPlanit platform on any device, When they navigate to the Success Story Showcase, Then the case study display template should render correctly and be fully responsive, allowing for easy reading and interaction.

User interacts with the case study display template to gather key insights about a sustainability project.

Given the user is viewing a case study, When they look for information, Then the template should have clearly defined sections for objectives, actions, outcomes, and metrics, each section should be easily identifiable and accessible.

Eco-Conscious Marketer submits a new success story to be featured using the case study display template.

Given the marketer submits a case study, When the submission is reviewed, Then it should conform to the standardized template format with all required elements (objectives, actions taken, outcomes, metrics) and should be automatically formatted accordingly upon approval.

User engages with a case study and wishes to share feedback or comments on it.

Given the user is viewing a case study, When they submit a comment or feedback, Then it should be captured and displayed below the case study, indicating the user's name and the timestamp of their comment.

User seeks to filter success stories based on specific categories (e.g., industry, project size).

Given the user is in the Success Story Showcase, When they apply a filter based on predefined categories, Then the displayed case studies should automatically update to reflect the selected categories without needing to refresh the page.

User wants to print a case study for offline reference.

Given the user is viewing a case study, When they select the print option, Then the case study should be formatted into a printable layout that maintains legibility and includes all key project details.

Search and Filter Functionality

"As a user, I want to filter success stories by industry or sustainability goals so that I can quickly find relevant case studies that align with my business's sustainability initiatives."

Description

This requirement involves implementing robust search and filter functionality to allow users to easily navigate through the success stories. Users should be able to filter success stories by categories such as industry, sustainability goal, or impact metrics. This feature is crucial for enhancing user engagement, enabling them to find relevant stories that resonate with their specific interests or objectives. Improving accessibility to these insights is vital for fostering a knowledge-sharing environment within the EcoPlanit community.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for success stories related to renewable energy initiatives.

Given the user is on the Success Story Showcase page, when they enter 'renewable energy' in the search bar and click search, then the system should display only success stories that mention renewable energy.

User applies a filter to view success stories from the healthcare industry.

Given the user is on the Success Story Showcase page, when they select 'Healthcare' from the industry filter and apply it, then the system should display only success stories categorized under the healthcare industry.

User wants to see success stories that resulted in significant waste reduction metrics.

Given the user is on the Success Story Showcase page, when they filter the stories by 'Waste Reduction' metrics, then the system should display only those stories that have achieved measurable waste reduction results.

User searches for success stories that have positive community impact.

Given the user is on the Success Story Showcase page, when they enter 'community impact' in the search bar, then the system should display only success stories that explicitly state a positive impact on the community.

User wishes to view all success stories sorted by the highest impact ratings first.

Given the user is on the Success Story Showcase page, when they select the sort option 'Highest Impact Rating,' then the system should display the success stories in descending order based on their impact ratings.

User is interested in success stories related to carbon footprint reduction across various industries.

Given the user is on the Success Story Showcase page, when they filter by the goal of 'Carbon Footprint Reduction', then the system should retrieve and display all relevant success stories achieving this goal across different industries.

Community Voting System

"As a community member, I want to be able to vote for the success stories I find most inspiring so that I can show my support for the initiatives that I believe are making a significant impact."

Description

The requirement entails integrating a community voting system that allows users to upvote their favorite success stories. This feature will encourage engagement and interaction within the EcoPlanit platform, helping to elevate the most impactful stories based on community feedback. It will inspire others to contribute by showcasing which stories resonate most with users, further enriching the content available in the Success Story Showcase. This functionality will be essential for promoting a competitive and motivating atmosphere among Eco-Conscious Marketers.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user of EcoPlanit, I want to view successfully completed sustainability projects that have been upvoted by the community, so that I can gather inspiration for my own initiatives.

Given that there are successful sustainability stories in the Success Story Showcase, when I access the list, then I should see the stories sorted by the number of upvotes in descending order.

As a user, I want to upvote a success story so that I can express my appreciation for the impact it has made and encourage the owner to share more like it.

Given that I am viewing a success story in the Success Story Showcase, when I click on the upvote button, then my vote should be recorded, and the total count of upvotes should increase by one.

As a community member, I want to confirm that I can only upvote a success story once so that the voting system accurately reflects unique community support.

Given that I have already upvoted a success story, when I attempt to upvote it again, then I should receive a notification that I cannot vote more than once for the same story.

As a user, I want to filter success stories based on categories (e.g., waste management, energy efficiency) so that I can find specific examples that relate to my interests.

Given that I have selected a category filter, when I view the success stories, then only stories that match the selected category should be displayed.

As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want to see feedback on my submitted success story reflected in real-time so that I can gauge its impact and make adjustments if necessary.

Given that I have submitted a success story, when my story receives upvotes or comments, then these updates should appear on my story within 5 minutes.

As a moderator, I want to manage inappropriate content within the success stories, so that the community can maintain a positive and supportive environment.

Given that a story flagged as inappropriate by a user is under review, when the moderator assesses the story, then they should be able to remove it and notify the user about the action taken.

Eco-Impact Analytics

A performance analytics tool that tracks the impact of marketing campaigns related to sustainability initiatives. This feature provides insights into engagement rates, audience reach, and overall effectiveness, helping marketers refine their strategies and maximize their eco-friendly messaging.

Requirements

Real-time Data Tracking

"As a marketing manager, I want to track campaign performance in real-time so that I can make immediate adjustments to maximize engagement and effectiveness."

Description

The Eco-Impact Analytics feature must include the ability to track marketing campaign performance in real-time. This involves monitoring key metrics such as engagement rates, audience reach, and conversion rates as campaigns run. Real-time data tracking allows SMEs to make immediate adjustments to their strategies, thus optimizing their eco-friendly messaging and ensuring their marketing efforts resonate effectively with their target audience. This requirement is integral to empowering users with timely insights that drive informed decision-making and enhance campaign effectiveness. Additionally, real-time tracking can help identify trending sustainability topics that engage the audience most, further refining marketing focus.

Acceptance Criteria

Marketing team reviews the performance of a newly launched sustainability-focused campaign through the Eco-Impact Analytics dashboard during a live meeting, aiming to identify what modifications need to be made immediately to improve the campaign’s effectiveness.

Given that the marketing campaign is live, when the team accesses the Eco-Impact Analytics dashboard, then they should be able to see real-time data on engagement rates, audience reach, and conversion rates updated every minute.

A marketing manager needs to assess the performance of a past campaign on sustainability initiatives to prepare a report for stakeholders, focusing on the environmental impact aspects and engagement metrics.

Given that a past campaign's data is queried, when the marketing manager selects the relevant date range and campaign, then the Eco-Impact Analytics tool should display a historical report showing engagement rates, audience reach, and conversion rates.

During a marketing strategy session, the team discusses trending topics in sustainability based on the data provided by the Eco-Impact Analytics feature, looking to refine future campaigns based on audience interests.

Given that the marketing team is discussing future campaigns, when they review the trending sustainability topics generated from real-time data, then they should see a list of at least five current trending topics along with their engagement metrics.

As a user of EcoPlanit, a marketing executive needs to make quick adjustments to a failing campaign in real-time based on analysis provided by the Eco-Impact Analytics feature.

Given that a running campaign is underperforming, when the marketing executive follows the recommendations from the Eco-Impact Analytics tool, then the tool should provide actionable insights that lead to an improvement in campaign metrics within 48 hours.

An admin user wants to export real-time data from the Eco-Impact Analytics feature to integrate it into a presentation on sustainability achievements for an upcoming conference.

Given that the admin user is on the Eco-Impact Analytics dashboard, when they initiate an export of the real-time data, then they should receive a formatted report in CSV or Excel format that includes engagement rates, audience reach, and conversion rates within 30 seconds.

Customizable Reporting Dashboard

"As a user, I want a customizable reporting dashboard so that I can view the metrics and data that are most relevant to my sustainability initiatives, making it easier to communicate results to stakeholders."

Description

The requirement for a customizable reporting dashboard will allow users to select and visualize the most relevant data and metrics pertaining to their sustainability initiatives. Users should be able to add, remove, and arrange widgets that display performance analytics according to their unique KPIs and preferences. This personalized dashboard will enhance user experience by ensuring that users can focus on the information that matters most to them, supporting their data-driven decision-making process. The dashboard should also allow for exporting reports in various formats for easy sharing with stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects and arranges performance analytics widgets on their customizable reporting dashboard based on their specific sustainability initiatives and KPIs.

Given the user is on the customizable reporting dashboard, when they add, remove, or rearrange widgets, then the layout should reflect these changes in real time, allowing the user to view personalized metrics based on their selections.

User exports the customizable reporting dashboard into various formats for sharing with stakeholders.

Given the user has their reporting dashboard configured, when they select the export option, then the dashboard should be exportable in at least three formats (PDF, Excel, and CSV) without data loss or distortion.

User wants to save their customized dashboard layout for future access.

Given the user has successfully arranged their dashboard widgets, when they save the layout, then it should be stored and retrievable, ensuring the user can return to the same configuration at a later time without needing to reconfigure it.

User examines the engagement rates and audience reach metrics on their dashboard to assess the effectiveness of their sustainability marketing campaign.

Given the user is viewing their customizable reporting dashboard, when they access the analytics widgets, then the displayed metrics should be accurate and reflect real-time data from their recent marketing campaigns.

User wishes to filter the displayed metrics by date range or specific campaigns on their dashboard.

Given the user is on their customizable reporting dashboard, when they use the filter options to specify a date range or a campaign, then only metrics corresponding to the selected parameters should be displayed, ensuring data relevance.

User seeks guidance on how to utilize the various features of the customizable reporting dashboard.

Given the user accesses the help section of the customizable reporting dashboard, when they view the tutorials or help documents, then comprehensive and clear instructions should guide them on using all dashboard features effectively.

Audience Segmentation Analysis

"As a marketing strategist, I want to analyze audience segmentation so that I can tailor my eco-friendly campaigns to resonate with different groups, improving overall engagement."

Description

This requirement focuses on providing insights into different audience segments' interaction with sustainability campaigns. The feature must analyze user data and categorize the audience based on demographics, behaviors, and preferences. By understanding how different segments respond to various messages, users can tailor their eco-friendly campaigns for better engagement and impact. This capability will allow marketing teams to design targeted strategies that resonate more effectively with distinct groups, facilitating a more personalized approach to sustainability marketing.

Acceptance Criteria

Audience Segmentation based on Demographics

Given user data with demographic information, when I run the audience segmentation analysis, then the tool should accurately categorize audience segments by age, gender, and location, producing clear and usable segment lists.

Behavioral Segmentation Analysis

Given behavioral data from previous marketing campaigns, when I access the analytics dashboard, then I should be able to view segmented audience insights based on interactions and engagement levels with sustainability initiatives.

Segmentation Based on Preferences and Interests

Given user survey data that captures preferences and interests, when I perform the audience segmentation analysis, then the system must categorize users into segments that reflect their preferences for eco-friendly products or services.

Real-time Updates on Segmentation Performance

Given ongoing marketing campaigns, when new user interaction data is inputted, then the audience segmentation tool should provide real-time updates on segment performance, including engagement metrics and feedback.

Exporting Insights for Marketing Strategy

Given the completed audience segmentation analysis, when I request the export of segment insights, then I should receive a downloadable report that summarizes demographics, behaviors, and preferences of each segment.

Visualization of Segmentation Results

Given that segmentation analysis has been completed, when I navigate to the visualization tab, then I should be able to view graphical representations of audience segments, showcasing the distribution of demographics and behaviors clearly.

Integration with Marketing Campaign Tools

Given that audience segmentation has been defined, when I select a segment for targeting, then the system should allow me to directly integrate the segment criteria with our ongoing marketing campaign tools.

Integration with Social Media Platforms

"As a digital marketer, I want to integrate Eco-Impact Analytics with social media platforms so that I can collect data on campaign performance across channels, ensuring a comprehensive analysis of my marketing efforts."

Description

The Eco-Impact Analytics tool must support seamless integration with major social media platforms to automatically gather data on engagement and reach from marketing campaigns run on those channels. This integration allows for comprehensive analysis of how sustainability messages perform across different platforms, helping users pinpoint which channels yield the best results. The ability to collect data from social media effectively expands the scope of analytics, providing a clearer picture of overall campaign performance and audience interaction in the context of social media's dynamic environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Facebook for Campaign Analytics

Given a connected Facebook account, When a user runs a marketing campaign, Then the Eco-Impact Analytics tool should automatically extract engagement metrics such as likes, shares, and comments, and display them in the campaign report.

Integration with Twitter for Campaign Analytics

Given a connected Twitter account, When a user posts a tweet with a sustainability message, Then the Eco-Impact Analytics tool should capture the tweet's engagement data including retweets, likes, and replies for analysis.

Integration with Instagram for Campaign Analytics

Given a connected Instagram account, When a user runs a campaign that includes Instagram posts or advertisements, Then the Eco-Impact Analytics tool should retrieve data on reach, impressions, and engagement on those posts for detailed reporting.

Integration with LinkedIn for Professional Audience Insights

Given a connected LinkedIn account, When a business user shares sustainability content on LinkedIn, Then the Eco-Impact Analytics tool should analyze the engagement metrics such as views, likes, and shares to evaluate the impact on professional audiences.

Real-time Data Collection from Multiple Platforms

Given multiple social media accounts are integrated, When a user initiates a marketing campaign, Then the Eco-Impact Analytics tool should provide real-time updates on engagement metrics from all integrated platforms simultaneously.

Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard

Given data has been collected from various social media platforms, When the user accesses the Eco-Impact Analytics dashboard, Then all collected data should be visually represented in charts and graphs for easy interpretation of campaign performance.

User Alert for Low Engagement Levels

Given an active marketing campaign, When engagement metrics fall below a predefined threshold, Then the Eco-Impact Analytics tool should notify the user with suggestions for improvement strategies.

Benchmarking Against Industry Standards

"As a marketing professional, I want to benchmark my campaign performance against industry standards so that I can identify areas for improvement and enhance my sustainability strategies."

Description

This requirement entails creating a feature that allows users to benchmark their marketing campaign performance against industry standards and best practices in sustainability marketing. Users should be able to see how their engagement rates, audience reach, and overall effectiveness stack up against industry averages. This benchmarking capability will not only provide context for their performance metrics but also highlight areas for improvement and potential opportunities that can be leveraged for greater impact. This feature aids in setting realistic goals tailored to the users' operating environment, driving continuous improvement in eco-marketing strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can access the benchmarking tool from the Eco-Impact Analytics dashboard to evaluate their marketing campaign performance against industry standards.

Given the user is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the Eco-Impact Analytics dashboard, then they should see an option to access the benchmarking tool and view performance metrics.

Users can input their campaign data into the benchmarking feature and receive comparison results against industry averages.

Given the user has entered their campaign data into the benchmarking tool, when they submit their data, then the system should display comparative metrics showing how their performance aligns with industry standards.

Users can visualize their performance against industry standards through charts and graphs.

Given the user has accessed the benchmarking results, when they view the performance metrics, then they should see visual representations (charts/graphs) illustrating their engagement rates and audience reach versus industry benchmarks.

Users receive actionable recommendations based on their benchmarking results.

Given the user has completed the benchmarking process, when the results are displayed, then the user should receive specific suggestions for improving their marketing strategies based on the gaps identified in the benchmarking report.

Users can save and revisit their benchmarking results for future reference.

Given the user has completed benchmarking assessments, when they select to save their results, then their performance data should be stored in their user profile for easy access at a later time.

Users can share their benchmarking results with team members or stakeholders.

Given the user has accessed their benchmarking results, when they choose to share these results, then there should be an option to generate a shareable report that can be easily sent via email or shared through a link.

Visual Branding Elements

A toolkit containing customizable graphics, logos, and branding elements specifically designed for sustainability-focused initiatives. This feature enhances brand recognition and visibility, allowing Eco-Conscious Marketers to maintain a cohesive and appealing eco-friendly image in their promotional efforts.

Requirements

Custom Logo Generator

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want to generate custom logos using a variety of templates so that I can effectively represent my sustainability initiatives and enhance my brand identity."

Description

A feature that allows Eco-Conscious Marketers to create and customize logos tailored to their sustainability initiatives. This tool provides various templates and design elements that reflect an eco-friendly ethos, enabling businesses to enhance their brand identity. By integrating this functionality within EcoPlanit, users can easily produce high-quality branding materials that resonate with their target audience, reinforcing their commitment to sustainable practices while ensuring consistency across all marketing platforms.

Acceptance Criteria

Eco-Conscious Marketers access the Custom Logo Generator tool to create a unique logo for their new sustainability initiative. They begin by selecting a template that aligns with their eco-friendly values and customizing it with their business name and colors.

Given an Eco-Conscious Marketer navigates to the Custom Logo Generator, when they select a template and input their business name and colors, then the tool must generate a preview of their customized logo within 5 seconds.

After creating a logo, the Eco-Conscious Marketer wishes to refine further the design elements by adding icons or eco-symbols that reflect their sustainability initiatives.

Given an Eco-Conscious Marketer has a logo in the Custom Logo Generator, when they add additional design elements such as icons or eco-symbols, then the updated logo must display the new elements correctly without distortion.

The Eco-Conscious Marketer wants to export their finalized logo in various formats for different marketing platforms, including PNG, JPEG, and SVG.

Given an Eco-Conscious Marketer finalizes their logo design, when they choose to export the logo, then the logo should successfully export in all selected formats without loss of quality.

An Eco-Conscious Marketer intends to save their logo design progress and return to it later, ensuring they do not lose any customizations.

Given an Eco-Conscious Marketer is in the Custom Logo Generator, when they choose to save their design, then the system should store their progress and allow retrieval without loss of any previous customizations upon return.

After designing logos, the Eco-Conscious Marketer wants to gain feedback from colleagues or peers through sharing links.

Given an Eco-Conscious Marketer has completed their logo design, when they generate a sharing link, then the link should allow others to view the design without the ability to edit it, maintaining design integrity.

The Eco-Conscious Marketer wants to view predefined design guidelines to ensure their logo aligns with sustainability branding standards.

Given an Eco-Conscious Marketer is using the Custom Logo Generator, when they request to view design guidelines, then the tool must display relevant guidelines that outline best practices for sustainability-focused logos.

Branding Color Palette Tool

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want to access a selection of eco-friendly color palettes so that I can create visually appealing marketing materials that align with sustainable values."

Description

This requirement involves developing a tool that provides users with a selection of eco-friendly color palettes for their branding efforts. Users can choose colors that align with environmentally sustainable practices and themes, promoting consistency in their marketing materials. The tool should allow users to visualize how different colors work together and preview their branding applications in real-time. Implementing this tool will enhance user experience by simplifying the branding process and enhancing brand recognition in the sustainability space.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Branding Color Palette Tool to create a custom eco-friendly color palette for their marketing campaign.

Given the user opens the Branding Color Palette Tool, When they select a color palette, Then the tool should display visual representations of the selected colors applied to example marketing materials.

User wants to visualize how their selected color palette appears on their branding elements across different mockups.

Given a user has selected a color palette, When they navigate to the preview section, Then they should see a live preview of their branding elements updated with the selected colors in real time.

A user needs to ensure that the selected color palette meets accessibility standards for contrast and visibility.

Given the user has chosen a color palette, When they check the palette against accessibility standards, Then the tool should provide feedback indicating whether the colors meet or fail the accessibility criteria, including suggested adjustments if necessary.

User is exploring different eco-friendly color options and wants to compare multiple palettes side by side.

Given the user is in the Branding Color Palette Tool, When they select multiple color palettes, Then the tool should allow them to view these palettes side by side for easy comparison.

User is finalizing their chosen color palette and wants to save it for future use.

Given the user finalizes their color palette selection, When they click the save option, Then the tool should store the color palette in the user's account for future access and use.

User wants to share their selected color palette with team members for feedback.

Given the user has selected a color palette, When they choose to share it, Then the tool should provide options to share the palette via email or direct link, including a visual representation of the colors.

Customizable Infographic Templates

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want to use customizable infographic templates to showcase my sustainability efforts visually so that I can better engage my target audience and promote eco-friendly practices."

Description

Develop an array of customizable infographic templates focused on sustainability metrics and practices. This feature allows Eco-Conscious Marketers to easily create visually compelling infographics that convey their sustainability efforts and achievements. Users can alter elements such as text, icons, and layouts to fit their brand's messaging. By providing this feature, EcoPlanit empowers users to communicate their sustainability narrative effectively, enhancing audience engagement and visibility in the market.

Acceptance Criteria

Customizable Infographic Templates for Sustainability Metrics

Given a user has access to the Visual Branding Elements toolkit, when they select a customizable infographic template, then they should be able to alter text, icons, and layouts to match their branding needs without any technical difficulties.

User-Friendly Interface for Template Customization

Given a user is utilizing the customizable infographic templates, when they navigate through the editing interface, then they should find all customization options (text, colors, icons, layouts) easily accessible and clearly labeled.

Preview Functionality for Infographic Templates

Given a user customizes an infographic template, when they preview the infographic before finalizing, then the preview should accurately reflect all modifications made, including text changes and icon adjustments.

Exporting Custom Infographic Templates

Given a user has completed customizing an infographic, when they choose to export the infographic, then they must be able to save the file in multiple formats (e.g., PNG, PDF) without loss of quality.

Integration with Reporting Tools

Given a user has created an infographic template, when they integrate this template with EcoPlanit's reporting tools, then the infographic must dynamically populate with real-time sustainability metrics without errors.

Community Feedback on Infographic Templates

Given a user shares their customized infographic in the EcoPlanit community hub, when other community members view the infographic, then they should be able to provide feedback through comments or reactions.

Accessibility Compliance for Infographic Templates

Given a user customizes an infographic template, when they finalize their design, then the infographic must meet WCAG 2.1 accessibility standards to ensure it is usable by individuals with disabilities.

Social Media Branding Toolkit

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want a social media branding toolkit so that I can create and share cohesive and impactful campaigns that promote my sustainability initiatives."

Description

A comprehensive branding toolkit specifically tailored for social media platforms that includes post templates, hashtag suggestions, and design guidelines. This feature will enable Eco-Conscious Marketers to create cohesive and impactful social media campaigns that resonate with their audience while promoting sustainability. By integrating this toolkit into EcoPlanit, users can easily maintain a strong online presence and share their sustainable initiatives effectively across various social media channels.

Acceptance Criteria

Eco-Conscious Marketers utilize the Social Media Branding Toolkit to create a series of posts for an upcoming sustainability campaign on Instagram, ensuring they adhere to the design guidelines provided within the toolkit.

Given that the user selects a post template from the toolkit, when they customize the template with their branding elements, then the final output must conform to the design guidelines in terms of color, font, and image placement.

Marketing teams plan to launch a Facebook campaign using the Social Media Branding Toolkit, incorporating suggested hashtags to enhance audience engagement.

Given that the user is preparing a campaign on Facebook, when they use the hashtag suggestions provided in the toolkit, then at least 80% of the hashtags must be relevant to sustainability and the target audience's interests.

An Eco-Conscious Marketer is preparing to assess the impact of their recent social media campaign and needs to analyze post engagement metrics that align with the branding toolkit's guidelines.

Given that the user runs a campaign using the Social Media Branding Toolkit, when they review their engagement metrics, then they should find that at least a 20% increase in engagement compared to previous campaigns without the toolkit.

A user is onboarding to EcoPlanit and needs to familiarize themselves with the Social Media Branding Toolkit to create their initial social media content.

Given that an Eco-Conscious Marketer is accessing the toolkit for the first time, when they complete the onboarding tutorial, then 90% of users should express confidence in using at least three key features of the toolkit effectively.

Marketing teams will conduct a review of a social media post created using the toolkit to ensure it aligns with sustainability messaging and branding consistency.

Given that a team is reviewing a post created with the Social Media Branding Toolkit, when they evaluate the post against the branding guidelines, then the post must receive a minimum score of 8 out of 10 on the branding consistency metric.

Eco-Conscious Marketers plan to host a workshop on best practices for using the Social Media Branding Toolkit to enhance their campaigns.

Given that a workshop is scheduled to educate users on the toolkit, when the feedback is collected post-workshop, then at least 85% of participants should indicate an improvement in their understanding of using the toolkit for social media branding.

An Eco-Conscious Marketer is measuring the return on investment (ROI) from their social media campaigns facilitated by the Branding Toolkit.

Given that the user tracks campaign outcomes, when they evaluate the ROI of campaigns using the toolkit, then the ROI should reflect a minimum of 150% return based on increased awareness and engagement metrics.

Downloadable Asset Library

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want access to a downloadable library of branding assets so that I can quickly use high-quality materials in my promotional efforts and present a cohesive brand image."

Description

Creating a library of downloadable branding assets, such as logos, icons, and promotional materials, that Eco-Conscious Marketers can use freely and easily in their marketing efforts. This requirement ensures that users have access to high-quality, eco-centric branding tools that enhance their visibility and consistency. By developing this library, EcoPlanit supports users in their marketing activities, enabling easy access to necessary resources without the need for extensive design skills.

Acceptance Criteria

Eco-Conscious Marketers will access the Downloadable Asset Library through the EcoPlanit platform to find and download the necessary branding assets for their upcoming campaign.

Given an Eco-Conscious Marketer is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, When they navigate to the Downloadable Asset Library, Then they should see a list of available branding assets including logos, icons, and promotional materials in a user-friendly interface.

Eco-Conscious Marketers will customize the branding assets according to their specific needs before downloading them.

Given a user is in the Downloadable Asset Library, When they select an asset and choose customization options, Then the customizations should be applied and a preview of the modified asset should be displayed before download.

Eco-Conscious Marketers need to download multiple branding assets for their marketing efforts efficiently.

Given a user has selected multiple branding assets in the Downloadable Asset Library, When they click the 'Download All' button, Then a single zip file containing all selected assets should be downloaded to their device.

Eco-Conscious Marketers need to ensure that the branding assets comply with sustainability standards and are eco-friendly oriented.

Given an asset is selected from the Downloadable Asset Library, When the user views the asset's details, Then information about the asset's eco-friendliness and compliance with sustainability standards must be provided.

Eco-Conscious Marketers will seek feedback on the usability of the Downloadable Asset Library.

Given users have accessed the Downloadable Asset Library, When they submit feedback through a feedback form, Then feedback is recorded and categorized for review by the development team.

Eco-Conscious Marketers will search for specific branding assets within the Downloadable Asset Library.

Given a user is in the Downloadable Asset Library, When they enter a search term in the search bar, Then only relevant assets matching the search term should be displayed in the results.

Brand Consistency Checker

"As an Eco-Conscious Marketer, I want a brand consistency checker to evaluate my marketing materials so that I can ensure my branding is cohesive and reinforces my eco-friendly image."

Description

This requirement details the development of a tool that analyzes marketing materials for brand consistency, ensuring that logos, color palettes, and messaging align across all platforms. The Brand Consistency Checker will provide users with feedback and suggestions on how to improve consistency and reinforce their brand identity. By integrating this tool, EcoPlanit encourages users to maintain a strong, consistent brand presence, ultimately enhancing their marketing effectiveness and audience recognition.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a marketing material to the Brand Consistency Checker to evaluate the alignment with the brand guidelines.

Given that a user has uploaded marketing material, when the Brand Consistency Checker is executed, then it should analyze the content and provide a report highlighting any inconsistencies in logos, colors, and messaging within 5 seconds.

A marketing manager receives feedback on their uploaded marketing collateral from the Brand Consistency Checker.

Given that the Brand Consistency Checker has provided feedback, when the user views the report, then they should see a detailed list of inconsistencies along with suggested corrections for each identified issue.

A user attempts to upload a file with unsupported formats in the Brand Consistency Checker.

Given that a user tries to upload a non-supported file type, when the upload is attempted, then the system should display an error message indicating the supported file formats.

A user wants to compare the branding elements of different marketing materials using the Brand Consistency Checker.

Given that multiple marketing materials are uploaded, when the user selects the comparison option, then the system should generate a side-by-side report of all branding elements, highlighting similarities and differences.

A user needs to save the Brand Consistency Checker report for future reference.

Given that the feedback report has been generated, when the user selects the save option, then the report should be downloadable in PDF format with all feedback and suggestions included.

An administrator wants to review usage statistics of the Brand Consistency Checker tool.

Given that an administrator accesses the usage analytics dashboard, when they view the statistics, then they should see metrics such as the number of users, uploads, and feedback reports generated over the past month.

Email Campaign Builder

An easy-to-use email marketing tool that allows users to create and distribute targeted email campaigns promoting their sustainability initiatives. This feature includes ready-made templates to streamline the process, increasing outreach and engagement with potential customers who value eco-conscious practices.

Requirements

Template Customization

"As a marketer for a small business, I want to customize email templates so that I can create unique campaigns that reflect my brand's values and engage my audience effectively."

Description

The Email Campaign Builder must support template customization, allowing users to modify existing templates or create new designs to better represent their brand while promoting their sustainability initiatives. This requirement includes drag-and-drop functionality, customizable text and image placements, style options, and the ability to save custom templates for future use. This feature enhances user engagement by ensuring that email campaigns resonate with the target audience, therefore, providing a more personalized outreach approach.

Acceptance Criteria

Template Customization for Brand Representation during Campaign Launch

Given a user is logged into the Email Campaign Builder, when they access the template customization feature, then they can modify existing templates or create new designs using drag-and-drop functionality, adjusting text and image placements, and saving these custom templates for future use.

Verification of Custom Template Saving Functionality

Given a user modifies a template in the Email Campaign Builder, when they click the 'Save Custom Template' button, then the system saves the template and allows the user to retrieve it from the 'My Templates' section without loss of any elements or styles.

Ensuring Mobile Responsiveness of Customized Templates

Given a user customizes a template and saves it, when that custom template is previewed on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), then it should consistently display all elements correctly and maintain usability across all screen sizes.

User Guidance on Customizing Email Templates

Given a user accesses the template customization feature, when they hover over different elements of the template, then context-aware tooltips should provide guidance on how to customize each element effectively, enhancing user experience.

Validation of Drag-and-Drop Functionality

Given a user is customizing a template, when they utilize the drag-and-drop feature to reposition elements within the template, then the system should reflect these changes in real-time without lag or errors.

Testing Template Design Flexibility

Given a user creates a new template from scratch, when they apply different style options (colors, fonts, and images), then the template should visually reflect these changes accurately and allow for preview before finalizing.

Campaign Scheduling

"As a business owner, I want to schedule my email campaigns so that I can ensure they are sent at optimal times for maximum engagement with my audience."

Description

Users should have the functionality to schedule email campaigns for future dates and times. This includes the ability to select a specific date and time, as well as options for repeated scheduling (daily, weekly, monthly). This feature ensures that businesses can strategically plan their outreach efforts, taking into consideration their audience's most active times, ultimately enhancing the effectiveness of email marketing efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules an email campaign to promote a new eco-friendly product launch for a future date and time.

Given the user is on the Email Campaign Builder page, When the user selects a future date and time for the campaign, Then the campaign is successfully scheduled and displayed in the user's scheduling dashboard.

User chooses to repeat an email campaign on a weekly basis for their sustainability newsletter.

Given the user has scheduled an email campaign, When the user selects the 'Repeat Weekly' option, Then the system schedules the campaign to send automatically every week at the specified time.

User attempts to schedule an email campaign but selects a past date and time.

Given the user is on the scheduling page, When the user selects a date and time that has already passed, Then the system displays an error message indicating that past dates are not allowed for scheduling campaigns.

User wants to view all scheduled email campaigns in the scheduling dashboard.

Given the user has scheduled multiple email campaigns, When the user navigates to the scheduling dashboard, Then all scheduled campaigns are listed with their respective dates, times, and repeat frequency.

User modifies an existing scheduled email campaign to change the date and time.

Given the user is in the scheduling dashboard, When the user selects a scheduled campaign and chooses to edit the date and time, Then the campaign is updated accordingly and confirms the new schedule.

User receives notifications for upcoming scheduled email campaigns.

Given a user has scheduled an email campaign, When the campaign reaches 24 hours prior to its scheduled time, Then the user receives an automated reminder notification via email.

Performance Analytics

"As a digital marketer, I want to access performance analytics for my email campaigns so that I can assess their effectiveness and optimize future campaigns based on data insights."

Description

The Email Campaign Builder should include an analytics dashboard that tracks the performance of sent campaigns. This dashboard must provide metrics such as open rates, click-through rates, engagement over time, and conversion rates. This functionality enables users to understand which campaigns are most effective, helping them make data-driven decisions for future email strategies, thus driving better engagement and increasing the success of sustainability promotions.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the performance analytics dashboard after sending an email campaign to evaluate its effectiveness and compare it against previous campaigns.

Given a user has sent an email campaign, when they navigate to the analytics dashboard, then they should see performance metrics including open rates, click-through rates, engagement over time, and conversion rates for that campaign.

The user wants to analyze the performance trends of multiple campaigns over a defined period to improve future strategies.

Given the user selects multiple campaigns and specifies a time range, when they view the analytics dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of performance trends for each selected campaign within that time frame.

A user needs to evaluate the effectiveness of an email campaign in driving website traffic and selling products.

Given an email campaign was sent promoting specific products, when the user checks the conversion rates on the analytics dashboard, then they should see the total number of conversions attributed to that campaign clearly displayed alongside the corresponding percentage.

The user wants to share performance analytics with their team to discuss viable strategies moving forward.

Given the user is on the performance analytics dashboard, when they click on the 'Share' button, then they should be able to generate a report that includes all relevant metrics and can be sent via email to selected team members.

The user believes their audience did not engage with an email campaign and wants to find out why.

Given the user is reviewing a campaign, when they look at the detailed report in the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to see breakdowns of engagement metrics such as time spent on the email and the specific sections clicked on most.

The user wants to compare the performance of their last three campaigns to identify what changes drove better engagement.

Given a user has three previous campaigns, when they select these campaigns for comparison, then the analytics dashboard should display a side-by-side comparison of key metrics across all selected campaigns.

Audience Segmentation

"As a marketer, I want to segment my email list so that I can send tailored messages to specific audiences, ensuring a higher relevance and interest in my sustainability campaigns."

Description

The Email Campaign Builder should allow users to segment their mailing list to target specific audiences based on demographics, interests, or previous interactions. This capability enables more personalized communication, helping businesses to tailor their messaging to resonate with different segments of their audience and improve engagement rates for sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Ensure users can create segments based on specific demographic criteria such as age, location, and profession.

Given a mailing list, when the user selects demographic criteria, then the platform should display a segmented list according to those criteria.

Allow users to segment their audience based on previous interactions with email campaigns, such as open rates and click-through rates.

Given a campaign performance report, when the user selects interaction-based criteria, then the platform should provide options for segmenting audiences based on engagement metrics.

Enable users to save and reuse segmentation criteria for future campaigns.

Given a defined segmentation, when the user chooses to save the criteria, then it should be retrievable and editable for future campaigns.

Provide a real-time preview of email content tailored to the selected audience segment.

Given the selection of a specific audience segment, when the user accesses the email template, then the content preview should reflect the segment-specific details and messaging.

Ensure compliance with data protection regulations when creating audience segments.

Given the audience data, when the user segments the data, then the process must comply with applicable data protection regulations, and users should be warned of any non-compliance issues.

Allow users to combine different criteria such as demographics and interests for more refined segmentation.

Given multiple criteria options, when the user selects 'AND' or 'OR' conditions, then the system should display a segmented list that accurately reflects the chosen criteria combination.

Provide analytics on the effectiveness of segmented campaigns after distribution.

Given a completed email campaign, when the user requests performance reports, then the analytics should illustrate engagement metrics specific to each audience segment for better refinement of future campaigns.

Integration with CRM Systems

"As a business user, I want to integrate my email marketing tool with our CRM system so that I can manage contacts more effectively and ensure our campaigns are sent to the right audience."

Description

The requirement involves integrating the Email Campaign Builder with popular Customer Relationship Management (CRM) systems. This integration should allow for the simple transfer of contact data, managing customer relationships, and tracking interactions with email campaigns. This capability streamlines the process, ensuring that user data is up-to-date, improving both targeting and personalization of campaigns focused on sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Email Campaign Builder with Salesforce CRM

Given the Email Campaign Builder is integrated with Salesforce, when a user updates customer contact information in Salesforce, then the changes should reflect in the Email Campaign Builder within 5 minutes.

Data transfer validation between Email Campaign Builder and HubSpot

Given the Email Campaign Builder is synced with HubSpot, when a user uploads new contacts in the Email Campaign Builder, then these contacts should appear in HubSpot with all relevant details within 10 minutes.

User access management for CRM integration

Given that a user has invited team members to access the Email Campaign Builder, when the team members log in, then they should only see contact data they have permission to view based on their role in the CRM system.

Automated tracking of email interactions

Given that the Email Campaign Builder is integrated with a CRM, when an email campaign is sent, then user interactions (opens, clicks, unsubscribes) should be recorded in the CRM against the appropriate contact within 15 minutes of the action.

Notification system for integration issues

Given the Email Campaign Builder is connected to a CRM system, when there is an integration failure, then the system should notify the admin user via email and display an error message in the dashboard within 1 minute of the failure.

User feedback for CRM integration usability

Given the Email Campaign Builder is used, when users complete the campaign creation process using CRM data, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on a scale of 1-5 regarding the usability of the integration immediately after the process is complete.

Collaborative Content Creation

A feature that facilitates team collaboration on marketing materials, enabling users to invite colleagues to contribute ideas, feedback, and editing on promotional content. This ensures the final output reflects diverse insights and fosters a shared commitment to sustainability goals.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration Tools

"As a marketing team member, I want to collaborate in real-time with my colleagues on promotional content so that we can gather diverse insights and produce high-quality materials more efficiently."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing real-time editing capabilities within the Collaborative Content Creation feature. Users will be able to work together simultaneously on marketing materials, providing instant feedback and suggestions. This functionality will enhance team productivity, reduce revision times, and ensure that contributions from all team members are accurately incorporated into the final product. By integrating technologies that support live updates, changes will be visible in real-time, enabling faster decision-making and fostering a collaborative environment. This will directly support EcoPlanit's mission of leveraging diverse insights towards sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User collaborates with team members in real-time during the creation of a marketing document, where multiple users open the document simultaneously and make edits, comments, and suggestions on content related to sustainability initiatives.

Given that multiple team members are editing the same marketing document, when a user makes a change to the document, all other users should see the change reflected in less than 2 seconds.

A team member invites a colleague to collaborate on marketing content by sending a link to the document, ensuring that they can access and edit the document concurrently as part of the collaborative workflow.

Given that a team member shares a document link, when the invited colleague clicks on the link, then they should be able to access the document without any permissions issues and can edit the content in real-time.

A user wants to provide feedback on marketing materials being edited by their teammates. They add comments and suggestions directly within the document and expect to see responses from their colleagues by the end of the day.

Given that a user has added comments to the document, when other users respond to those comments, then the original user should receive notifications for each response in real-time.

A marketing team works on a promotional campaign and requires insights from different team members to enhance their approach. Each member edits sections of the document while also leaving feedback for each other simultaneously.

Given that team members are collaboratively editing, when they leave feedback on a specific section, then that feedback should be tagged with the respective team member's name and timestamp for tracking purposes.

A project manager needs to review the final version of marketing materials created collaboratively by the team, ensuring all changes are tracked and visible to maintain accountability.

Given that the document is finalized, when the project manager accesses the document, then they should see a complete edit history that captures all changes made by team members, including timestamps and user names for each edit.

During a team brainstorming session, team members test out different ideas and formats for the marketing document, using the real-time editing feature to make adjustments as ideas evolve.

Given that team members are brainstorming and editing the document, when they insert or delete content, then they should be able to undo and redo actions seamlessly without losing any earlier inputs.

A team member wants to ensure that their contributions to the marketing document are integrated without conflicts arising from multiple users making simultaneous edits.

Given that multiple users are editing, when a user saves their changes, then the system should automatically merge all changes without conflicts and notify the users of any unresolved discrepancies that may need attention.

Feedback and Commenting System

"As a team leader, I want to receive structured feedback from my team on marketing drafts so that I can ensure the content aligns with our sustainability goals and effectively communicates our message."

Description

This requirement entails the development of a comprehensive feedback and commenting system that allows users to leave specific suggestions and critiques on sections of marketing materials. This system will promote constructive discussions and a shared commitment to sustainability objectives by enabling team members to provide input at granular levels. The feedback will not only be visible to all collaborators but will also be organized and easy to track, ensuring that no valuable insights are overlooked. This feature will integrate seamlessly with the existing Collaborative Content Creation tools to provide a cohesive experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members propose edits to marketing materials during a collaborative session, using the feedback and commenting system to provide targeted suggestions.

Given a team member is viewing a section of marketing content, when they leave a comment, then the comment should be visible to all collaborators and should display the author's name and timestamp.

A user wants to review feedback on the marketing materials and ensure all comments can be easily tracked and categorized.

Given a user accesses the feedback and commenting system, when they view the comments, then they should be able to sort comments by author, date, or relevance, and each comment should be linked to the specific section of the document it pertains to.

The marketing team conducts a final review session to ensure all feedback has been addressed before publication.

Given that all comments have been resolved, when a user attempts to submit the marketing materials for approval, then the system should only allow submission if there are no unresolved comments remaining.

Collaborators want to express their thoughts on the marketing material's effectiveness in achieving sustainability objectives through comments.

Given a user comments on a section specifically addressing sustainability objectives, when they submit the comment, then the comment should be marked with a 'Sustainability Insight' tag for easy identification.

A team member needs to reply to a comment to clarify their suggestion for more effective collaboration.

Given a comment in the feedback system, when a collaborator replies to that comment, then the reply should be threaded under the original comment for clear context and visibility to all team members.

The team needs to track the progress of feedback implementation on the marketing materials over different review cycles.

Given multiple rounds of feedback have been received, when a user accesses the comments history, then they should be able to see the status of each comment (resolved, unresolved, or in progress) clearly indicated next to each comment entry.

Version Control Mechanism

"As a content creator, I want to access the revision history of our marketing materials so that I can review changes made by my teammates and restore previous versions if necessary."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a version control mechanism to track changes made to marketing materials throughout the collaborative process. Users will have access to a history of edits, allowing them to revert to previous versions if needed. This feature is crucial for maintaining document integrity, ensuring that essential contributions are retained, and enabling the team to understand the evolution of their content over time. The version control system will integrate with the editing functions of EcoPlanit, enhancing the overall user experience and ensuring robust documentation practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Version Control Mechanism for Collaborative Marketing Team Editing

Given that multiple users are collaborating on a marketing document, when one user makes an edit and saves changes, then the version control system must automatically create a new version without overwriting previous versions.

View Edit History by Users

Given that a user has collaborated on a document, when they access the version control feature, then they must be able to view a detailed history of all edits made, including timestamps and editing user information.

Reverting to Previous Versions

Given that a user is reviewing the edit history of a document, when they select a previous version to revert to, then the system must restore the document to that previous version while storing the current version as the latest one.

Locking Document During Editing

Given that a document is being edited by one user, when that user is actively making edits, then the version control mechanism must prevent other users from making changes to that document until the first user saves or cancels their edits.

Conflict Resolution for Simultaneous Edits

Given that two users are editing the same section of a document at the same time, when one user saves their changes, then the system must prompt the second user with options to either merge changes or overwrite their edits with the latest version.

Integrating Version Control with Notifications

Given that changes are made to a collaborative document, when a new version is created, then the system must notify all relevant team members of the update along with a summary of changes.

User Access and Permissions for Version Control

Given that the version control mechanism is in place, when a user attempts to access the edit history, then the system must verify their permissions and only allow access based on the user’s role in the document collaboration.

Template Library for Sustainability Messaging

"As a marketing professional, I want access to a library of sustainability-focused templates so that I can create promotional materials more efficiently while ensuring they align with our brand's mission."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating a library of customizable templates designed specifically for sustainability messaging in marketing materials. Users will have access to a variety of templates that reflect EcoPlanit's mission and values, ensuring a cohesive brand identity. This library will facilitate quicker content creation and encourage team members to incorporate best practices in sustainability communication. The templates will be designed to be user-friendly, allowing for easy modifications while maintaining consistency in the messaging approach across the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members collaborate on creating a promotional marketing video using templates from the Template Library for Sustainability Messaging.

Given a user accesses the Template Library, when they select a video template, then they should be able to customize the text and images, ensuring the final output is relevant to the sustainability messaging goals.

A marketing team aims to create a social media campaign using customizable templates for sustainability content.

Given a user chooses a suitable social media template, when they make modifications to the design and text, then the template should maintain brand consistency and adhere to EcoPlanit's sustainability messaging standards.

A content manager needs to review the templates available in the Template Library for adherence to brand guidelines.

Given a content manager accesses the Template Library, when they review the available templates, then they should find that all templates align with EcoPlanit's mission, values, and visual branding guidelines.

A user seeks to generate a quick marketing brochure using the Template Library for Sustainability Messaging.

Given a user selects a brochure template, when they edit the content to include specific information about their sustainability initiatives, then the template should allow for modifications without altering the overall layout and design.

A new team member requires training on how to use the Template Library to create sustainability messaging effectively.

Given a new user is trained on the Template Library, when they create a sample marketing piece using the templates, then they should demonstrate the ability to successfully edit and customize the template according to the provided guidelines.

User Activity Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to view an activity dashboard that summarizes team collaboration on marketing projects so that I can assess participation and engagement levels effectively."

Description

This requirement addresses the need for a user activity dashboard that provides insights into team collaboration metrics, such as contributions made by each team member, feedback trends, and participation levels. This dashboard will empower users to visualize collaboration efforts and recognize active contributors, fostering accountability and encouraging engagement within the team. By integrating this analytics feature, EcoPlanit can further promote a culture of responsibility and innovation, aligning with its goal of transforming sustainability practices among SMEs.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members access the user activity dashboard for the first time after its implementation to understand their contributions and overall team engagement.

Given that a team member is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the user activity dashboard, then they should see a clear summary of their contributions, including the number of materials created, feedback given, and overall participation levels.

A marketing manager reviews collaboration metrics on the dashboard to identify active contributors for an upcoming project.

Given that the marketing manager opens the user activity dashboard, when they filter the contributions to show the last 30 days, then they should see a list of team members sorted by the number of contributions, highlighting the top three contributors.

A team conducts their weekly meeting and discusses the insights gained from the user activity dashboard.

Given that the dashboard displays feedback trends, when the team reviews the data, then they should be able to identify at least two areas for improvement in team engagement based on participation metrics.

An administrator wants to ensure the activity dashboard is functioning correctly before rolling it out to all users.

Given that the administrator accesses the user activity dashboard, when they perform a test run checking the accuracy of user contributions displayed, then all metrics should accurately reflect the back-end data for the last month without discrepancies.

New team members use the user activity dashboard to adapt to their team's collaboration style.

Given that a new team member logs into the EcoPlanit platform, when they access the user activity dashboard, then they should find a user-friendly overview and tooltips explaining each metric available to them.

A user wants to track their progress towards sustainability goals via the dashboard metrics.

Given that a user is viewing the dashboard, when they look for their contribution metrics, then they should find a section that clearly outlines how their contributions align with the team's sustainability objectives.

A team reviews the dashboard to prepare for the next sustainability initiative.

Given that the team accesses the user activity dashboard, when they analyze the participation data, then they should generate a report summarizing key contributors and proposed action items for the next steps in sustainability efforts.

Real-Time Data Insights

This feature provides users with instant access to current sustainability metrics, allowing them to monitor their progress in real-time. By delivering up-to-the-minute data, users can quickly identify trends, assess operational efficiency, and make timely decisions that enhance their sustainability strategies.

Requirements

Dynamic Metric Dashboard

"As a sustainability officer, I want to have a dynamic dashboard where I can see real-time metrics on our environmental impact, so that I can easily track our progress and make informed decisions to improve our sustainability strategies."

Description

The Dynamic Metric Dashboard provides a visually engaging interface that displays real-time sustainability metrics. Users can customize the dashboard according to their specific needs, selecting which metrics to highlight for immediate visibility. The dashboard aggregates data from various sources, enabling users to monitor trends, assess performance against targets, and make informed decisions quickly. This feature not only enhances user experience through its intuitive design but also fosters proactive engagement with sustainability goals by keeping critical information at the forefront of users' workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Dashboard Metrics

Given the user is on the Dynamic Metric Dashboard, when they select the metrics they want to display, then the dashboard should update instantly to show only the selected metrics.

Real-Time Data Update Functionality

Given the user is viewing the Dynamic Metric Dashboard, when new sustainability data is available, then the dashboard should refresh automatically without any user input and display the latest metrics.

Performance Metrics Comparison

Given the user has selected performance metrics, when they input target values for these metrics, then the dashboard should visually indicate performance status, using color coding (green for on target, red for below target).

Data Source Integration

Given that the dashboard is set up to aggregate data, when new data sources are added or removed, then the dashboard should adjust accordingly, ensuring no metrics are lost or duplicated.

User-Friendly Interface for Metric Selection

Given the user accesses the customization settings, when they navigate the metric selection interface, then it should be intuitive and allow for easy searching and selecting of metrics.

Mobile Device Accessibility

Given the user accesses the Dynamic Metric Dashboard from a mobile device, then the dashboard layout should be responsive and fully functional to allow for real-time monitoring on the go.

Trend Analysis Visualization Tools

Given the dashboard displays sustainability metrics, when users select a time frame for trend analysis, then the dashboard should visualize historical data trends through graphs or charts for better insights.

Automated Reporting Tools

"As a compliance manager, I want to generate automated reports on our sustainability metrics, so that I can save time and ensure we meet regulatory requirements without manual errors."

Description

Automated Reporting Tools streamline the process of generating compliance reports by pulling data directly from the user's dashboard metrics. Users can set parameters for the reports, select relevant data points, and configure the report formats according to their needs. The automation reduces manual effort, minimizes errors, and ensures timely delivery of reports, facilitating smoother compliance with regulatory standards. This feature also offers customizable templates for different reporting requirements, which helps businesses adapt to varying reporting norms efficiently.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the automated reporting tool to generate a compliance report for the first quarter based on selected environmental metrics.

Given the user has access to the Automated Reporting Tools, when they select the date range and relevant metrics, then a report is generated within 5 minutes showing the selected data points in the configured format without errors.

User customizes a compliance report template to adhere to specific regulatory standards for their industry.

Given the user is in the template customization interface, when they input the necessary fields and save the template, then the new template is accessible and correctly formatted according to the specified regulatory requirements.

User schedules an automated report to be delivered to their email on a weekly basis.

Given the user has set up weekly email delivery of the report, when the specified day arrives, then the report is sent to the user’s email with the correct data points and in the appropriate format as configured.

User attempts to generate a report without selecting any data points or parameters.

Given the user does not select any required data points and tries to generate a report, when they click the generate button, then an error message is displayed indicating that at least one data point must be selected before generating the report.

User reviews the generated compliance report to ensure all metrics are accurately represented and formatted correctly.

Given the report is generated, when the user reviews the document, then all selected data points are present, data accuracy is verified against the dashboard, and the formatting matches the selected template specifications.

User modifies an existing report template and saves the changes.

Given the user is editing a saved report template, when they alter the report fields and save, then the updated template reflects all modifications and is available for future report generation.

Alert System for Key Metrics

"As a sustainability manager, I want to receive alerts when key sustainability metrics drop below a certain level, so that I can take prompt action to address any issues and keep our goals on track."

Description

The Alert System notifies users when critical sustainability metrics fall below predefined thresholds or when significant trends are detected. Users can set up custom alerts for various metrics essential to their sustainability goals. Receiving these notifications via email or in-app alerts ensures that users can take immediate action to address potential issues, thereby promoting accountability and responsiveness in sustainability practices. This feature not only aids in risk management but also empowers users to maintain progress toward their goals actively.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a custom alert for energy consumption metrics.

Given a user is logged into their EcoPlanit account, When they navigate to the alert settings and specify energy consumption thresholds, Then the system should successfully save the alert settings and notify the user of successful creation.

System sends an alert when energy consumption falls below the defined threshold.

Given a user has set an alert for energy consumption, When the energy consumption metrics fall below the defined threshold, Then the system should send an email and an in-app notification to the user immediately.

User receives alerts for multiple sustainability metrics.

Given a user has set multiple custom alerts for different sustainability metrics, When one or more metrics trigger an alert, Then the user should receive separate notifications for each triggered alert.

User views alert history for their metrics.

Given a user wants to review past alerts, When they navigate to the alert history section, Then the system should display a complete list of past alerts, including metric type, threshold, and timestamp.

User customizes the frequency of alerts (immediate, daily summary, weekly summary).

Given a user is in the alert settings, When they select the frequency option and choose immediate alerts, Then the system should save this preference and apply it to future alerts.

System correctly identifies significant trends in sustainability metrics.

Given the user is monitoring specific sustainability metrics, When the metrics show a significant upward or downward trend based on predefined criteria, Then the system should generate an automatic alert notifying the user of the trend.

User acknowledges receipt of alerts and takes action.

Given a user has received an alert notification, When the user acknowledges the alert through the EcoPlanit platform, Then the system should record the acknowledgment and offer suggestions for corrective actions based on the alert.

Community Engagement Forum

"As a user of EcoPlanit, I want a community forum where I can engage with other SMEs and share best practices on sustainability, so that I can learn from others’ experiences and contribute to a collaborative effort towards our shared goals."

Description

The Community Engagement Forum serves as a collaborative space for users to share insights, ask questions, and collaborate on sustainability initiatives. This forum enables users to leverage the collective knowledge of their peers, fostering a culture of shared learning and innovation. Users can post inquiries, offer solutions, and discuss best practices, enabling them to tackle common sustainability challenges more effectively. This feature deepens community ties and promotes collective action towards sustainability goals within the EcoPlanit platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User posts a question about sustainability practices in the Community Engagement Forum.

Given a registered user, when they post a question in the Community Engagement Forum, then the question should be visible to all community members within 10 seconds.

User responds to a peer's query in the Community Engagement Forum.

Given a user has viewed a question in the Community Engagement Forum, when they submit a response, then the response should be recorded with a timestamp and displayed under the original question within 10 seconds.

User seeks to find solutions to a common sustainability issue in the Community Engagement Forum.

Given a user searches for posts related to a specific sustainability issue, when they enter relevant keywords, then the system should return a list of related discussions within 5 seconds.

User rates the usefulness of a response in the Community Engagement Forum.

Given a user has read a response in the Community Engagement Forum, when they click on the 'Rate' button, then the system should record the rating and display an updated average rating for that response immediately.

User accesses the Community Engagement Forum mobile app.

Given a user is logged into the EcoPlanit mobile app, when they navigate to the Community Engagement Forum section, then they should see the latest posts and updates without any loading time exceeding 3 seconds.

User receives notifications for new responses to their posts in the Community Engagement Forum.

Given a user has posted a question, when a new response is provided, then the user should receive a notification within 2 minutes of the response being posted.

Personalized Action Plan Generator

"As a business owner, I want to receive a personalized action plan that highlights the steps I need to take towards improving my environmental impact, so that I can implement effective strategies quickly and ensure compliance with regulations."

Description

The Personalized Action Plan Generator provides tailored sustainability strategies based on users' specific metrics and operational context. By analyzing real-time data, this feature creates actionable steps and recommendations that leverage the most effective practices for sustainability improvement. It delivers these insights through an easy-to-navigate interface, enabling users to implement strategies quickly and effectively. This personalized approach empowers SME leaders to prioritize actions that can make the most significant impact on their sustainability journey.

Acceptance Criteria

Personalized Action Plan Generation for a new user onboarding process

Given a new user completes the onboarding questionnaire When they submit their responses Then the Personalized Action Plan Generator produces a tailored action plan within 5 minutes based on their metrics.

Real-time monitoring of sustainability metrics during peak operational hours

Given the user is viewing their sustainability metrics during peak business hours When new data is generated Then the system updates the metrics displayed in real-time without the need for page refresh.

Integration of user feedback into the action plan recommendations

Given a user accesses their action plan When they provide feedback on the relevance of recommendations Then the system updates the action plan to reflect this feedback within the next user session.

User access and data security for the action plan feature

Given a user logs in to their EcoPlanit account When they navigate to the Personalized Action Plan Generator Then their session must remain secure, passing all security checks including encryption and authorization verification.

Accessibility of the action plan recommendations on mobile devices

Given a user accesses EcoPlanit via a mobile device When they open the Personalized Action Plan Generator Then the interface must be fully functional and optimized for mobile display, ensuring all features are accessible.

Effectiveness of the action plan recommendations in improving sustainability scores

Given a user implements the recommendations from their Personalized Action Plan When they re-evaluate their sustainability metrics after 3 months Then their sustainability score must show a measurable improvement of at least 10% as a result of the actions taken.

Customizable Metrics Dashboard

Users can personalize their EcoMetrics Dashboard by selecting which sustainability metrics are most relevant to their goals and operations. This tailored experience ensures that users focus on the data that matters most to them, streamlining their decision-making process and improving overall productivity.

Requirements

Metric Selection Flexibility

"As a sustainability manager, I want to customize my EcoMetrics Dashboard to display the metrics that are most relevant to my company's sustainability goals so that I can make informed decisions based on the data that matters most to us."

Description

The Customizable Metrics Dashboard must allow users to select and prioritize various sustainability metrics that align with their unique business objectives. This feature will enable users to focus on the most relevant data, thereby enhancing their ability to make informed decisions regarding their sustainability practices. The metrics should cover a range of areas, including carbon footprint, energy usage, waste management, and water conservation. Allowing for customization promotes user engagement, adherence to sustainability initiatives, and ultimately leads to improved eco-friendly strategies within SMEs.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects sustainability metrics based on their business objectives during initial dashboard setup.

Given a new user on the EcoMetrics Dashboard, when they go through the setup process, then they should be able to select at least 5 sustainability metrics from a predefined list.

User prioritizes selected sustainability metrics to reflect their strategic focus areas.

Given a user has selected their sustainability metrics, when they access the dashboard settings, then they should be able to reorder their selected metrics with a drag-and-drop functionality.

A user wants to remove a metric from their dashboard to better focus on more relevant data.

Given a user has selected metrics on their dashboard, when they choose to remove a metric, then the metric should be deleted from the dashboard and the dashboard should update in real-time without needing a refresh.

Users review their selected metrics to ensure they align with their sustainability goals on a weekly basis.

Given a user logs into their EcoMetrics Dashboard weekly, when they navigate to the metrics review section, then they should see their current selections and the option to edit them based on feedback from their recent sustainability report.

Users filter their metrics based on specific sustainability categories for better analysis.

Given a user on the EcoMetrics Dashboard, when they access the filtering options, then they should be able to filter metrics by categories such as carbon footprint, energy usage, waste management, and water conservation.

Users access historical data and trends for the selected metrics over time to assess progress.

Given a user has selected certain metrics, when they view the historical data section, then they should see a visual representation (such as a graph) of the data trends over the past 12 months for each selected metric.

Data Visualization Tools

"As a user, I want to visualize my selected sustainability metrics through graphs and charts on my dashboard so that I can easily interpret and present data trends to my team."

Description

The requirement mandates the inclusion of enhanced data visualization tools within the Customizable Metrics Dashboard. These tools will provide users with graphical representations of their selected metrics, utilizing charts, graphs, and infographics to deliver a clear and intuitive understanding of sustainability data. Such visual aids will improve user engagement and comprehension, helping businesses to quickly assess their performance and identify areas for improvement. This feature will support enhanced reporting capabilities and facilitate more efficient communication of sustainability progress within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User personalizes their EcoMetrics Dashboard by selecting various sustainability metrics for display.

Given a user is on the EcoMetrics Dashboard when they select metrics from the available list, then the selected metrics should be displayed accurately on the dashboard in real-time.

User interacts with data visualization tools within their customized dashboard.

Given the user has selected specific metrics, when they utilize the data visualization tools, then the dashboard should render charts, graphs, and infographics that represent the selected metrics clearly and accurately without performance lags.

User assesses their sustainability progress using the graphical representations provided by the dashboard.

Given the user views their customized dashboard, when they analyze the visual outputs, then they should be able to identify trends and areas for improvement based on the graphical data representation.

User seeks assistance in understanding how to customize their metrics dashboard.

Given a user accesses help documentation or community support, when they seek assistance regarding the customization process, then relevant guidance and examples should be provided effectively to facilitate understanding.

User generates a sustainability report using the data visualization tools.

Given the user has selected their desired metrics and preferred visualization formats, when they initiate a report generation, then the system should compile and format the data into a comprehensible report, suitable for internal communication.

User evaluates the responsiveness of the dashboard when selecting and unselecting metrics.

Given the user modifies their metric selections, when they navigate through different selections frequently, then the dashboard should maintain responsiveness and not exhibit any lag or delay in updating the visualizations.

Real-time Performance Tracking

"As an operations director, I want to see real-time updates of our sustainability metrics on my dashboard so that I can quickly identify and react to any issues or improvements in our practices as they happen."

Description

This requirement specifies the need for real-time tracking of sustainability metrics reflected on the Customizable Metrics Dashboard. Users should be able to see live data updates that reflect their sustainability efforts and progress. This capability is crucial for timely decision-making and allows businesses to respond promptly to any sustainability challenge or opportunity as it arises. Ensuring that users have immediate access to the latest metrics will foster a proactive approach to managing sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the Customizable Metrics Dashboard and selects various sustainability metrics for real-time tracking.

Given the user has selected specific metrics, When the user clicks 'Save', Then the dashboard should reflect the selected metrics and display live data updates without needing to refresh the page.

User views real-time performance metrics on the Customizable Metrics Dashboard to assess sustainability progress towards goals.

Given the dashboard is configured, When the user accesses the dashboard, Then it should update the metrics every minute and display the most recent data accurately.

User receives a notification for significant changes in real-time sustainability data that may require immediate action.

Given that a metric significantly changes, When the change meets a predefined threshold, Then the user should receive an alert notification on the dashboard with specific details of the change.

User customizes the metrics displayed on the dashboard based on specific sustainability goals for their business.

Given the user has access to multiple metrics, When the user selects and applies their preferred metrics, Then the dashboard should update to only show the chosen metrics while other metrics are hidden.

User attempts to refresh the dashboard manually to see updated data for their sustainability metrics.

Given the user is on the dashboard, When the user clicks the refresh button, Then the dashboard should immediately display the most recent data without any delay.

User checks the performance of selected sustainability metrics over a specific time period from the dashboard.

Given the user selects a specific time frame, When the user applies the filter, Then the dashboard should accurately display the performance metrics over that selected period regarding sustainability efforts.

User Role Management

"As an admin, I want to manage user permissions for the metrics displayed on the dashboard so that team members only see information relevant to their roles and responsibilities, ensuring clarity and security."

Description

The Customizable Metrics Dashboard should incorporate user role management functionality that allows different team members to have tailored access to metrics based on their roles within the organization. Administrators can set permissions and visibility settings to ensure that critical data is accessible only to relevant stakeholders. This feature enhances security and ensures that sensitive metrics are managed according to employee roles, fostering accountability and focused efforts in sustainability initiatives across teams.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrators need to manage user roles and permissions for their team members effectively within the EcoMetrics Dashboard.

Given the user is logged in as an Administrator, when they navigate to the User Role Management section and set permissions for users, then the selected users should have their access restricted or granted according to the set permissions.

A sustainability analyst needs to access specific metrics relevant to their role without being exposed to sensitive data intended only for management.

Given the user is logged in as a Sustainability Analyst, when they view their EcoMetrics Dashboard, then they should only see metrics that their role allows based on the permissions set by the Administrator, with sensitive metrics hidden.

A team leader wants to review their team’s performance metrics while ensuring confidentiality of sensitive data.

Given the user is logged in as a Team Leader, when they access the EcoMetrics Dashboard, then they should be able to view team performance metrics without having access to any individual level data classified under higher permissions.

An employee mistakenly tries to access metrics that are restricted for their role due to incorrect permissions.

Given the user is logged in as an Employee, when they attempt to access restricted metrics, then they should see an error message indicating that they do not have the necessary permissions to view that data.

Administrators want to ensure that the permissions set for different roles can be modified as organizational needs change.

Given the user is logged in as an Administrator, when they edit the permissions for a specific role, then the changes should be saved and take effect immediately for all users assigned to that role.

A compliance officer needs to audit user access to ensure that permissions are correctly set and followed.

Given the user is logged in as a Compliance Officer, when they generate a user access report, then it should accurately display all roles, permissions assigned, and any recent changes to ensure compliance with company policies.

Mobile Accessibility

"As a field employee, I want to access my EcoMetrics Dashboard on my mobile device so that I can check our sustainability metrics and make updates while away from my desk."

Description

To enhance user engagement and functionality, the Customizable Metrics Dashboard must be mobile-friendly, ensuring that users can access and manage their metrics on various devices. The mobile version should maintain all functionalities of the desktop version while optimizing the user interface for smaller screens. This requirement guarantees that users can monitor their sustainability metrics on-the-go, providing flexibility and convenience for busy professionals who may need to access their data outside of traditional office settings.

Acceptance Criteria

Users access the Mobile Customizable Metrics Dashboard while commuting to review their environmental metrics and make on-the-fly adjustments to their tracking preferences.

Given the user is logged into the EcoPlanit app on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Customizable Metrics Dashboard, then they should be able to view and edit their selected sustainability metrics without any functionality loss compared to the desktop version.

A user attempts to access their Customizable Metrics Dashboard during a meeting through their smartphone to ensure they can present accurate data.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they open the Customizable Metrics Dashboard, then all displayed metrics must be visually optimized for mobile viewing, ensuring readability and ease of navigation.

A user logs into their EcoPlanit account from a tablet in a coffee shop to track their sustainability progress while taking a break.

Given the user is accessing the Mobile Customizable Metrics Dashboard from a tablet, when they customize their metrics, then the system should save their preferences and maintain their settings across all devices without requiring multiple logins.

A user wants to compare metrics on the go during a site visit, using their smartphone to evaluate different sustainability strategies in real-time.

Given the user is on the site visit, when they switch between different metrics on the Mobile Customizable Metrics Dashboard, then the transitions should occur within two seconds without lag or loading issues.

After a software update, a user accesses the Mobile Customizable Metrics Dashboard to ensure all functionalities remain intact.

Given the user updates the EcoPlanit app on their mobile device, when they access the Customizable Metrics Dashboard, then all features, including customization and data viewing options, should function identically to the previous version of the app.

A user wants to share their sustainability progress from the Mobile Customizable Metrics Dashboard with a team member via email.

Given the user is viewing the Mobile Customizable Metrics Dashboard, when they select the share option, then the email should include a clear summary of their metrics along with a direct link to the dashboard.

Visual Analytics Tools

Incorporates a suite of visual tools such as graphs, charts, and heat maps that simplify complex data sets, making sustainability metrics easily digestible. This feature enhances user comprehension, allowing Executive Leaders and Operations Managers to visualize their performance and communicate results effectively to stakeholders.

Requirements

Interactive Graphs

"As an Executive Leader, I want to interact with sustainability graphs so that I can easily analyze performance trends and present findings to my team."

Description

This requirement involves the development of interactive graphs that allow users to explore sustainability metrics dynamically. Users will be able to hover over data points to view detailed information, filter data by specific time frames or categories, and export visualizations for reports. This functionality enhances user engagement and comprehension of sustainability data, making it easier for Executive Leaders and Operations Managers to analyze their company's performance and trends over time. By providing a user-friendly interface, this requirement aims to facilitate better decision-making and more effective communication of results to stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria

User explores sustainability metrics through the interactive graphs feature during a quarterly performance review meeting.

Given the user selects an interactive graph, when they hover over a data point, then a tooltip displaying detailed information about that data point is shown.

User attempts to filter sustainability metrics by a specific time frame while analyzing company performance.

Given the user selects a time frame filter on the interactive graph, when they apply the filter, then the graph updates to display only data within that specified time frame.

User wants to export the current view of an interactive graph to include in a report for stakeholders.

Given the user has modified the interactive graph, when they click the export button, then a downloadable file of the current graph view in PDF format is generated and saved to their device.

User receives training on using interactive graphs within the EcoPlanit platform for analyzing sustainability metrics.

Given the user is in a training session, when they interact with the interactive graph, then they can successfully filter metrics and export data without external guidance.

User needs to present an analysis of sustainability trends over a specific category to the executive team.

Given the user selects a category filter from the interactive graphs, when they present the filtered data, then the executive team can easily understand the trends represented in the graph.

Customizable Dashboards

"As an Operations Manager, I want to customize my dashboard so that I can focus on the sustainability metrics that are most relevant to my responsibilities."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating customizable dashboards where users can select which metrics and visual tools they want to display based on their priorities. Users can drag and drop different visualization widgets, resize them, and choose from various templates to create a dashboard that fits their needs. This level of customization provides users with the flexibility to monitor the information that matters most to them, enhancing their ability to manage sustainability efforts effectively. It also ensures that the information communicated aligns with stakeholders' interests and the company's strategic priorities.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to create a customizable dashboard to monitor key sustainability metrics such as carbon footprint and waste reduction by dragging and dropping widgets onto their dashboard.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, When they access the customizable dashboard feature, Then they can drag and drop at least three different visualization widgets onto the dashboard.

An Executive Leader wants to resize a visualization widget on their dashboard to better fit the layout for easier viewing during team presentations.

Given a widget is on the dashboard, When the user selects and drags the corner of the widget, Then the widget can be resized while maintaining its aspect ratio.

An Operations Manager desires to save their customized dashboard layout for future use after arranging the visual tools according to priority.

Given the user has arranged their dashboard, When they click the 'Save Dashboard' button, Then the layout is saved and can be reloaded in future sessions without data loss.

Heat Maps for Energy Consumption

"As a Manager, I want to see heat maps of energy consumption so that I can identify inefficiencies and optimize our energy use."

Description

This requirement includes the implementation of heat maps that visually represent energy consumption across different departments or processes within the organization. The heat maps will use color gradients to highlight areas of high and low consumption, providing immediate visual feedback on performance. This feature aims to empower Managers to identify inefficiencies and focus their efforts on areas that need improvement. By clearly displaying energy usage patterns, users can make informed decisions on adjustments and implement more sustainable practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Use Case for Managers Analyzing Energy Consumption Effectiveness

Given energy consumption data from multiple departments, when the heat map is generated, then it must visually display areas of high consumption in red and low consumption in green for clear differentiation.

User Interaction with Heat Map Features

Given the user is viewing the heat map, when they hover over a specific area, then detailed data on energy consumption for that department is shown in a tooltip.

Comparative Analysis Over Time

Given multiple monthly heat maps are generated, when a user selects a date range, then the system must display a comparative heat map reflecting energy consumption changes over that period.

Accessibility of Heat Maps for Diverse User Roles

Given user roles defined as Executive Leader and Operations Manager, when they access the heat maps, then both roles must have options suited to their needs, displaying relevant metrics for decision-making.

Integration of Heat Maps with Reporting Tools

Given the generation of heat maps, when users initiate a report, then the report must include the generated heat maps alongside comprehensive analysis and recommendations.

Email Notifications for Significant Consumption Changes

Given the heat map data is analyzed, when there is a significant change in energy consumption, then an automated email notification with the updated heat map must be sent to the managers responsible for the affected departments.

Automated Reporting Tools

"As a Compliance Officer, I want automated reports on sustainability metrics so that I can ensure we meet compliance standards without spending excessive time on data gathering."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing automated reporting tools that compile and present sustainability metrics based on user-defined parameters and timeframes. Users can schedule reports and choose specific metrics, which are generated automatically and made available in various formats (e.g., PDF, Excel). This feature streamlines compliance reporting and reduces the manual effort required for sustainability audits. The goal is to ensure users can easily demonstrate compliance with regulations and track progress against sustainability goals, thus fostering transparency and accountability within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated reporting tool generates a scheduled sustainability report every month for review by Executive Leaders.

Given a user has set a monthly report schedule with specific metrics, When the scheduled time arrives, Then the report is automatically generated in the selected format (PDF, Excel) and emailed to the user.

Users can select specific metrics for inclusion in the automated reports based on their sustainability goals.

Given a user accesses the reporting tool, When the user selects specific sustainability metrics and saves the selection, Then those metrics are included in the automated reports generated for the selected timeframe.

The generated reports must accurately represent the sustainability metrics based on user-defined parameters.

Given a user defines parameters for their report, When the report is generated, Then the displayed data in the report matches the input parameters and metrics chosen by the user without discrepancies.

Reports should be accessible through multiple formats to cater to different user needs.

Given a user has requested a report, When the report is generated, Then the user can choose to download the report in at least two formats (PDF, Excel, etc.) as specified during report creation.

Users are able to review and modify scheduled reports through the automated reporting tool.

Given a user has created a scheduled report, When the user seeks to modify the report schedule or metrics, Then the user can successfully make changes and save the updated schedule without errors.

The system should notify users upon successful report generation and when reports are available for download.

Given a report is successfully generated, When the generation is complete, Then the system sends an automated notification to the user confirming report availability.

The report generation process should have a dashboard to show the status of scheduled reports.

Given a user accesses the report generation dashboard, When the user views the dashboard, Then all scheduled reports should display their current status (scheduled, generated, pending) clearly.

Collaboration Tools for Community Engagement

"As a community member, I want collaboration tools so that I can engage with others on sustainability practices and share knowledge effectively."

Description

This requirement involves the integration of collaboration tools that allow users to share insights, best practices, and sustainability strategies with their community in the platform hub. Features may include discussion forums, resource sharing, and project collaborations that promote shared learning and innovation among SMEs. Additionally, users can follow up on discussions and receive notifications on replies, enhancing community engagement. This not only strengthens the EcoPlanit community but also encourages knowledge sharing that can lead to improved sustainability practices enterprise-wide.

Acceptance Criteria

Executive Leader accesses the collaboration tool and initiates a new discussion on sustainability best practices within the community hub.

Given that the Executive Leader is logged into the EcoPlanit platform, when they navigate to the community hub and select 'Start New Discussion', then a new discussion thread is created and visible to all community members.

An Operations Manager shares a sustainability resource in the collaboration tools section and receives feedback from peers.

Given that the Operations Manager is on the community hub page, when they upload a sustainability resource and click 'Share', then the resource is accessible to all users and displays a notification of user feedback underneath.

A user follows a discussion thread and receives notifications for any replies or updates on the conversation.

Given that the user has followed a discussion thread, when another user posts a reply, then the original user receives a notification alerting them of the new activity in their chosen thread.

Users collaborate on a sustainability project within the community hub, track their progress, and share updates.

Given that multiple users are participants in a shared project, when any participant updates the project status, then all team members receive an instant notification of the change through the platform.

A user searches for previously shared insights in the collaboration tools and finds relevant posts related to their query.

Given that the user is on the collaboration tools page, when they enter terms into the search bar and hit 'Search', then the system provides a list of relevant posts matching the query criteria.

Community engagement metrics are reviewed by the admin to assess the effectiveness of the collaboration tools.

Given that the admin accesses the analytics dashboard, when they select the 'Community Engagement' report, then they can view metrics, including total discussions initiated, resources shared, and user participation numbers over the last month.

Forecasting Model Integration

Integrates predictive analytics to forecast future sustainability performance based on current trends and historical data. This feature empowers users to understand potential outcomes, enabling them to strategize proactively and allocate resources effectively for upcoming sustainability initiatives.

Requirements

Data Input Validation

"As a sustainability manager, I want to ensure that the data I input into the forecasting model is accurate and reliable so that I can trust the outcomes generated for future sustainability planning."

Description

Implement validation checks for the data inputted into the forecasting model to ensure accuracy and reliability. This requirement enhances data integrity and helps users identify any inconsistencies or errors prior to analysis. By validating data, we can ensure that the insights derived from the forecasts are based on accurate information, ultimately leading to more effective decision-making and resource allocation by SMEs. This cohesive integration with EcoPlanit strengthens the platform's reliability and encourages user trust in the forecasts provided.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a CSV file containing sustainability data into the forecasting model to predict future performance.

Given a user uploads a valid CSV file with required fields, When the file is processed, Then the system should validate the data formats and return a confirmation message if all checks pass, or specify errors if issues are found.

User inputs sustainability metrics manually into the forecasting model's data entry form.

Given a user enters values into the data entry form, When the user submits the form, Then the system should validate that all fields are filled correctly and notify the user of successful submission or highlight specific errors.

A user wishes to review the historical data trends before validating the input for forecast accuracy.

Given the historical data is displayed on the screen, When the user reviews the trends, Then the user can visually compare inputted data with historical averages, ensuring that inputs are aligned with past trends.

User receives an alert for potential inconsistencies in the submitted data.

Given the system detects data inconsistencies during validation, When the user submits the data, Then the system should provide specific feedback on detected inconsistencies, allowing the user to correct them before final submission.

User attempts to input a negative value in a field that requires positive values only.

Given a user inputs a negative value in a positive-only field, When the user submits the form, Then the system should prevent submission and display a clear error message indicating the requirement for positive values.

An administrator evaluates the overall data validation process through system logs.

Given the administrator accesses the system logs, When reviewing the logs, Then the administrator can see a detailed list of validation checks performed and any failed validations reported with timestamps.

Customizable Forecasting Variables

"As a user, I want to customize the forecasting model's variables so that I can tailor the predictions to my company's unique sustainability objectives and industry context."

Description

Allow users to customize the parameters and variables included in the forecasting model based on their specific sustainability goals and industry standards. This feature provides flexibility to adapt the model to different contexts and enhances its relevance to diverse SMEs. By enabling customization, users can generate forecasts that are closely aligned with their strategic initiatives, fostering a proactive approach to sustainability efforts. This addition will enrich the platform's user-centric capabilities, supporting a wide range of business needs and aspirations.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization for Forecasting Variables

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the forecasting settings, then they should be able to view and select from a list of predefined variables relevant to their sustainability goals and industry standards.

Saving Customized Forecasting Variables

Given a user has selected their desired parameters for the forecasting model, when they click the 'Save' button, then the selected variables should be saved and be retrievable in future sessions.

Forecast Generation Based on Custom Variables

Given a user has customized their forecasting variables and saved them, when they run the forecasting model, then the generated forecasts should reflect the selected customization and provide relevant outcomes.

User Interface for Customization

Given a user accesses the customization interface, when they use the interface to add a new variable, then the system should allow for input, validation, and seamless integration into the existing model without errors.

Impact of Custom Variables on Forecast Accuracy

Given a user has customized variables and generated forecasts, when they compare the new forecasts against historical data, then they should observe an improvement in accuracy that aligns with user-defined expectations.

Documentation and Guidance for Customization

Given a user is on the customization page, when they click on the help icon, then they should access clear documentation outlining how to effectively use the customization features.

Feedback Mechanism for Custom Variables

Given a user has submitted customized variables, when they receive feedback from the system, then the feedback should provide insights on the effectiveness and potential improvements of their variable choices.

Scenario Analysis Tools

"As a sustainability strategist, I want to analyze various scenarios using the forecasting model so that I can make informed decisions based on potential outcomes."

Description

Develop tools that allow users to create and compare different sustainability scenarios based on varying inputs and assumptions. This feature will empower users to evaluate the potential impact of their decisions under different conditions, facilitating strategic planning and risk management. Users will be able to visualize potential outcomes, assess the feasibility of certain approaches, and adjust their strategies accordingly. By integrating these tools, EcoPlanit will enhance its value proposition, enabling SMEs to navigate complexities in sustainability with confidence.

Acceptance Criteria

User Scenario for Comparing Sustainability Scenarios with Different Inputs

Given a user selects the scenario analysis tool, When they input varying assumptions (e.g., resource allocation, operational changes), Then the tool must generate a comparative report showing the projected sustainability outcomes for each scenario within 5 seconds.

User Scenario for Visualizing Potential Outcomes of Sustainability Decisions

Given a user has created multiple sustainability scenarios, When they click on the 'Visualize Outcomes' button, Then the system should display a graphical representation of the projected outcomes comparing all scenarios side by side within 3 seconds.

User Scenario for Assessing Feasibility of Sustainability Approaches

Given a user has formulated several sustainability strategies, When they utilize the feasibility assessment feature, Then the system must provide a feasibility score for each strategy based on predefined criteria (cost, time, resource availability) after the user submits the data.

User Scenario for Adjusting Strategies Based on Scenario Analysis Results

Given a user receives the analysis results of their sustainability scenarios, When they modify some assumptions and resubmit their scenarios, Then the outcome should refresh and display the new projections within 5 seconds.

User Scenario for Using Scenario Analysis in Strategic Planning Meetings

Given a user prepares for a strategic planning meeting, When they generate a scenario analysis report, Then the exported report must include a summary, detailed outcomes, and recommendations which are sharable in PDF format.

User Scenario for Accessing Historical Data for Scenario Creation

Given a user navigates to the scenario analysis tool, When they select the option to include historical data, Then the system must retrieve and incorporate historical sustainability performance data relevant to the user's business profile within 5 seconds.

Automated Reporting Features

"As a compliance officer, I want to automate the reporting process for the forecasting model so that I can save time and ensure accurate reporting of our sustainability metrics."

Description

Integrate automated reporting capabilities that generate summaries of the forecasting model's outputs and insights. This requirement will streamline compliance reporting and performance tracking, saving time and effort for users. Automated reports will be customizable, allowing users to select relevant metrics and indicators to include. By simplifying the reporting process, this feature adds significant value to the platform, enabling SMEs to efficiently communicate their sustainability progress and comply with regulatory requirements.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Generation of Monthly Sustainability Reports

Given a user has inputted their data into the forecasting model, when they request a monthly sustainability report, then the system shall generate a report that includes key performance metrics selected by the user, formatted correctly, and accessible in both PDF and Excel formats.

Customizable Report Metric Selection

Given a user is setting up their automated report preferences, when they customize their report metrics, then the system shall save their selections and apply them to future automated reports generated for that user.

Real-Time Reporting Adjustments Based on User Inputs

Given a user modifies their input data in the forecasting model, when the automated report is generated, then it must reflect the latest updates and adjustments in the report metrics and insights provided.

Compliance Reporting for Regulatory Standards

Given a user generates a specific compliance report using the automated reporting feature, when the report is generated, then it must include all required metrics and insights necessary for compliance with current regulatory standards applicable to the user's industry.

Integration with Community Hub for Shared Reporting Insights

Given a user has generated a report using the automated feature, when they choose to share the report within the community hub, then it shall successfully upload the report and allow other community users to view and comment on it.

Bulk Report Generation for Multiple Reporting Periods

Given a user selects the option to generate reports for multiple months, when the request is processed, then the system shall generate all requested reports in a single batch, ensuring all reports are accessible in the user dashboard.

User Notification of Successful Report Generation

Given a user has requested an automated report, when the report generation is completed, then the system shall send a notification to the user via email and in-app messaging to inform them that their report is ready and accessible.

User Training and Documentation

"As a new user, I want access to training materials and documentation for the forecasting model so that I can learn how to use the tools effectively and implement my sustainability strategies."

Description

Provide comprehensive training resources and documentation for users to effectively utilize the forecasting model integration. This requirement involves creating user manuals, video tutorials, and training sessions to ensure users can maximize the value of the forecasting tools. Proper documentation will help address user queries and reduce the learning curve associated with the new feature. By investing in user education, EcoPlanit can enhance user satisfaction and ensure that SMEs leverage the full potential of the forecasting model.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the user manual for the forecasting model integration feature via EcoPlanit's documentation section.

Given the user is on the documentation page, when they click on the 'User Manual for Forecasting Model Integration' link, then the user manual PDF should download successfully without errors.

User watches the video tutorial on how to use the forecasting model integration tools.

Given the user is on the video tutorial page, when they click the 'Play' button on the forecasting model video, then the video should play without buffering issues and include sound throughout the tutorial.

User participates in a live training session for the forecasting model integration feature.

Given that a live training session is scheduled, when the user registers and attends the session, then the user should be able to ask questions and receive responses from the trainer in real-time.

User tries to utilize the forecasting model feature after reviewing the provided documentation.

Given the user has reviewed the documentation, when they attempt to implement their first forecasting report, then they should be able to complete the report with no errors and submit it successfully.

User seeks assistance for issues encountered while using the forecasting model integration.

Given the user encounters a problem, when they navigate to the help section and submit a query, then they should receive a response from customer support within 24 hours.

New user accesses the community hub to learn from other users about the forecasting model integration.

Given the user is on the community hub page, when they browse through the discussions related to the forecasting model, then they should find at least three relevant and informative posts by other users within the first two minutes.

Collaborative Insights Sharing

This feature allows users to share selected metrics and insights with team members or stakeholders directly through the dashboard. By facilitating easy sharing of important data, users can enhance collaboration, drive accountability, and engage their teams in sustainability initiatives.

Requirements

User Role-Based Access

"As a project manager, I want to ensure that team members have access to the specific data necessary for their roles so that I can maintain control over sensitive information while promoting collaboration."

Description

This requirement will enable role-based permissions for users within the EcoPlanit platform. Each user will have a specific role that grants them tailored access to features and data relevant to their responsibilities. This functionality promotes security and ensures that sensitive information is only accessible to authorized personnel. By delineating access according to user roles, team members can focus on their responsibilities without the risk of exposure to irrelevant or confidential data. The user role-based access will enhance collaboration, streamline workflows, and enforce accountability among team members, leading to a more effective engagement in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User with 'Manager' role accesses and shares insights with team members through the dashboard.

Given the user has a 'Manager' role, when they navigate to the insights sharing feature, then they must see options to select metrics and send them to specific team members.

User with 'Employee' role attempts to access sensitive financial metrics.

Given the user has an 'Employee' role, when they try to access the financial metrics section, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

Admin user assigns roles to new team members within the EcoPlanit platform.

Given the user is an Admin, when they assign roles to new team members, then the system must successfully save these roles and apply relevant permissions instantly.

Team member with 'Analyst' role attempts to generate a sustainability report.

Given the user has an 'Analyst' role, when they request to generate a sustainability report, then the system must include only the metrics relevant to their role in the generated report.

User changes their role from 'Employee' to 'Manager' and checks their access rights.

Given the user changes their role to 'Manager', when they refresh the dashboard, then they must have access to additional features and data not available in the 'Employee' role.

Real-Time Collaboration Tools

"As a team member, I want to collaborate with my colleagues in real-time on sustainability metrics so that I can get instant feedback and contribute effectively to our projects."

Description

This feature will provide real-time collaboration tools integrated within the EcoPlanit dashboard, allowing users to engage with each other simultaneously while sharing insights and metrics. These tools will include chat, comments, and live editing of shared documents which will facilitate immediate feedback and enhance productivity. The integration of real-time collaboration aligns with the goal of fostering a community of shared learning and innovation. By allowing users to interact in real-time, it increases engagement and enables quicker decision-making regarding sustainability initiatives and reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time collaboration during team meetings for sustainability report preparations.

Given that a user is logged into EcoPlanit and in a team meeting, when they share a metric from the dashboard, then all team members should be able to view and discuss the shared insights in real-time.

Engaging with stakeholders while presenting sustainability metrics through the EcoPlanit dashboard.

Given a user is presenting sustainability metrics to stakeholders, when they enable collaboration tools, then stakeholders should be able to comment and ask questions directly on the metrics displayed during the presentation.

Simultaneous editing of shared documents by multiple users in EcoPlanit.

Given that multiple users are working on a shared document within EcoPlanit, when a user edits the document, then all other users should see the changes reflected instantly, enabling real-time collaboration.

Sending notifications for new comments or discussions on insights shared in EcoPlanit.

Given a user has shared metrics or insights, when a collaborator adds a comment, then the original user should receive a notification about the new comment within the EcoPlanit platform.

Utilizing the chat feature for quick feedback on sustainability initiatives.

Given a user is using the chat feature within EcoPlanit, when they send a message to collaborators, then all participants should receive the message in real-time regardless of their interface or device.

Facilitating user interaction through live editing during brainstorming sessions.

Given users are engaged in a brainstorming session within EcoPlanit, when they utilize live editing in a shared document, then all edits should be visible to all users instantly, allowing for productive discussions.

Tracking changes made during collaborative sessions in EcoPlanit.

Given a user has made changes to a shared metric or document, when the save action is completed, then a change log should be generated showing all edits made during the collaboration session.

Customizable Insights Dashboard

"As an analyst, I want to customize my dashboard to highlight the metrics that matter most to my work so that I can monitor our sustainability performance more effectively."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating a customizable insights dashboard that allows users to tailor the metrics and data visualizations they see based on their preferences and priorities. Users can select which insights are most relevant to their roles and arrange them in an order that suits their workflow. This personal touch to the dashboard enhances the user experience, making it easier for individuals to track and manage the sustainability goals pertinent to their operations. Customization of the dashboard is essential for maximizing user engagement, ensuring that the data displayed is actionable and aligned with their objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes the insights dashboard to display metrics relevant to their specific role within the organization, rearranging the layout to prioritize critical KPIs.

Given a user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they access the insights dashboard and select 'Customize', then they can choose which metrics to display and rearrange them in a desired order, and save this layout successfully.

A user shares their customized dashboard insights with a team member using the sharing option on the dashboard.

Given a user has customized their insights dashboard, when they click on 'Share' and select a team member, then the selected metrics should be sent to the chosen team member's email and display a confirmation message on the dashboard.

The user wants to revert the dashboard to the default settings after making several customizations.

Given a user has made changes to their insights dashboard, when they click on 'Reset to Default', then the dashboard should revert to the original layout and metrics it had upon initial setup, with a confirmation prompt before resetting.

The user accesses the dashboard on a mobile device and wants to ensure customization persists across different devices.

Given a user has customized their dashboard on a desktop, when they log into EcoPlanit from a mobile device, then the dashboard should display the same customized metrics and layout as on the desktop.

A user tests the loading time of the customized dashboard to ensure performance remains optimal after multiple adjustments.

Given a user has a customized dashboard with more than five metrics displayed, when they load the dashboard, then it should load within 3 seconds on average to ensure performance quality is maintained.

A user forgets their customized settings and needs to retrieve the last saved configuration on the dashboard.

Given a user has previously customized their insights dashboard, when they select 'Load Last Configuration', then the dashboard should revert to the last saved state of customization successfully.

A user wants to ensure the dashboard is accessible and usable for team members with varying levels of technical expertise.

Given a user has customized their dashboard, when they request feedback from a non-technical team member about the usability of the dashboard, then the team member should be able to navigate, interpret the metrics, and use the sharing features without confusion or assistance.

Automated Reporting Tools

"As a compliance officer, I want to automate the generation of sustainability reports so that I can ensure our reporting is timely and accurate without manual effort."

Description

This feature will provide automated reporting tools within EcoPlanit that generate compliance and sustainability reports based on the selected metrics and insights. Users will have the option to schedule reports to be sent to stakeholders at specified intervals without having to manually compile data. The automation of reports streamlines the compliance process, saving valuable time and reducing the possibility of human error. This is particularly crucial for SMEs seeking to adhere to regulations and demonstrate their sustainability efforts clearly and efficiently. It allows for timely dissemination of data to stakeholders and supports transparency.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a weekly automated compliance report to be sent to the finance department every Monday at 9 AM to ensure they have the necessary data for their review meeting.

Given the user has selected the metric for compliance reporting, when they schedule the report for every Monday at 9 AM, then the report should be automatically generated and sent to the finance department's email without manual intervention.

A user wants to generate a monthly sustainability report for stakeholders that includes metrics on energy usage and waste management to demonstrate the company's progress in these areas.

Given the user selects energy usage and waste management metrics, when they generate a monthly report, then the report should accurately reflect the selected metrics and include visual data representations such as charts or graphs.

A user needs to modify an existing automated report schedule from bi-weekly to monthly due to changes in their operational needs.

Given the user accesses the automated reporting settings, when they change the report frequency from bi-weekly to monthly and save the changes, then the schedule should be updated to reflect the new monthly frequency for the selected report.

A user wants to ensure that the automated reports comply with regulatory guidelines and include all necessary information before sending them out to stakeholders.

Given the user has set up an automated report, when they review the report template in the dashboard, then the template should clearly list all required compliance metrics and ensure all fields meet the current regulations.

A user wants to check if the automated reports are being delivered by reviewing the history of sent reports in the dashboard.

Given the user navigates to the reporting history section, when they view the list of past sent reports, then they should see all reports successfully generated and sent, with timestamps and recipient details showing clear evidence of delivery.

The user needs to create a report that summarizes the company’s sustainability impact and sends it quarterly to external stakeholders for transparency.

Given the user selects sustainability impact metrics and sets the report to be sent quarterly, when the report is generated at the end of the quarter, then it should compile all data relevant to the selected metrics and be delivered to the external stakeholder list specified by the user.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

"As a team leader, I want a feedback mechanism for shared metrics so that I can foster a culture of continuous improvement and ensure our sustainability strategies are always evolving based on team input."

Description

The feedback loop mechanism will enable users to provide and receive feedback on shared insights and metrics, fostering a cycle of continuous improvement. This feature will allow users to comment on shared data and suggest modifications or highlight successes, which can be reviewed and acted upon by relevant team members. This open line of communication is vital for ensuring that sustainability strategies are effective and aligned with organizational goals. The feedback loop is essential for cultivating a collaborative environment where all users feel empowered to contribute their thoughts and suggestions.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to provide feedback on a shared sustainability metric after a team meeting, allowing for a dialogue around the implications of the data shared.

Given that I have access to the shared metric, when I submit feedback, then the feedback should be visible to all team members associated with that metric and should allow for additional comments.

As a team leader, I need to review feedback provided on metrics shared in our dashboard to ensure all voices are heard and suggestions considered.

Given that feedback has been provided, when I access the feedback section for shared metrics, then I should be able to view all comments linked to those metrics with timestamps and user identifiers for accountability.

As a user, I want to receive notifications for any feedback responses on metrics I have shared, to ensure I stay informed and can act on suggestions promptly.

Given that feedback has been received on metrics I shared, when a response is made, then I should receive a notification in my dashboard and via email if enabled to ensure I do not miss any important updates.

As a user, I want to flag important feedback as a success that can be easily referenced for future sustainability reports or discussions.

Given that I can review feedback on metrics, when I flag specific feedback as a success, then that feedback should be marked and stored in a dedicated 'Successes' section accessible to all relevant team members.

As an admin, I want to be able to remove inappropriate or irrelevant feedback from shared metrics to maintain a productive environment.

Given that inappropriate feedback may be submitted, when I access the feedback moderation panel, then I should be able to see reported feedback and remove it if deemed inappropriate, with a confirmation prompt to prevent accidental deletions.

As a user, I want to archive completed insights and their associated feedback to keep the dashboard clutter-free while maintaining access to historical data.

Given that an insight has been marked as completed, when I choose to archive it, then the insight and its feedback should be moved to an archive section where it can be retrieved and viewed later if needed.

As a user, I need to categorize feedback based on themes (e.g., 'Improvement', 'Success', 'Concern') for easier navigation and analysis during team discussions.

Given that I am providing feedback, when I submit my comment, then I should be able to select a category from a predefined list that will tag my feedback appropriately for easy reference during discussions.

Automated Reporting Tools

Enhances the dashboard with automated reporting functionalities that generate compliance and performance reports with a single click. This feature not only saves time but also ensures that users can easily showcase their sustainability achievements to regulatory bodies or internal stakeholders.

Requirements

Customizable Report Templates

"As an SME owner, I want to customize my sustainability reports so that I can better communicate my achievements to stakeholders in a way that reflects my brand personality."

Description

This requirement entails the development of customizable report templates that allow users to tailor their reports according to specific needs and preferences. Users will be able to select the data points, visualizations, and overall layout that best represent their sustainability achievements and objectives. This functionality not only enhances the user experience but enables businesses to create reports that resonate more with their intended audience, thereby improving clarity and engagement. The integration of this feature will streamline reporting processes while providing users with the flexibility to showcase their sustainability efforts in a manner that aligns with their brand identity and communication strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the customizable report templates section after logging into EcoPlanit and selects a template for their sustainability report.

Given the user is logged in, when they access the customizable report templates section, then they should see at least three different templated options available for selection.

A user selects a customizable report template and chooses specific data points and visualizations to include in their report.

Given the user has selected a template, when they customize their report by selecting at least five different data points and two visualization types, then the changes should be saved successfully without any errors.

The user decides to generate the final report after customizing it according to their preferences.

Given the user has completed customizing their report, when they click the 'Generate Report' button, then a compliant and well-formatted report should be generated with the selected data points and visualizations in under 10 seconds.

A user opens a customizable report that they previously saved to alter or update it based on new data or goals.

Given the user has saved a report, when they navigate back to the customizable report section and select the saved report, then all previously selected data points and customizations should be loaded accurately without data loss.

The user tries to create a report without selecting any data points or visualizations, as a test case for error handling.

Given the user is within the customizable report section, when they attempt to generate a report without making any selections, then they should receive a clear error message prompting them to select at least one data point or visualization.

The user needs to share their customizable report with an internal stakeholder via email directly from EcoPlanit.

Given the user has generated a report, when they click the 'Share' button and enter the stakeholder's email address, then the report should be sent successfully with the correct content in the email body and an attachment of the report.

The user wants to ensure that their customizable report meets specific regulatory guidelines before finalizing it.

Given the user is customizing their report, when they check the regulatory compliance box, then the template should update to highlight areas that need attention according to the respective guidelines.

Real-time Performance Metrics

"As a sustainability manager, I want real-time performance metrics so that I can quickly assess my company's progress and make adjustments to achieve our sustainability goals effectively."

Description

This requirement focuses on providing users with real-time performance metrics related to their sustainability goals and key performance indicators (KPIs). The functionality will integrate live data updates, allowing users to monitor their progress continuously. This feature is crucial as it empowers users to make informed decisions and adjustments to their operations in a timely manner. Real-time insights will enhance responsiveness to regulatory changes and internal objectives, fostering a proactive approach to sustainability management. Moreover, this feature encourages users to engage in regular performance assessments, driving accountability and commitment to eco-friendly practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the real-time performance metrics feature on EcoPlanit to view their sustainability goals and KPIs during a monthly review meeting, ensuring they are on track with their environmental goals.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they navigate to the real-time performance metrics dashboard, then the dashboard displays live data related to their sustainability goals and KPIs without any errors.

A user sets a specific sustainability goal for reducing carbon emissions and monitors their progress using the real-time performance metrics. They want to ensure that the updates reflect their operational adjustments made throughout the month.

Given the user updates their operational data impacting carbon emissions, when they check the real-time performance metrics, then the metrics reflect the latest data within 5 minutes of the updates being made.

During a quarterly compliance audit, a user retrieves the real-time performance metrics to present to stakeholders. They need to ensure the metrics are accurate and easily understandable for effective communication.

Given the user accesses the real-time performance metrics, when they generate a summary report, then the report includes clear visualizations and accurate data reflecting the user's sustainability performance over the past quarter.

A user receives an alert indicating a significant drop in real-time performance metrics for a specific KPI. They need to understand the implications and decide on corrective actions.

Given the user is monitoring their performance metrics, when a KPI drops below the predefined threshold, then the system sends an immediate alert to the user with suggested actions to rectify the issue.

A user engages in a weekly performance review of their sustainability metrics to evaluate ongoing initiatives. They require a historical comparison of current metrics against past performance for insightful analysis.

Given the user is on the performance metrics dashboard, when they request a historical comparison, then the system provides comparative data for the last three months, allowing the user to gauge progress effectively.

A community forum member queries about the accuracy of the real-time metrics feature. They need substantial evidence comparing user-entered data against system-generated insights.

Given a community member asks for data accuracy, when they review the system-generated insights, then the metrics should align with user-entered data within a 95% accuracy rate, ensuring reliability.

In a training session, new users test the real-time performance metrics for accessibility and usability. They want to ensure the feature is intuitive for immediate use without extensive training.

Given that new users participate in a training session, when they access the real-time performance metrics for the first time, then at least 80% of users should successfully navigate the dashboard and interpret metrics without assistance after a brief overview.

Collaborative Reporting Functions

"As a team member, I want to collaborate with my colleagues on our sustainability reports so that we can create a more comprehensive and accurate representation of our collective efforts."

Description

This requirement aims to introduce collaborative reporting functions that enable multiple users within an organization to contribute to and edit reports simultaneously. This feature will facilitate teamwork and improve the quality of reports by incorporating diverse insights and data from various departments. By fostering collaboration, users will be able to create more comprehensive and informative reports showcasing the entire organization’s sustainability efforts. Integration of commenting and version control features will ensure that all inputs are tracked and managed effectively, enhancing the team’s ability to produce high-quality reports while streamlining the workflow of the reporting process.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users from different departments are logged into EcoPlanit and ready to collaborate on a sustainability report, each contributing their unique insights and data in real-time.

Given multiple users have access to the same report, when they make edits, then changes should be visible to all users within 2 seconds and no data loss should occur.

The team is finalizing a sustainability report and needs to track changes made by different users during the collaboration process.

Given that users are collaborating on a report, when changes are made, then version control should log each edit with the username and timestamp, allowing users to revert to prior versions if needed.

A user wants to seek feedback on a specific section of the report from their colleagues before finalizing it.

Given the report is open for collaboration, when a user highlights text and adds a comment, then all collaborators should receive a notification of the new comment in real-time.

The reporting team has completed the draft and needs to review all comments and suggestions made by other users before finalizing the report.

Given that comments have been made by multiple users, when the team reviews the report, then they should be able to view all comments in a separate panel, categorized by the user and importance, ensuring thorough consideration of feedback.

Collaborators have finished their respective sections of the report and are ready to generate a final version for submission.

Given the report is complete, when the final version is generated, then it should include all contributions, reflect any edits made during collaboration, and be exportable in multiple formats (PDF, Word, etc.) without formatting loss.

The organization wants to create a collaborative environment while utilizing the reporting feature for efficiency.

Given the collaborative reporting function is enabled, when users add or edit information, then the system should allow up to 10 simultaneous users without performance degradation or application crashes.

After gathering inputs from various departments, the team wants to review individual contributions to ensure they align with the overall sustainability goals of the organization.

Given the report is open, when a user clicks on a contributor’s name in the report, then they should be able to see that user’s contributions and any associated comments or feedback on their section.

Data Visualization Enhancements

"As a report reviewer, I want enhanced data visualization tools so that I can easily understand and interpret the sustainability data presented in reports without getting overwhelmed by raw numbers."

Description

This requirement includes the development of advanced data visualization tools that enhance how users can present their sustainability data in reports. By integrating a variety of chart types, graphs, and infographics, users can translate complex data sets into visually appealing formats that clearly convey key insights and trends. This feature will not only improve the aesthetic quality of reports but also increase their effectiveness in communicating important information quickly and clearly. Enhancing data visualization capabilities is essential in supporting users’ efforts to persuade stakeholders and comply with reporting standards by showcasing data in an accessible and engaging manner.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can select from multiple chart types to visualize their sustainability data in reports.

Given a user is on the reporting dashboard, when they select the data visualization options, then they should be able to choose from at least five different chart types (bar, line, pie, radar, and area) for data representation.

The visualizations should accurately reflect the underlying data without discrepancies.

Given a user uploads a dataset, when they generate a visualization, then the chart should accurately represent the data values and trends as per the dataset provided, with no more than a 5% margin of error.

Users can customize visualizations to include labels, legends, and color schemes to suit their branding.

Given a user has selected a chart type, when they choose to customize, then they should be able to add labels, adjust colors, and include legends according to their preferences in a user-friendly interface.

The generated reports with visualizations can be exported in common formats for sharing.

Given a user has completed a report, when they choose to export it, then they should be able to download the report in at least three formats (PDF, Word, and Excel) with all visualizations included.

Users can view a preview of the visualizations before finalizing the report.

Given a user is creating a report, when they click on the preview option, then they should see an accurate representation of how the visualizations will appear in the final report before submission.

The platform provides tooltips and help options to explain data visualizations for better user understanding.

Given a user is viewing a chart in the report, when they hover over a data point, then they should see a tooltip that explains the data represented, enhancing comprehension.

Users can save and retrieve custom visualization settings for future reports.

Given a user has customized visualization settings, when they save these settings, then they should be able to retrieve them in future reporting sessions with no loss of configuration.

Automated Compliance Checks

"As a compliance officer, I want automated compliance checks in the reporting tools so that I can ensure our reports are accurate and meet regulatory standards effortlessly."

Description

This requirement seeks to implement automated compliance checks within the reporting tools to ensure that all generated reports meet relevant regulatory and organizational standards. By integrating compliance auditing capabilities, users can receive immediate feedback on whether the reports adhere to necessary guidelines before they are finalized or submitted. This feature is crucial for mitigating risks related to non-compliance and enhancing the integrity of sustainability reporting. It will support users in maintaining transparency and accountability in their reporting processes, fostering trust among stakeholders and contributing to the overall success of their sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated compliance checks during quarterly report generation.

Given a user prepares a compliance report for the quarter, when the user clicks on the 'Generate Report' button, then the system automatically checks the report against all relevant regulatory and organizational standards and provides feedback on compliance status.

User receives instant alerts on compliance issues.

Given the user runs an automated compliance check, when any discrepancies are found in the report, then the system sends an instant notification to the user detailing the specific issues and suggested corrections before finalizing the report.

Compliance validation within the report generation process.

Given a user generates a sustainability report, when the report includes all necessary compliance checks, then the report should be flagged as 'compliance-ready' or 'non-compliance' based on the automated review results.

Integration with external compliance databases for up-to-date standards.

Given that automated compliance checks are conducted, when the system revises compliance criteria, then it should fetch the latest regulatory changes from external databases automatically to ensure all checks are current.

User access to detailed compliance check reports post-generation.

Given a user completes a report generation process, when the compliance check is performed, then the user should have access to a detailed report of compliance results, including areas that are compliant or non-compliant, to facilitate further review.

User training on utilizing automated compliance checks.

Given that the automated compliance check feature is launched, when users access the platform, then they should be able to access tutorial materials and user guides explaining how to utilize this feature effectively.

Feedback loop for continuous improvement.

Given that users provide feedback on the automated compliance check feature, when feedback is submitted, then the system should log this feedback for future iterations and improvements of the compliance checking mechanism.

Actionable Recommendations Engine

A dedicated feature that analyzes the user's sustainability data and provides tailored recommendations for improvement. By offering specific, actionable steps based on data analysis, this feature empowers users to enhance their sustainability practices effectively and efficiently.

Requirements

Data Analysis Module

"As a sustainability manager, I want to access a comprehensive data analysis of our environmental impact so that I can identify areas for improvement and effectively implement changes that enhance our sustainability practices."

Description

The Data Analysis Module requirement focuses on the development of advanced algorithms that will analyze the user’s sustainability data, integrating seamlessly with the EcoPlanit platform. This module will process vast amounts of data to identify patterns, inefficiencies, and opportunities for improvement in sustainability practices. By offering a visual representation of the data, users can gain valuable insights into their environmental impacts, aiding in making informed decisions. The benefits include increased user engagement, improved data accuracy, and the ability to track progress over time, ultimately fostering a responsive and evolving approach to sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads their sustainability data for analysis through the EcoPlanit platform.

Given that the user has uploaded their sustainability data, when the Data Analysis Module processes the input, then it should complete within 30 seconds and provide a summary of findings related to patterns and inefficiencies in the data.

User receives actionable recommendations based on the analysis of their sustainability data.

Given that the Data Analysis Module has completed processing the data, when the user accesses the recommendations section, then they should see at least three specific, actionable recommendations tailored to their data.

User views visual representations of their sustainability data through the EcoPlanit platform.

Given that the data analysis has been completed, when the user navigates to the data visualization dashboard, then it should display graphs and charts that represent the user's data trends and areas for improvement.

User tracks their progress over time in sustainability practices using the platform.

Given that users have interacted with the platform for three consecutive months, when they access the progress tracking feature, then they should see historical data comparisons that illustrate improvements or declines in their sustainability metrics.

User shares their sustainability data insights with their teams through the platform.

Given that the data analysis has produced results, when the user selects the share option, then they should be able to share a customized report via email or through the EcoPlanit community hub with successful confirmation of sharing.

Administrator accesses system logs for monitoring data processing performance.

Given that the administrator logs into the admin dashboard, when they navigate to the system logs, then they should be able to view logs that display processing times for user data uploads and analysis for the last 30 days.

User receives notifications for new recommendations based on updated data.

Given that the user has submitted new sustainability data, when analysis is completed, then they should receive a notification indicating that their new recommendations are available for review.

Personalized Recommendation Generation

"As a business owner, I want to receive personalized sustainability recommendations based on my specific data so that I can take actionable steps to improve our sustainability efforts and comply with regulations more effectively."

Description

This requirement entails the development of a personalized recommendations engine that generates tailored recommendations based on the data analyzed by the Data Analysis Module. By leveraging user-specific data, the engine will provide actionable steps that businesses can implement to improve their sustainability practices in an effective manner. The integration of this feature into EcoPlanit ensures that recommendations are not only relevant but also aligned with current regulatory standards and practices. This empowers users by making sustainability adjustments manageable and directly applicable to their operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into EcoPlanit and accesses the Actionable Recommendations Engine to receive sustainability recommendations based on their business's current practices and data.

Given a logged-in user with valid data, When the user requests recommendations, Then the system should generate at least three tailored recommendations specific to the user's sustainability performance.

User has entered their sustainability data into EcoPlanit, including carbon footprint, waste management, and energy consumption metrics.

Given that the user has provided comprehensive sustainability data, When the user runs the recommendations engine, Then the system should analyze the data and return actionable recommendations within five seconds.

User reviews the generated recommendations from the Actionable Recommendations Engine and decides to implement one of the suggested actions.

Given that recommendations are generated, When the user selects a recommendation to implement, Then the system should provide a step-by-step guide to executing the action, including resources and best practices.

User wants to ensure that the recommendations align with regulatory standards and practices relevant to their industry.

Given that the user views the recommendations, When they check for compliance alignment, Then the system should indicate compliance status with a clear 'Compliant' or 'Non-Compliant' label for each recommendation.

User obtains feedback on their implemented recommendations through EcoPlanit after a month of execution.

Given the user has implemented recommendations, When the user requests feedback from the system, Then the engine should analyze results and provide an updated sustainability score along with suggestions for further improvement.

Integrated Reporting Tools

"As a compliance officer, I want to generate reports on our sustainability practices quickly, so that I can easily demonstrate our adherence to regulations and communicate our initiatives to stakeholders."

Description

The Integrated Reporting Tools requirement focuses on developing customizable reporting features that allow users to generate comprehensive sustainability reports effortlessly. Users will be able to extract data insights derived from the data analysis and recommendations engine to create reports that meet regulatory compliance standards or company-specific goals. This enhances the user experience by simplifying the process of tracking their sustainability improvement, allowing clear communication with stakeholders, and facilitating strategic planning for future initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a compliance report for a regulatory audit using the integrated reporting tools within EcoPlanit.

Given the user is logged into EcoPlanit, when they select the reporting tools, then they must be able to choose from predefined templates for regulatory compliance reporting, and the generated report should contain accurate data representations based on their input data.

User customizes a sustainability report to include specific metrics relevant to their business goals.

Given the user is in the reporting interface, when they select custom metrics, then the report should enable selection of various sustainability indicators, and the final report should reflect those selected metrics in a clear format.

User downloads a generated sustainability report in multiple formats, such as PDF and Excel.

Given the user has successfully generated a sustainability report, when they choose to download the report, then the system must provide options to download the report in both PDF and Excel formats without data loss or corruption.

User shares a completed sustainability report with stakeholders through the platform's community hub.

Given the user has a completed sustainability report, when they select the share option, then they must be able to send it to specific stakeholders within the EcoPlanit community, and the shared report should be accessible to those users.

User views a summary of insights derived from their sustainability data within the reporting tools.

Given the user accesses the reporting tools, when they generate a report, then the report should include a summary section that highlights key insights and recommendations based on the user’s data inputs.

User accesses archived previous reports for comparison with current sustainability efforts.

Given the user is on the reporting interface, when they navigate to the 'Archived Reports' section, then they must be able to view and select previous reports, which should load accurately with all previously recorded data.

User seeks help regarding the reporting tools using the integrated help feature.

Given the user is utilizing the reporting tools, when they click on the help icon, then they should be presented with FAQs and a guide that assists them in effectively using the reporting features.

Community Learning Hub Integration

"As a user, I want to connect with other SMEs in the EcoPlanit community to share experiences and learn from their sustainability practices, so that I can adopt best practices and improve our initiatives effectively."

Description

This requirement aims at integrating a community learning hub within the EcoPlanit platform, fostering peer-to-peer learning and collaboration among SMEs. The feature will enable users to share their sustainability experiences, best practices, and successful implementations of recommendations. It enhances community engagement by creating an environment where businesses can innovate collectively and support one another in achieving their sustainability goals. This tool is essential for establishing a culture of knowledge sharing and continuous improvement across the EcoPlanit user base.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Community Learning Hub after receiving actionable recommendations from the Actionable Recommendations Engine.

Given a user has logged into EcoPlanit and accessed the Community Learning Hub, when they post a query regarding actionable recommendations, then other users should be able to respond to the query within 24 hours.

A user shares a success story of implementing a recommendation from the Actionable Recommendations Engine in the Community Learning Hub.

Given a user is writing a post in the Community Learning Hub, when they submit their success story, then it should be publicly visible to all other users within 5 minutes of submission.

A user seeks to find best practices shared by others in the Community Learning Hub.

Given the Community Learning Hub is populated with posts, when a user searches for 'best practices,' then they should receive search results that include at least 5 relevant posts tagged as 'best practices.'

Users want to engage with peers on sustainability challenges through the Community Learning Hub.

Given a user has posted a challenge they are facing in sustainability practices, when another user clicks on the post, then they should be able to comment on the post and provide their insights or suggestions.

A user wants to collaborate on a sustainability initiative via the Community Learning Hub.

Given a user initiates a project collaboration post, when other users express interest by clicking a 'Join' button, then the post should update to reflect the number of interested collaborators in real-time.

The system needs to ensure that users can report inappropriate content within the Community Learning Hub.

Given a user encounters inappropriate content in the Community Learning Hub, when they click on the 'Report' button, then the content should be flagged for review by the moderation team immediately.

Users wish to receive notifications for new posts in the Community Learning Hub related to their interests.

Given a user has selected specific topics to follow in the Community Learning Hub, when a new post is published under those topics, then the user should receive a notification within 1 hour of the post being made.

Real-time Progress Monitoring

"As a team member responsible for sustainability initiatives, I want to view real-time updates on our progress related to sustainability goals so that I can stay informed and adjust our strategies accordingly to ensure we meet our targets."

Description

The Real-time Progress Monitoring requirement focuses on developing a feature that allows users to track their sustainability improvements in real-time. This feature would provide visual dashboards displaying key performance indicators and metrics related to their sustainability efforts. By presenting real-time progress updates, users can make data-driven decisions and adjust their strategies promptly. This enhances accountability and motivates users to stay committed to their sustainability goals by visualizing their impact over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the real-time progress monitoring dashboard to review key performance indicators (KPIs) related to their sustainability efforts.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the progress monitoring section, then the dashboard should display real-time KPIs such as carbon footprint reduction, waste management efficiency, and energy consumption trends.

User receives notifications when sustainability performance metrics exceed or fall below predefined thresholds.

Given the user has set performance thresholds, when real-time data indicates a threshold has been crossed, then the system should send an alert notification to the user’s dashboard and email.

User wants to view historical data trends alongside real-time metrics to analyze sustainability improvement over time.

Given the user selects a time frame for analysis, when they access the historical data view, then the dashboard should accurately display trends for selected KPIs over that period, visually represented through graphs.

User seeks to understand how their current practices compare to industry benchmarks for sustainability performance.

Given the user is on the progress monitoring dashboard, when they select the comparison feature, then the system should display a comparison of their metrics against industry benchmarks, including visual aids.

User wants to customize their dashboard to focus on specific sustainability metrics that matter most to them.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they enter customization mode, then they should be able to select, rearrange, or hide specific KPIs on their dashboard according to personal preferences.

User desires an overview of their sustainability performance against their stated goals over a selected period.

Given the user sets specific sustainability goals, when they navigate to the goals overview section, then the system should present a visual summary of performance against each goal with percentage completion and recommendations for improvement.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Green Innovator

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Eco-Conscious Marketer

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Sustainable Supply Chain Analyst

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Interactive Learning Modules

Requirements

Dynamic Content Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Gamification Elements

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Mechanism

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Mobile Responsiveness

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Progress Tracking Dashboard

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Certification Pathways

Requirements

Structured Course Framework

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Progress Tracking System

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Assessment and Certification Engine

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Community Interaction Forum

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback and Improvement Mechanism

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Community Forum Integration

Requirements

User Registration and Authentication

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Discussion Threads Creation and Management

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Resource Sharing Capabilities

Description

Acceptance Criteria

In-Forum Notifications and Updates

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Search and Filter Functionality

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Community Guidelines and Moderation Tools